YES2020 MArch Senior Research Architecture Studio - 4/5 (Taron) by ucalgarySAPL

Mass Manipulations Intersectional Potential of Mass Timber in Post-digital Architectural Applications University of Calgary, School of Architecture, Planning, and Landscape EVDA 702.04 Senior Research Studio Instructor: Joshua M. Taron , Winter 2020 Authors Ellen Odegaard, Editor Hanna Poulsen, Editor Neal Borstmayer, Elliott Carlson, Bhrugurajsinh Gohil, Bushra Hashim, Brenden Kawa, Christiaan Muilwijk , Kiran Rai, Hugo Ramirez Lagos, Karan Sharma, Piotr Tomanek, Matt Walker

Table of Contents 4 Introduction 8

Part 1: Initial Research

Mass Timber

Methodology

16 Harvesting 34 Manufacturing 68 Construction 120

Operation

128

Designing out Waste

138

Part 2: Design Research

140

Methodology

142

Overview

148

Building-centric Normal

332

Building-centric Pathology

480

User-centric Normal

644

User-centric Pathological

818

Appendix A

824

Appendix B

876

Bibliography

Introduction The Studio The senior research studio at the School of Architecture, Planning, and Landscape, is the final semester in the M.Arch degree program. In this semester, a significant portion of the term is devoted to research in order to develop a comprehensive understanding of a particular topic prior to entering the design phase. The theme, and topic of this publication, is mass timber as a post-digital design territory. Let by Josh Taron, the research studio focused on the intersection of mass timber with building performance software and robotic fabrication technologies. Parametric design tools, modular construction, and the circular economy as a design framework are all themes that were explored throughout the semester in relation to mass timber at the architectural scale.

The semester was structured into three distinct phases: initial research and project definition, design development and iteration, and final prototyping and exhibition preparation. Due to Covid-19, the semester underwent an unexpected shift prior to entering the design development phase, and the studio space, workshop, and university closed in attempt to contain and manage the virus. As a result, the studio worked from home for the last two months of the semester without the opportunity to design through iterative prototyping in the workshop. Despite these circumstances, twelve unique and thoughtful projects emerged that present mass timber as a valuable construction material in the context of 2020 and for the future of design.

INTRODUCTION

Introduction Context Architecture is not kind to the Anthropocene. Buildings contribute to 30% of the world’s global emissions, 40% of the world’s energy consumption, and a third of energy and materials consumed worldwide (Condliffe, 2015). These metrics are exacerbated by an inefficient and outdated construction industry that has failed to evolve over time. When compared to growth in manufacturing productivity, which has nearly doubled since the mid 90’s, the construction industry has remained stagnant (Changalii et al, 2015). In a time when the world’s population is growing by approximately 81 million every year, urban growth and development should not be defined by inefficiencies (United Nations, 2019). A paradigm shift that prioritizes the future of our planet will help navigate increasing threats such as rising ocean levels, forest fires, and the decline of irreplaceable ecosystems. Conventional construction methods rely heavily on concrete and steel damage our environment the most, with the embodied energy of concrete ranking the highest, over six times to that of wood (Hsu, 2010). Less expensive, lighter, faster to construct, and renewable, mass timber is the paradigm shift the construction industry needs (Harte, 2017). Establishing itself as a prevailing architectural movement that continues to garner global attention, mass timber points to a sustainable future where extremes begin to balance. This publication is a collection of research, analysis, ideas, and designs that address the possibilities of mass timber and its role within architecture. As designers, this building material is gaining momentum in alignment with an increasing need to mitigate alarming futures. As a studio, we propose that mass timber is the beginning of a much-needed solution and a shift towards a more sustainable practice.

INTRODUCTION

Phase 1 RESEARCH 8

Researching the topics of harvesting, manufacturing, construction, and operation, allowed the studio to develop a comprehensive understanding of mass timber as a building material in the context of 2020. This information can be understood as a necessary framework for the design to come in phase 2.

Mass Timber Canada Mass timber established itself as a viable construction material in Europe during the mid-90s (Wentzel, 2019). With a 20-year head start over North America, Austria, Germany, and Switzerland proved the building material successful by experimenting for a global audience. Influential buildings such as the Austria House Pavilion, constructed for the 2010 Winter Olympic Games in Whistler, hold significant value. Now serving as a crosscountry ski center, the building became the first CLT building, first dowelled solid wood panel construction building, and the first Passive House building in Canada (Paulsen, 2011). Constructed entirely out of imported materials, including even the tape to seal the building’s envelope, Europe illustrated the infancy of Canada’s mass timber industry.

A decade later, Canada has made considerable strides to implement mass timber as a viable construction material and follow a sustainable model similar to that of the Austria House. Brock Commons, a 53-meter student residence located at the University of British Columbia, earned the title of the tallest CLT building in the world in 2017. Designed by Acton Ostry Architects, the building garnered significant recognition for sustainability, effective use of CLT, and design, in addition to its height (Harte, 2017). More recently, a proposal for Calgary’s Inglewood neighborhood shows innovative use of the novel material. Given a conceptual title of IW09, the project by 5468796 Architects proposes a structural wood diagrid that establishes a unique prismatic form for the historic community (Cox, 2020). There is no doubt that mass timber will play a pivotal role in defining Canada’s architecture in the coming years.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

Mass Timber Types Glulam

CLT

NLT

DLT

LVL

LSL

GLUE-LAMINATED TIMBER Dimensional lumber glued together, in Canada all glulam is manufactured using waterproof adhesive.

CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER Prefabricated panel made from kiln-dried wood glued together in an uneven number of layers, with alternating layers changing grain direction 90 degrees.

NAIL-LAMINATED TIMBER Old technique of nailing timbers together, used for over 100 years to create sturdy floors.

DOWEL-LAMINATED TIMBER Manufactured commercially in Europe for years and known as dubelholz. Wood panels are friction fit together on edge with a wooden dowel.

LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER Most commonly used type of SCL, has been used for many decades and has a long history outside of architecture in everything from furniture to airplane design.

LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER Similar in appearance to OSB but with a greater thickness, giving it structural capacity.

COMPOSITION

Dimensional lumber and waterproof adhesive.

Kiln dried wood panels, and adhesive.

Dimensional lumber, and metal nails.

Dimensional lumber, and hardwood dowels.

Dried and graded wood veneer, and waterproof resin adhesive.

Flaked wood strands that have a length-to-thickness ratio of ~150.

JOINTING

Finger joints.

Butt joints.

Finger joints.

Butt joints.

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber.

StructureCraft. Mass Timber.

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

Methodology The next phase of research began with establishing a comprehensive story board based around the outline of five major categories. These categories were used to organize and strategize specific focuses, as well as reveal more gaps within the teamâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s research thus far. The storyboard categories were (1) Harvesting, (2) Manufacturing, (3) Construction, (4) Operation, and (5) Designing out Waste. The story board is meant to provide a grounding for specific research methodologies to emerge within the framework of an entire life cycle of mass timber; from cradle to grave. Initial research for mass timber began with segmenting the topic into core sub-topics. These sub-topics are as follows: Existing Products, Structure and Typologies, Existing Digital Technologies, and Energy and GHG performances. The basis of the segmentation was to primarily cover a broad range of information regarding mass timber, where the studio team members were able to develop collaborative datasets and diagrams to effectively understand mass timber more holistically. The information covered in this phase of the project not only brought forth information that helped to understand mass timber more effectively, it also guided the studio team to uncover gaps within existing knowledge and research. These gaps, or potential areas of research production, led the studio team to collectively consider the narrative approaches to the possible design problems down the road. With this consideration, it was possible to then further organize the collected research into a five-stage story board.

Harvesting

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Manufacturing

Construction

Operations

Designing out Waste

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

HARVESTING (Stage 1) The harvesting stage includes the processes of product procurement, and its impacts on western Canadian forests. This basis of research outlines the existing practices in Canada, with a particular focus on Alberta and British Columbiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s forest industries. This includes lumber production, locations of sawmills and mass timber production centers, transportation methods, and material GHG performance.

KEY QUESTIONS: How can logging be sustainable? How can we make transportation efficient? How can we mitigate the impacts of climate change with mass timber? How can we maximize economic impact of forest?

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

Key Metrics 45% of Canada corresponds to 417 million hectares, of this 234 million hectares are commercial forests. Each year in Canada less than 0.5% of our forests are harvested each year (Productive Forest Land Use, NRC).

Over 7% of exports in Canada are forestry1

45% of Canada is Forest1

5% of the world’s forests2

= 417 MILLION HECTARES

There is nearly 2.5 million km2 of forest land that is able to produce timber in Canada, this number is much higher than the amount that is actually managed to do so (Productive Forest Land Use, NRC).

24.6 billion into the economy annually

200,000 jobs in Canada

1 - 50% PF 50 - 98% PF PF = productive forest, refers to the forest capable of timber production, but not necessarily managed to (NRC, 2009).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

The State of Canada’s Forests Annual Report 2018, 2018.

Natural Resources Canada (2009). Productive Forest Land Use [Map].

The State of Canada’s Forests Annual Report 2018, 2018.

HARVESTING

Timber for Mass Timber The Wood

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Younger trees tend to sequester more carbon, while dying trees release carbon as they decay. By using only young trees, turning them into wood products, and then replanting others, a continuous cycle can be created by which carbon is sucked from our atmosphere and used to build our buildings (Ramage et al., 2017).

Total wood supply Total softwood supply Total wood harvest Total softwood harvest

300

250

Wood Volume (millions m3)

200

150

100

With developments in electrically powered and autonomous vehicles, logging transport has become a focus of the industry. With many advantages including increased hours of service, compliance to safety, addressing driver shortage, driver retention there is little doubt these developments will become integrated into the industry (Short & Murray, 2016). A typical CN series rail car has a total gross volume of 226 m3 (CN, 2001). Based on 80% efficiency of nesting, filling a car with stacked logs equals 181 m3, or approximately 112 logs per car. This can be optimized to 100% by creating panels prior to shipping and flat-packing them.

Logs = 80%

Panels = 100%

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

1999

1998

1997

1996

1995

1994

1993

1992

1991

0 1990

At present, most CLT structures have been manufactured using softwoods, however there is a growing interest in the possibility of utilizing CLT panels made of hardwoods. There have been instances of projects in Austria made from Birch, as well as the American Hardwood Export Council has promoted CLT made from yellow poplar due to its ubiquity, strength as well as its low cost (Thomas, 2017). The most commonly used timber for CLT is Spruce, but Pine and Larch are also known to have been used. Kiln drying this wood deduces the moisture content to approximately 12% to prevent any future warping, insect damage or rot, combining to create a strong singular piece to be used as floor and load bearing walls. (Smyth, 2018). Some common softwood species in Alberta include the Jack Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Tamarack, White Spruce, Black Spruce, Balsam Fir as well as hardwoods such as Aspen Poplar, Balsam Poplar and White Birch (Inkpen, 2009).

Transportation

Annual Harvest vs. Total Supply (National Forestry Database, 2019).

HARVESTING

Our Forests Carbon

CARBON SINK 20 Mt CO2e

Deforestation

150

100

-50

Area disturbed (million hectares)

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

NATURAL DISTURBANCES

Wildfires CARBON SOURCE 78 Mt CO2e

Decay from disease

HUMAN-CAUSED DISTURBANCES

200

150

100

-50

Area disturbed (million hectares)

Carbon storage

200

Disturbed by insects Burned

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Photosynthesis

250

Net GHG emissions (million tonnes of CO2 equiv. / year)

In 2016, Canada harvested nearly 155 million cubic metres (m3) of industrial roundwood, well below the estimated sustainable wood supply level of 223 million m3. This decline is largely due to a decrease in the volume of softwood timber harvested in British Columbia and Alberta, as salvage logging of dead

mountain pine beetle-killed timber was reduced. At the same time, the estimated volume of wood supply deemed to be sustainable decreased by nearly 5 million m3. There is potential to further tap into the available sustainable softwood supply. Several factors have contributed to this shift. The annual total area burned by wildland fires has increased substantially. Unprecedented insect outbreaks have occurred. And annual harvest rates have shifted dramatically in response to economic demand, increasing in the 1990s and decreasing sharply with the global economic recession.” (Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

Net GHG emissions (million tonnes of CO2 equiv. / year)

“For the past century, Canada’s managed forests have been a significant carbon sink, steadily adding carbon to that already stored. In recent decades, however, the situation has reversed in some years: Canada’s forests have become carbon sources, releasing more carbon into the atmosphere than they are accumulating in any given year.

(Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

Our Forests Sustainability Sustainability of mass timber products is directly related to sustainable forestry practices. Canada has the largest amount of certified hectares of forest in the world. GHG emissions can be reduced through a focus on avoiding deforestation, reforestation, and improved forest management.

eforestation ion nagement

duction

er year

ABATEMENT COST ($ CAD per tCO2e)

on Methods

200

100

Forestry Disturbances

Cropland afforestation Degraded forest reforestation

2016

2015

2014

Sweden

Reduced deforestation from pastureland conversion

Reduced deforestation from slash and burn agriculture conversion

2013

Australia

2012

USA

Reduced timber harvesting

2011

Russia

Pastureland afforestation

2010

Canada

Forest management

2009

Carbon emissions from Canadaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s managed forests (Natural Resources Canada, 2017).

Reduced intensive agriculture conversion

2008

-100 2005

and-Use Change, and Forestry Sector; Societal perspective for 2030

300

2007

BATEMENT POTENTIAL

graph shows an estimate of the maximum potential GHG abatement measures, it is not a forecast of what role the various abatement technologies and measures will play (McKinsey & Company, 2009).

2006

Methods for reducing greenhouse gas include avoiding deforestation, reforestation, and forest management. By implementing these types of GHG abatement practices a potential reduction of 7.8 GtCO2e per year is possible. The curve in associated

Finland Brazil

Certified

Germany

Uncertified

France Norway

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

ABATEMENT POTENTIAL (MtCO2e per year)

6,000

7,000

8,000

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Forest certification in the global context (Certification Canada, 2018).

an estimate of the maximum potential of GHG abatement measures. of what role different abatement measures and technologies will play.

24 PHASE 1: RESEARCH mpany, 2009. atement Cost Curve v2.0

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

Our Forests CLT Suppliers in Canada Production Cross-Laminated Timber

Sawmills

NO. OF / PROVINCE

NO. OF / REGIONAL DISTRICT

1 2 3 4 5 9-13 45

Logging Facilities NO. OF / REGIONAL DISTRICT

Okanagan

1-4

Nelson Chibougamau Devlin

Ripon

5-9 10-19 20-29 30-39

22CLT Plants 00CLT Plants

50-59 St. Marys

(Alberta Wood Products, 2020, and Government of British Columbia, 2019).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

Our Forests Trades and Economics

Import

300

top 5 products1: $2.1 B (total: $11.4 B)

Export

top 5 products2: $24.5 B (total: $35.6 B)

Jobs (thousands)

In-forest activities

250

Wood product manufacturing

200

Pulp and paper manufacturing

150 100

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

Production

Consumption GDP OF CANADIAN FOREST INDUSTRY 30

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

Forestry and logging

2011

The top 5 products include: Softwood (29%), Wood pulp (23%), Paper (6%), Newsprint (6%), Structural panels (7%).

2010

Quantity scaled to value ($) of export.

Pulp and paper manufacturing

2009

2008

TRADE SURPLUS OF FOREST PRODUCTS

Wood product manufacturing

2007

Forestry and product manufacturing play a large role in generating Canadaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s gross domestic product and financial performance. There is also evident potential to use secondary wood and paper to produce other materials, such as engineered wood products used in mass timber (Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

FOREST INDUSTRY DIRECT EMPLOYMENT

Normal GDP (billions of dollars)

Forestry is a major source of income for over 600 communities in Canada. Canada employs over 200,000 people in forestry, as well as wood and paper manufacturing industries (Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

(Natural Resources Canada, 2018).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

Our Forests Utilizing Low Quality Wood British Columbia represents 25% of Canada Forests and 40% of volume harvested. Forest fires and pine beetle diseases have had a devastating impact on the merchantable volume. Although the impacts seem small relative to total forest area they are huge compared to the Annual Allowable Cut (AAC) that ensures sustainable forest regeneration. By 2025 to deal with pine beetle impacts the AAC will have been lowered by 20% compared to history levels. Climate change will likely only increase the occurrences and the impacts forest fires and diseases.

TYPES

DISCOVERY

EXTRACTION

Diseased Wood Young Wood / Old Wood Fallen Wood Fire Damaged Wood

Satellite Imagery Lidar Drones

UAV Single Selective Shelter Wood Single Selective

RECOVERY

Finding ways to detect and prevent spread of these attacks can significantly help our forests. Recovering the damaged wood and using it in wood products has helped mitigate the impacts of diseases and fires on the forest and the industry. (Natural Resources Canada, 2018, and The Beck Group, 2018).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Modifications to standard process: Charred wood can block out sensors etc. Removing unusable wood sections & recycling.

HARVESTING

Harvesting Conclusions How can logging be sustainable? Certified forests practice sustainable logging and ensure mandated replanting on harvested lands. Logged wood captures carbon and retains it through the life of the product.

How can we make transportation efficient?

How can we maximize economic impact of forest? The exportation of raw logs is hurting sawmills, pulp mills and biomass facilities that rely on a stable supply. Government policies that ensure maximum value is added before exportation can greatly increase the economic production.

Long range transportation is more efficient by rail. Fostering an industry that is more conscious of CO2 emissions by transport, will likely see a shift towards rail.

How can we mitigate the impacts of climate change with mass timber? Deforestation, disease and wildfires are major contributors to atmospheric carbon emissions, intelligent harvesting can reduce their occurrences and impacts. Mass timber products store carbon throughout their lifetime, while reducing the climatic impact of forest disturbances.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

HARVESTING

MANUFACTURING

(Stage 2)

The manufacturing stage describes how lumber becomes mass timber, and looks at currently-used tools and processes to understand how this is done. This includes product descriptions, embodied energy, methods of manufacturing, and comparisons between European and Canadian practices. This section also aims to provide a basis for which construction can be more effectively approached later on in the mass timber life cycle.

KEY QUESTIONS: How can we utilize new technology to optimize mass timber practices? What are the existing processes and how do they compare - Canada to Europe? What can we learn and improve on from Europe?

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

MANUFACTURING

Process Non-Integrated Manufacturing

European Model

Forest 7% Raw Logs Exported ~300km

Forest Logging

Sawmill

~300km

Waste: paper/pulp mill biomass or exported

Prefab

<400km

Engineered Wood Product

Sawmill

Logging & Sawmill Company

Engineered Wood Product Manufacturer & Fabricator

Waste is sold to a separate company

Site Imported: wood products, proprietary connections

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Buildings

North American Model Imported: wood products, proprietary connections

Waste Products

Product Waste: paper/pulp mill biomass or exported

0-300km

A log cut for commercial use in British Columbia can travel incredibly long distances before reaching its final destination. This has rendered some facilities unable to operate due to it being unfeasible to economically transport wood. Wood is exported throughout different points in its process. Adding the most value to the wood possible greatly increases its economic value and local job generation. A lack of capacity and scales of economy mean several North American buildings use Mass Timber imported from Europe (Duffy, 2017).

North America vs Europe An integrated facility used in the European model provides several advantages over the typical North American model. Recently several companies in BC are recognizing the benefits of the integrated model and are starting to control multiple processes (Cheung and Czinger, 2019). Having cross laminated timber manufacturing in the same facility as the sawmill allows the manufacturer to use the kiln drying for tighter control over moisture content. By controlling the entire process and supply chain, there are significant economic and material efficiency benefits. In addition, emissions and economics related to transportation are reduced. Wood waste can be used in biomass to directly provide the power for the facility, thus in Europe some facilities are able to operate as closed loops systems.

MANUFACTURING

Process Production Metrics

150,000 TREES

80,000m3 LUMBER

50,000m3 CLT

20 BUILDINGS

On average, 660 White Pine and Douglas Fir Trees are planted per acre in medium density commercial planting.

Converting 150,000 trees to lumber creates a lot of “woody biowaste”. Typically comprised of forest residue and sawmill byproducts, this biowaste can be used to fuel the production facility itself, or even supplement a city’s electrical grid.

50,000 m3 of CLT is the production capacity for Canadian mass timber producers when they operate at two shifts / day / year.

50,000 m3 of CLT can supply 20 12-storey mass timber buildings with 240 units, each unit consuming 10m3 of CLT

They can achieve 75,000 m3 if they run at 3 shifts/day.

One 12 storey building = 2400m3 of CLT

227 acres is required to grow 150,000 trees. That’s only half of campus!

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

MANUFACTURING

Process CLT Production Facility

Typically CLT is made with 2x6 and 2x8 lamellas, but other sizes of certain grades are used in specific quantities

RECONDITIONED

RAW LUMBER INPUT

MOISTURE CHECK

CNC

If above or below specification (12%) lumber is discharged and reconditioned INTERIM BUFFER STORAGE

VISUAL GRADING

SAW

Defects are marked with a fluorescent marker. An effective bondline area of 80% minimum is required

Cuts to size: either major or minor direction (parallel or longitudinal)

SAW

FINGER JOINTING + MILLING

Cuts out failures and defects

Lumber is profiled with a finger jointing miller and applied with adhesive

These smaller sizes are cut into lengths that can be finger jointed to match panel sizes

SANDING MACHINE

PROCESS CENTER Glue residue is removed, panels are matched to specific dimensions, the product is sanded

EDGE BONDED

PRESS

CLT OUTPUT

Limiting factor: size of press = size of panel

MINOR (2x6 - 2x12)

Lamellas are edge bonded to single layers by means of pneumatic press shoes & press cylinders

The final product is packaged, labeled, and shipped to the construction site or prefab assembled

CROWDER & FLYING SAW

CURING PATERNOSTER

LAYUP STATION

Applies pressure to the finger joint and cuts to size

Adhesive cures for 5 min

A layer of adhesive is applied to a layer of CLT, and another layer is placed on top in a crosswise fashion

MAJOR (2x4 - 2x12)

Vacuum pressing: CLT layers are placed in a vacuum form assembly and the air is vacuumed out, causing the flexible vacuum form membrane to apply pressure to the CLT assembly Hydraulic pressing: Uses rigid platforms to apply pressure to the CLT layers

(Grasser, 2015)

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

MANUFACTURING

Process Digitcal Fabrication While digital fabrication has presented us with many new manufacturing possibilities, it has also given us the responsibility of using these new tools to reduce the impact we have on our environment. Projects such as the Metropol Parasol and the Centre Pompidou display the elegance that nonlinear application of timber can achieve, however the means by which these structures were manufactured completely ignored the material properties of timber (Cokcan, Braumann, & Brell-Ă&#x2021;okcan, 2015). Each problem that has emerged out of these new technologies has potential to be turned into something meaningful, through investigating robotic manufacturing techniques with a variety of end effectors we are observing research addressing each of these areas. The implementation of a bandsaws in robotics has come with interesting developments, including addressing the need to minimize waste during the CNC process which bandsaw application does through its nature of having the smallest kern possible thus resulting in the least material wasted (Yuan F & Chai, 2017). Addressing materiality is also an important aspect of implementing new manufacturing methods, by looking at the anisotropic nature of wood we are able to elaborate off of material strengths (Vercruysse, Mollica, & Devadass, 2019), as well as allowing us to reduce further material waste by using non standardized or â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;foundâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; materials (Johns & Foley, 2014). Using the material itself as a design parameter can have interesting implications, through digital simulation we can predict to a high level of precision the behavior of wood allowing us to design around these constraints and incorporate this said behavior into the design process itself (Cokcan et al., 2015). Also, looking at methods of manufacturing that are additive rather than subtractive has demonstrated vast potential such as with the application of robotic assembly within the manufacturing process, utilizing their efficiency and structural and functional capabilities (Eversmann, Gramazio, & Kohler, 2017).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Process & Highlights

In order to understand the automation and assembly requirements of prefab construction, a design-research process was used. This methodology helps one to understand what kind of products can be made in a factory of a given size. To do this, the following pages illustrate sample buildings of increasing sizes being deconstructed. Then, assumptions are made to be able to reverse-engineer the building until it consists of individual panels. These assumption include: - Only the envelope is taken into account,

- Envelope walls are made with CLT panels

- Panels leave the factory as a finished assembly with all of the barriers and finishes installed

- CLT Panels are 2.4 m wide with a varied length.

This study highlights key aspects of the prefab process. For example, the main discovery is that it is possible to build whole assemblies with little human intervention. Their role becomes that of a machine supervisor for quality assurance. Secondly, the land needed to build these factories is relatively small when compared to the size of buildings they are able to produce. Lastly, one must not underestimate the volume of material required to build large buildings and the demand that places on the delivery process.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

OPENING THE BLACK BOX OF PREFABRICATION

building size

construction sequence

production quantity

automation machinery

facility scalability

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Doghouse BLDG INFORMATION

m 1000 2

1 – Storey

Combustible

2.6

Roof

x1 Floor

Cut & Mill

Env

Insu Siding

5 1.

Wall BUILDING

MASS

PANELS

Inbound

FACTORY SIZE

Sto

Outbound

Fenes.

Admin Panel Storage

Excess Materials

1.5 m – Footprint 2

VB, MB Rainscreen Furring Thermal Barrier Deflection Barrier

DELIVERY FACTORY PROCESS

ROOF & WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

SIDING

INSULATION

FURRING

MEMBRANE

MT MILLING

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Single - Family BLDG INFORMATION

2 – Storeys

Combustible

x10

x10 Roof

Floor

15 m

Panel Sto Fenes

MASS

PANELS

x36

x16

Inbound

Siding

Wall BUILDING

2.6

Admin

Material Sto

Outbound

DELIVERY

Env

Excess Materials

2.9 m

110 m2 – Footprint

0m 150

VB, MB Rainscreen Furring Thermal Barrier

Cut & Mill

Deflection Barrier

Sto

FACTORY PROCESS

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

SIDING

INSULATION

FURRING

FACTORY SIZE

ROOF & WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY

MEMBRANE

MT MILLING

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Mid Office BLDG INFORMATION

4 – Storeys

Non-Combustible

x25 12 m 5 m

Roof

x75 Floor

x6 10

BUILDING

Admin

Wall

MASS

PANELS

x100

2.6

Material Sto

Inbound

Siding

15 m

Panel Sto Fenes

x200

Env

Excess Materials

2.9 m

220 m2 – Footprint

0m 150

Cut & Mill

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

SIDING

DELIVERY

INSULATION

Fire Retardant VB, MB Rainscreen Furring Thermal Barrier

Outbound

Deflection Barrier

Sto

FACTORY PROCESS

FACTORY SIZE

FURRING

ROOF & WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY

MEMBRANE

MT MILLING

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Large Office BLDG INFORMATION |

3 to 4 – Storeys |

x170 Roof

Excess Materials

Floor

x37 Wall

BUILDING

x470

20 m

39 m

m 3000

Non-Combustible

2.9 m

1650 m2 – Footprint

MASS

PANELS

x270

2.6

16 m

Panel Sto Out

Fens

Siding

x890

Sto

FACTORY SIZE

Sto Furring Supply

Gyp & Env Barrier

Insu

Cut & Mill

Sto

Thermal Barrier Deflection Barrier

DELIVERY FACTORY PROCESS

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

SIDING

INSULATION

Fire Retardant VB, MB Rainscreen Furring

FURRING

GYPSUM & MEMBRANE

ROOF & WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY

MT MILLING

MANUFACTURING

(De)Fabrication Multi - Family BLDG INFORMATION 5 to 10 – Storeys

x210

Roof

Excess Materials

x970 Floor

x78

14 m 5 m

BUILDING

m 3000

Non-Combustible

2.9 m

29 m + 5m

2400 m2 – Footprint

Wall

MASS

PANELS

x630

2.6

16 m

Panel Sto Out

Fens

Siding

x2003

Sto

FACTORY SIZE

Sto Furring Supply

Gyp & Env Barrier

Insu

Cut & Mill

Sto

Thermal Barrier Deflection Barrier

DELIVERY FACTORY PROCESS

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

SIDING

INSULATION

Fire Retardant VB, MB Rainscreen Furring

FURRING

GYPSUM & MEMBRANE

ROOF & WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY

MT MILLING

MANUFACTURING

Products Variations Embodied Energy 5000 4500 4000 3500

DLT

CLT

LVL

NLT

LSL

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

3000

There are a variety of mass timber products available on the market today. They vary in multiple regards, including composition, jointing, structural ability, and embodied energy, as outlined in the diagram on the following page. The drying process accounts for approximately 90% of the total manufacturing energy of timber production, and this metric is the highest in the production of glulam engineered wood products. Reductions to this embodied energy can be made by increasing the amount of off-site manufacturing (Ramage et al., 2017).

MJ/M3

Glulam

2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 GREEN TIMBER

KILN DRIED TIMBER

GLULAM

LVL

PLYWOOD

Harvesting Manufacturing Resin Production Transportation

MANUFACTURING

Product Processes Glulam

CLT

2.2.1 FINGER JOINTING MACHINE

1.0

1.1

2.2.2 RESIN APPLICATOR

1.2

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re rough-sawn down and kiln dried to meet a target moisture content. Lumber’s moisture content is monitored carefully at the production facility to ensure proper adhesion later in the production process. If moisture content rises above optimal levels, lumber must be removed and re-dried before being 1 used (EPA, 2002, p. 7).

3.1.1 HYDRAULIC PRESS

2.1

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

2.2

The ends of the lumber is checked for imperfections such as knots, which are removed, after which the1 lumber is graded and grouped (EPA, 2002, p. 7). These dried and sorted slats are then pre-planed on four sides to prepare them for the pressing process. To create glulam members longer than the constituent members, the lumber is end-jointed using a finger joint. There are two types of finger joints which can be used: The first, a horizontal finger joint is typically used in furniture production and 3 other processes that depend on a high level of finish, as the joint is less noticeable (How et al., 2016, p. 3). The second, more commonly used in glulam production, is the vertical finger joint, as it provided a more stable joint.

The ends of the lumber is checked for imperfections such as knots, which are removed, after which the lumber is graded and grouped (EPA, 2002, p. 7). These dried and sorted slats are then pre-planed on four sides to prepare them for the pressing process. To create glulam members longer than the constituent members, the lumber is end-jointed using a finger joint. There are two types of finger joints which can be used: The first, a horizontal finger joint is typically used in furniture production and other processes that depend on a high level of finish, as the joint is less noticeable (How et al., 2016, p. 3). The second, more commonly used in glulam production, is the vertical finger joint, as it provided a more stable joint.

3.1.2 CURVED GLULAM PRESS

3.0

4.1.1 GLULAM BEAM

3.1

4.0

A structural resin is applied into the finger joints, and the individual members are joined. This 1 resin is then cured while the joint is compressed from either end (EPA, 2002, p. 7). The faces of each layer of the glulam member are planed again to ensure excess resin is removed from the finger jointing process, and to ensure a clean surface for gluing. The resin, typically a Phenol-resorcinol-formaldehyde, is spread with a glue extruder system, and a specific lay-up pattern is assemble from the finger-jointed lengths of lumber (How et al., 2016, p. 3). Horizontally laminated glulam beams are the most common configuration, however glulam 1 3 can also be created using a vertical layout (EPA, 2002, p. 8). To create straight glulam beams, the lay-up configuration is moved into a clamping bed where the layers are pressed using a hydraulic clamping press. Curved glulam member require more preparation. A clamping bed with the correct bending radii must be created, after which the lay-up configuration is moved inserted into the set-up and clamped in; clamping points along the glulam member must be predetermined to ensure the desired radii is achieved. Brackets for clamping must then be secured into the floor or clamping bed in a manner that will resist the “spring back” 3 of the beam. 3 In both curved and straight glulam beams, uniform pressure us essential (How et al., 2016, p. 5). Depending on the type of adhesive and process used, curing for the beam can take from 5-16 1 hours (EPA, 2002, p. 8).

A structural resin is applied into the finger joints, and the individual members are joined. This resin is then cured while the joint is compressed from either end (EPA, 2002, p. 7). The faces of each layer of the glulam member are planed again to ensure excess resin is removed from the finger jointing process, and to ensure a clean surface for gluing. The resin, typically a Phenol-resorcinol-formaldehyde, is spread with a glue extruder system, and a specific lay-up pattern is assemble from the finger-jointed lengths of lumber (How et al., 2016, p. 3). Horizontally laminated glulam beams are the most common configuration, however glulam can also be created using a vertical layout (EPA, 2002, p. 8). To create straight glulam beams, the lay-up configuration is moved into a clamping bed where the layers are pressed using a hydraulic clamping press. Curved glulam member require more preparation. A clamping bed with the correct bending radii must be created, after which the lay-up configuration is moved inserted into the set-up and clamped in; clamping points along the glulam member must be predetermined to ensure the desired radii is achieved. Brackets for clamping must then be secured into the floor or clamping bed in a manner that will resist the “spring back” of the beam. In both curved and straight glulam beams, uniform pressure us essential (How et al., 2016, p. 5).Depending on the type of adhesive and process used, curing for the beam can take from 5-16 hours (EPA, 2002, p. 8).

1.0.1 QUARTER 2.1.1 AUTOMATED SAW MILL LUMBER GRADING

4.1

Depending on the type adhesive used , the glulam member may need to go through a post-curing conditioning period, which requires that it is left to rest for several days following the 3 clamped curing process (How et al., 2016, p. 6).

Depending on the type adhesive used After clamping, curing, and any conditioning is finished, the wide (side) faces of the glulam member planed to remove any , the glulam member mayareneed to go excess resin that has squeezed out during the clamping and process. Depending on conditioning finishing requirements, the top and throughcuring a post-curing bottom of the member may be sanded, and the corner edges of member can be softened/rounded 2002, p. 9).to rest period, the which requires that(EPA, it is left The application and surface sealing as well for several daysof end following thecompounds, clamped as any required finishing or primer coats, is undertaken before the glulam members are stacked to be shipped to curing process (How et and al.,packed 2016, p. 6). 1

1 site (EPA, 2002, p. 9).

After clamping, curing, and any conditioning is finished, the wide (side) faces of the glulam member are planed to remove any excess resin that has squeezed out during the clamping and curing process. Depending on finishing requirements, the top and bottom of the member may be sanded, and the corner edges of the member can be softened/ rounded (EPA, 2002, p. 9). The application of end and surface sealing compounds, as well as any required finishing or primer coats, is undertaken before the glulam members are stacked and packed to be shipped to site (EPA, 2002, p. 9).

1.0

1.1

2.1

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re rough-sawn down and kiln dried to meet a target moisture content of CLT is 12% +/- 2% (depending on the final location of the CLT). By controlling moisture content, manufacturers can ensure proper bonding between constituent members with the CLT assembly, and can guard against internal stresses caused by differential shrinkage 1(FP Innovations, 2010, p. 2).

4.0.1 VACUUM PRESS

2.2

3.0

Lumber is graded and grouped to ensure it meets the required engineering properties for the major and minor axis. Often this lumber grouping is broken down further to separate the highest quality lumber for use in the 2 Innovations, outer most layer to achieve a desired aesthetic quality (FP 2013, p. 12). The lumber is planed or surfaced to achieve dimensional uniformity and 1 to removed any built-up oxidation, improving the effectiveness of gluing (FP Innovations, 2010, p. 3).

Lumber is graded and grouped to ensure it meets the required engineering properties for the major and minor axis. Often this lumber grouping is broken down further to separate the highest quality lumber for use in the outer most layer to achieve a desired aesthetic quality (FP Innovations, 2013, p. 12). The lumber is planed or surfaced to achieve dimensional uniformity and to removed any builtup oxidation, improving the effectiveness of gluing (FP Innovations, 2010, p. 3).

4.0.2 HYDRAULIC PRESS

CLT panel lay-up is the process in which layers are laid out using an agglomeration of dimensional lumber, after which PUR (polyurethane reactive) or PRF (phenol-resorcinol) adhesive is applied per-layer longitudinally. Adhesive is generally only applied on the face of the dimensional lumber and not on edge due to manufacturing cost concerns, as edge gluing and planing add extra steps to the manufacturing 1 process (FP Innovations, 2010, p. 3).

5.0.1 CLT WALL PANELS,DIAPHRAGM PANELS, BEAMS AND COLUMNS,

4.0

5.0

Following panel lay-up and gluing, the CLT layers are pressed together. Assembly pressing can be done using two different techniques: The first technique is a vacuum pressing, in which the CLT layers are placed in a vacuum form assembly and the air is vacuumed out, causing the flexible vacuum form membrane to apply pressure to the CLT assembly. This method is applies less clamping pressure which may not be enough to overcome potential warping of the dimensional lumber. Additional modifications to the dimensional lumber, such as relief kerfs, may be required to overcome potential issues The second technique is a hydraulic pressing, which uses rigid platforms to apply pressure to the CLT layers. Because of the vertical pressure generated using this method, additional side clamping must be applied to ensure the dimensional lumber members are not spread apart. However, if edge gluing was used in the layer assembly, side pressure is not necessary. Pressing time varies both on the method of pressing used, but also on the type of adhesive used; it typically varies between 10 minutes 1 and several hours (FP Innovations, 2010, p. 3).

Following pressing and curing, the panels edges are planed to remove any excess resin pushed out by the press. 2 CNC machining may be used at this point to add any notching or penetrations required for structural or mechanical intersections. Finally the CLT panels are stacked, packaged, and ready to be shipped to site (FP Innovations, 2013, p. 15).

Following pressing and curing, the panels edges are planed to remove any excess resin pushed out by the press. CNC machining may be used at this point to add any notching or penetrations required for structural or mechanical intersections. Finally the CLT panels are stacked, packaged, and ready to be shipped to site (FP Innovations, 2013, p. 15).

MANUFACTURING

Product Processes DLT

NLT

2.2.1 FINGERJOINTED BOARDS

1.0

1.1

3.0.1 NLT NAILING PATTERN

1.2

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re rough-sawn down and kiln dried. Species and grade of lumber are both important factors in the creation of NLT as they can completely change the look of the finished NLT panels. Lumber from the mill is visually inspected for any staining or natural defects; lumber with wane, holes, and knots is generally acceptable, provided the boards are dispersed throughout the panel to ensure the staining and/or defects are distributed evenly across the panel 1(BSLC, 2017, p. 82).

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re roughsawn down and kiln dried. Species and grade of lumber are both important factors in the creation of NLT as they can completely change the look of the finished NLT panels. Lumber from the mill is visually inspected for any staining or natural defects; lumber with wane, holes, and knots is generally acceptable, provided the boards are dispersed throughout the panel to ensure the staining and/or defects are distributed evenly across the panel (BSLC, 2017, p. 82).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

2.0

2.1

3.1.1 NLT PANEL IN PRODUCTION

Lumber from mills is planed to ensure uniformity throughout the panel. NLT panels less than 6m long are typically made using these planed continuous boards and then cut to length afterward. To create NLT panels longer than 6m, boards must be spliced together, either through a staggered board layup, which may add complexity and cost to the panel, or more commonly with finger jointing (Fast + Epp, 2018, p. 11). The type of finger joint used should be determined by a structural engineer, as not all 1 2 finger joints are intended for bending applications (BSLC, 2017, p. 45).

3.0

2.2

3.1.2 CURVED NLT PANELS 4.0.1 UNDULATING NLT CEILING PANELS

If finger jointing is used, joints should be staggered from one course to the next to ensure proper 1 structural integrity (BSLC, 2017, p. 12). NLT panels use mechanical fasteners to join the lumber courses together; Structural drawings should determine the type of nail, and the nailing pattern to be used, although 76mm x 3.3mm nails are the 1 most common fastener (BSLC, 2017, p. 2). Self-tapping screws are typically used to connect NLT panels to supporting structural members, or 1 for reinforcing the panel at points of weakness, such as door and window openings (BSLC, 2017, p. 2).

Lumber from mills is planed to ensure uniformity throughout the panel. NLT panels less than 6m long are typically made using these planed continuous boards and then cut to length afterward. To create NLT panels longer than 6m, boards must be spliced together, either through a staggered board layup, which may add complexity and cost to the panel, or more commonly with finger jointing (Fast + Epp, 2018, p. 11). The type of finger joint used should be determined by a structural engineer, as not all finger joints are intended for bending applications (BSLC, 2017, p. 45).

4.0

3.1

If finger jointing is used, joints should be staggered from one course to the next to ensure proper structural integrity (BSLC, 2017, p. 12). NLT panels use mechanical fasteners to join the lumber courses together; Structural drawings should determine the type of nail, and the nailing pattern to be used, although 76mm x 3.3mm nails are the most common fastener (BSLC, 2017, p. 2). Self-tapping screws are typically used to connect NLT panels to supporting structural members, or for reinforcing the panel at points of weakness, such as door and window openings (BSLC, 2017, p. 2).

1.0

4.1

Any notching or cutting of the NLT panels required to accommodate structural elements or mechanical services should be done in the NLT production facility. By doing this, site delays, caused by conflicts between nail placement and hole require1 ments, may be avoided (BSLC, 2017, p. 2). A layer of oriented strand board (OSB) or plywood may be added on top of the NLT panel to act as a diaphragm providing more lateral stability. This can be done in the 2 production facility, but may also be done on site (Fast + Epp, 2018, p. 11).

Any notching or cutting of the NLT panels required to accommodate structural elements or mechanical services should be done in the NLT production facility. By doing this, site delays, caused by conflicts between nail placement and hole requirements, may be avoided (BSLC, 2017, p. 2). A layer of oriented strand board (OSB) or plywood may be added on top of the NLT panel to act as a diaphragm providing more lateral stability. This can be done in the production facility, but may also be done on site (Fast + Epp, 2018, p. 11).

3.1.1 HYDRAULIC PRESS

3.0.1 DLT PRODUCTION FLOOR

1.1

1.2

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re rough-sawn down and kiln dried. Species and grade of lumber are both important factors in the creation of DLT as they can 1 completely change the look of the finished DLT panels (BSLC, 2017, p. 82). 1 is visually inspected for any staining or natural Lumber from the mill defects; lumber with wane, holes, and knots is generally acceptable, 1 provided the boards are dispersed throughout the panel to ensure the staining and/or defects are distributed evenly across the panel (BSLC, 2017, p. 82).

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to milling facilities where they’re rough-sawn down and kiln dried. Species and grade of lumber are both important factors in the creation of DLT as they can completely change the look of the finished DLT panels (BSLC, 2017, p. 82). Lumber from the mill is visually inspected for any staining or natural defects; lumber with wane, holes, and knots is generally acceptable, provided the boards are dispersed throughout the panel to ensure the staining and/or defects are distributed evenly across the panel (BSLC, 2017, p. 82).

2.0

2.1

3.0

2.2

Lumber from mills is planed to ensure uniform board thickness, and can be used to create different profiles for each board along the underside of the panel; any 2 undesirable defects are also marked and cut out at this time (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 5). To create DLT panels longer than 6m, boards must be spliced together, either through a staggered board layup, which may add complexity and cost to the panel, or more commonly with finger jointing. Using this method, manufacturers are able to create 2 continuous boards of up to 18m (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9). The type of finger joint used should be determined by a structural engineer, as not all finger joints are intended for bending applications.

3.1.2 DOWELS FRICTION FIT

Lumber from mills is planed to ensure uniform board thickness, and can be used to create different profiles for each board along the underside of the panel; any undesirable defects are also marked and cut out at this time (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 5). To create DLT panels longer than 6m, boards must be spliced together, either through a staggered board layup, which may add complexity and cost to the panel, or more commonly with finger jointing. Using this method, manufacturers are able to create continuous boards of up to 18m (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9). The type of finger joint used should be determined by a structural engineer, as not all finger joints are intended for bending applications.

3.1

4.0.1 DLT PANELS

3.2

4.0

If finger jointing is used, joints should be staggered from one course to the next to ensure proper structural integrity. Once the DLT layup pattern is determined, the boards are fed into a DLT press, where pressure is applied both horizontally and vertically to ensure the panel is flat and there are no gaps between boards. While clamped in the press, 19mm holes are drilled through the wide face of the boards; dried 19mm hardwood dowels are then hydraulically pressed into each hole to secure the boards together. As the 2 dowels absorb moisture, they expand, guaranteeing a tight friction fit (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9).

If finger jointing is used, joints should be staggered from one course to the next to ensure proper structural integrity. Once the DLT layup pattern is determined, the boards are fed into a DLT press, where pressure is applied both horizontally and vertically to ensure the panel is flat and there are no gaps between boards. While clamped in the press, 19mm holes are drilled through the wide face of the boards; dried 19mm hardwood dowels are then hydraulically pressed into each hole to secure the boards together. As the dowels absorb moisture, they expand, guaranteeing a tight friction fit (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9).

Once dowels reach moisture equilibrium with the surrounding lumber, the DLT panels are ready for packaging and 2 transport to site (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9).

Once dowels reach moisture equilibrium with the surrounding lumber, the DLT panels are ready for packaging and transport to site (Structurecraft, 2019, p. 8-9).

MANUFACTURING

Product Processes LVL

LSL

3.0.1 VENEER LAYER OFFSET

1.0.1 PEELING LATHE

3.1.1 COLD PRESSING VENEER STACK

4.0.1 LVL-P BEAMS AND LVL-C PANEL

2.0.1 SHREDDED WOOD EXITING

2.1.1 WOOD STRANDS ORIENTED INTO MAT

1.0

2.0

3.0

3.1

4.0

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to LVL production facilities immediately after harvesting to avoid drying, cracking and attack by pests. Upon arrival, the logs are cut to the appropriate length for the peeler lathe and de-barked. The log is rotated against a cutting blade to shave veneer sheets off at a 1 typical thickness of 3mm (Finnish Woodworking Industries, 2019, p. 27).

The peeled veneer is analyzed via camera to determine defects (knots, holes, splits, rot etc...) and determines where veneer is to be cut to make sheets to fit determined parameters around defects. Cut veneer sheets are sorted into different categories according to size and moisture content to enhance drying efficiency 1(Finnish Woodworking Industries, 2019, p. 28).

Veneers of required length are fed into “layup line” where they are glued on one side, then laid in a staggered configuration to ensure overlapping layers, which maximizes the strength properties of the LVL. The veneer layers are typically laid so the grain is in a parallel direction, although depending on the type of LVL (LVL-P vs. LVL-C), some layers are laid in a crosswise direction. Stacked veneers are per-pressed in a cold press to ensure glue is evenly spread between veneer layers. Pressed veneer stacks are fed into a hot pressing machine to ensure all glue is able to reach appropriate curing temperature, after which the glue becomes water-insoluble and resistant to melting. The hot pressing time ranges from 15-90 minutes depending on the thickness of the veneer stack. Longer pressing times and higher pressure compresses the wood fibers, creating a higher density final 1 product (Finnish Woodworking Industries, 2019, p. 31-32)

Logs harvested from The peeled veneer is analyzed certified forests are shipped via camera to determine defects (knots, holes, splits, rot etc...) to LVL production facilities immediately after harvesting and determines where veneer is The drying process ensures that veneers are to avoid drying, cracking and to be cut to make sheets to fit suitable for gluing and avoids excess steam during production process (Finnish Woodworking attack by pests. Industries, 2019, p. 28-29). determined parameters around Upon arrival, the logs are defects. Cut veneer sheets are sorted into cut to the appropriate length for the peeler lathe and dedifferent categories according barked. to size and moisture content to The log is rotated against enhance drying efficiency. a cutting blade to shave veneer sheets off at a typical The drying process ensures that thickness of 3mm. veneers are suitable for gluing and avoids excess steam during production process. 1

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Pressed and cured veneer stacks are cut according to specification and based on the type of LVL (beams in the case of LVL-P, or left as sheets in the case of LVL-C).1 Depending on need, LVL products undergo further processing through CNC machining to achieve customer requirements.1 Final LVL products are stacked and prepared for shipping to site. Overall dimensions are determined by the 1 shipping method and route, but are typically no more than 18-25m in length (Finnish Woodworking Industries, 2019, p. 32).

2.1

3.0

4.0.2 LSL BEAM

4.0.3 LSL BEAM IN SITU

3.1

4.0

4.1

2.0

3.0.1 WOOD STRANDS 4.0.1 OSL BEAM ENTERING HYDRAULIC

Pressed and cured veneer stacks are cut according to specification and based on the type of LVL (beams in the case of LVL-P, or left as sheets in the case of LVL-C). Depending on need, LVL products undergo further processing through CNC machining to achieve customer requirements. Final LVL products are stacked and prepared for shipping to site. Overall dimensions are determined by the shipping method and route, but are typically no more than 18-25m in length.

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to OSL/LSL production facilities. OSL and LSL are both able to use relatively small trees, allowing for more efficient use of forest resources 1(Canadian Wood Council, n.d.). While OSL uses different types of wood, LSL is typically made from a mix of aspen and maple hardwoods (LP Building 2 Products, 2011, p. 28). Both OSL and LSL use the whole log, excluding the bark.

The logs of different size are fed through a stranding machine to shred the wood into small strands. In the case of OSL, these strands are 76-152mm long 2 with a length-to-thickness ratio of 75.1 LSL uses longer strands, ranging from 200-254mm long 2 with a length-to thickness ratio of 150; 3 In both cases, out-of-spec strands are screened out (LP Building1 Products, 2011, p. 28). Because the wood is run through a stranding machine, any natural defects present in the original logs, such as knots, splits, staining, or environmental damage, are dispersed through the entirety of the member, delivering a highly 13 predictable, uniform engineered wood product. (Canadian Wood Council, n.d.). This uniformity allows both LSL and OSL to provide predictable strength, stiffness, and dimensional uniformity. These strands are then fed through a dryer to prepare them for pressing.

Logs harvested from certified forests are shipped to OSL/LSL production facilities. OSL and LSL are both able to use relatively small trees, allowing for more efficient use of forest resources (Canadian Wood Council, n.d.). While OSL uses different types of wood, LSL is typically made from a mix of aspen and maple hardwoods (LP Building Products, 2011, p. 28). Both OSL and LSL use the whole log, excluding the bark.

Once shredded, screened, and dried, the wood strands are mixed using a waterproof adhesive in a rotating drum. The matrix of wood strands and adhesive are fed into a stationary steam injection 2 press (LP Building Products, 2011, p. 30). Both OSL and LSL derive their strength from the orientation of their strands, arranged parallel to the longitudinal direction of the member.1 3 The steam injection press cures the adhesive using steam and pressure. This process further removes excess moisture and produces an even density gradient through the entire panel. 2

The logs of different size are fed through a stranding machine to shred the wood into small strands. In the case of OSL, these strands are 76152mm long with a length-to-thickness ratio of 75. LSL uses longer strands, ranging from 200254mm long with a length-to thickness ratio of 150; In both cases, out-of-spec strands are screened out (LP Building Products, 2011, p. 28). Because the wood is run through a stranding machine, any natural defects present in the original logs, such as knots, splits, staining, or environmental damage, are dispersed through the entirety of the member, delivering a highly predictable, uniform engineered wood product. (Canadian Wood Council, n.d.). This uniformity allows both LSL and OSL to provide predictable strength, stiffness, and dimensional uniformity. These strands are then fed through a dryer to prepare them for pressing.

Once shredded, screened, and dried, the wood strands are mixed using a waterproof adhesive in a rotating drum. The matrix of wood strands and adhesive are fed into a stationary steam injection press (LP Building Products, 2011, p. 30). Both OSL and LSL derive their strength from the orientation of their strands, arranged parallel to the longitudinal direction of the member. The steam injection press cures the adhesive using steam and pressure. This process further removes excess moisture and produces an even density gradient through the entire panel.

The billets that come out of the steam injection press are cut to desired size and tested, after which a protective end and edge coating is applied. Finally, the finished OSL/LSL 2 members are stacked, packaged and shipped to site.

The billets that come out of the steam injection press are cut to desired size and tested, after which a protective end and edge coating is applied. Finally, the finished OSL/LSL members are stacked, packaged and shipped to site.

MANUFACTURING

Products CLT Variations Standard CLT: Cross Laminated Timber is made of 3 to 7 alternating layers of lumber that are arranged at 90˚ degree angles to each other and pressed together with adhesive in order to form a solid slab (Sanders, 2011).

Standard

45o Relationship

Fibre Reinforced

45˚ Arrangement: Created using a rotation of 45˚ rather than 90˚. This layout creates a slab that is about 35% stronger in bending strength as well as an increase in other mechanical properties. A downside is that it takes a minimum of 5 layers of lumber to create, whereas standard CLT can be made as thin as 3 layers (Buck et al., 2016). Fibre Reinforced: The layout is the same as the standard CLT but it uses carbon, fibreglass, or other kinds of weaved fibre laminated between the wood layers to strengthen the panel with minimal added weight (Schober et al., 2015). Interlocking CLT (ICLT): The panel can be made of 2 to 7 layers of lumber. The interlocking method creates a panel that requires no adhesives or fasteners in the manufacturing of the panel. This simplifies the material composition making it easier to disassemble and recycle resulting in a more sustainable product. However, there is a greater amount of material loss vs standard CLT as the notches must be cut out (Smith, 2011).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Interlocking

MANUFACTURING

Manufacturing Conclusions How can we utilize new technology to optimize mass timber practices? By co-designing the tectonic logics of mass timber manufacturing system with its mechanic builder, we can minimize complexity while creating mass timber with novel, performative architectural expressions. Leveraging collaborative behaviors of the robotic systems and utilizing the building material as part of the robotic locomotion system. In addition, manufacturing via the assembly process using the same robotic system would allow for added ďŹ&#x201A;exibility in the process and for clean, fully autonomous processes.

What are the existing processes and how do they compare Canada to Europe? What can we learn and improve on from Europe? With a decade producing mass timber products Europe has optimized the efficiencies of its supply chain and delivery. Integrative facilities cut the raw lumber, mill, dry and produce CLT. They use the waste wood for other wood products and use it to power the facility with biomass. However, in Europe the multitude of suppliers has led to a variety of non-standard CLT products, Canada has an opportunity to standardize and thus, maximize the efficiency of the few CLT plants we have.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

MANUFACTURING

CONSTRUCTION (Stage 3) The construction phase of the mass timber life cycle seeks to provide information on existing conditions of housing and building typologies in which mass timber can be effectively accommodated. It further outlines structural methods and typologies, cost and carbon comparisons, as well as structural alternatives. Moreover, this framework seeks to identify the intended construction methods (such as the integrated project delivery method), and more specifically, the impacts that it can have on wider economical and environmental demands. This stage of the story board ultimately describes how mass timber is currently deployed and postulates how it can be implemented more effectively.

KEY QUESTIONS: Why is mass timber better than conventional construction? What building typology is ideal for mass timber to be deployed? How can we create variety with minimal variation? What are the opportunities for MT prefabrication in the construction industry?

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

Construction Market Key Metrics Construction Industry Productivity Decline

British Columbia

79,600

124,100

-15,900

-27,800

2028 Labour Force 85,400

136,200

2028 New Entrants

18,600

22,100

Future Requirements 7,900 workers needed over the next 10 years 17,600 workers needed over the next 10 years

500 400

200

300 200

100 Steady market

British Columbia The residential sector is expected to require an additional 11,900 new workers by 2028. Adding to residential hiring requirements is the transition into retirement over the coming decade of an estimated 27,800 workers who take with them years of experience that are not matched by workers entering the labour force for the first time. Based on historical trends, the industry can expect 22,100 first-time new entrants aged 30 and younger from the local population by 2028, leaving a gap of 17,600 workers that must be recruited from other industries, provinces, or from traditionally underrepresented groups of workers (Buildforce, 2019).

100

Production decrease

0 1950

Alberta Combined new residential and renovation construction demands should translate into a total employment increase of 5,600 jobs by 2028. In addition to employment growth, Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s residential sector must also replace an estimated 15,900 workers expected to retire from the industry, leaving the total hiring requirement at 21,500 workers over the 10-year scenario period. Based on historical trends, the residential sector is expected to recruit 13,600 first-time new entrants aged 30 and younger from the local population by the end of the decade, leaving a gap of 7,900 workers who must be recruited from other industries, provinces, or traditionally underrepresented groups

Unpredictable market activity

Production increase

300

Activity in construction of nonresidential structures (billions of

Alberta

2019 Retirements

Productivity (gross value-added per hour worked)

2019 Labour Force

1960

1970

1980

Investment by Building Type

1990

2000

2010

Investment by Percentage

80,000 M

70,000 M Institutional & Government 8.3%

60,000 M

50,000 M Single Dwelling 32.5%

40,000 M Commercial 17.1%

30,000 M

20,000 M

10,000 M

Industrial 6.3%

Multi Dwelling 35.8%

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Institutional & Governmental

Commercial

Industrial

Multi Dwelling Residential

Single Dwelling Residential

CONSTRUCTION

Construction Embodied Energy Material Emissions

Global CO2 Emissions

60,0000

Other Building Materials 10%

40,0000

Other 6%

Building Operations 28%

Glass Fibre Wool

Rock Wool

Sawn Timber

Chip Board

Cellulose Insulation Wool

-40,0000

Red Brick

-20,0000

Calcite Sand Brick

Core Building Materials 11%

Light Concrete Block

Non-building Manufacturing 22%

0 Heavy Concrete

Core Building Materials 11%

Standard Concrete

Building Structure and Shear Walls 5.4%

Standard Concrete Emissions (gCO2e/m3)

20,0000

-60,0000

-80,0000

Structural components that can be replaced with mass timber products, are responsible for a considerable proportion of all man made CO2 that is being produced right now. Building materials are assessed for their carbon emissions or storage, displaying the potential of wood products and timber as an environmentally responsible material. Core Building Materials include: Subgrade (14%), Foundation (11%), Curtain Wall (25%), Roof Assembly (1%), Shear Walls (9%), Building Structure (39%) (Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction, 2018).

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

-100,0000

Emissions Storage

-120,0000

Carbon emissions of different building materials (RTS Building Information Foundation, 1998 - 2001).

CONSTRUCTION

From Products to Projects Productivity

Limitations of Productivity & Customization

COMPANY ADAPTATION OF NEW TECHNOLOGY Canada is currently facing a skilled-worker shortage in the construction industry. 4.8% equals to 51,400 unfilled construction positions for over 4 months across Canada. As a result, growth of construction companies has slowed down and contractors are forced to turn down work. (Kelly, 2019) While most companies agree that digitization can improve productivity and speed of project delivery, only 20% are on the KPMGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Future-Ready Index (Raconteur, 2019).

Higher

Generic

MASS PRODUCTION OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

+70% for

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

only 20% are future ready

One of the problems of mass production develops when efficiency becomes the only goal. When this happens, it becomes more difficult to avoid excessive standardization that creates generic buildings.

Might take

CLIENT-FOCUSED SOLUTIONS While bespoke designs create unique projects, the typically higher costs and construction times result in affordability concerns that limit how many people benefit from unique design.Therefore, maybe the solution to this dilhema is a mass customization process.

CONSTRUCTION

Construction Carbon Outputs of Structural Types Column + Slab

Planes Planes

Planes

RoomRoom Modular Modular Room Modular

Monolithic Monolithic Block Monolithic Block Block (Hypothetical) (Hypothetical) (Hypothetical)

12-Story Towers

Column + Beam

-F by

or-

Flo

r loo

tu ruc

-F by

or-

Flo

r loo

Concrete

Volume: 5286 m3 Weight: 12,687,600 kg Embodied Material CO2: 1585 tonnes

Volume: 4440 m3 Weight: 10,657,200 kg Embodied Material CO2: 1332 tonnes

Mass Timber

Glulam Volume: 1,224 m Glulam Weight: 680,544 kg CLT Volume: 4062 m3 CLT Weight: 1,828,125 kg CLT Area: 8,125 m2 Total Volume: 5286 m3 Total Weight: 2,508,689 kg CO2 Captured: 4704 tonnes CO2 Emissions Avoided: 1820 tonnes Volume Grow Time: 14 minutes 3

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

tu ruc

tr rS

re ctu

tr rS

oo loo -Fl y-F by r-b oro l F

o Flo

tr rS

loo

y-F r-b

re ctu

o Flo

Mass Timber Mass TimberMass Timber

Glulam Volume: 378 m Glulam Weight: 210,168 kg CLT Volume: 4062 m3 CLT Weight: 1,828,125 kg CLT Area: 8,125 m2 Total Volume: 4440 m3 Total Weight: 2,038,293 kg CO2 Captured: 3972 tonnes CO2 Emissions Avoided: 1537 tonnes Volume Grow Time: 12 minutes 3

AVOIDED 1820 Tonnes of CO2

re ctu

AVOIDED 1537 Tonnes of CO2

( NRMCA, 2008, and Canadian Wood Council).

r loo

-F -F by by orFlo

or-

Flo

r loo

tu ruc

-F by

or-

Flo

r loo

tu ruc

Mass Timber Mass TimberMass Timber 3 Glulam Volume: Glulam0Volume: m3 0m Glulam Volume: 0 m3 Glulam Weight: Glulam 0 kg Weight: 0 kgGlulam Weight: 0 kg 3 3 CLT Volume: CLT34,292 Volume: m 34,292CLT m Volume: 34,292 m3 CLT Weight: CLT 15,431,400 Weight: 15,431,400 kg CLT Weight: kg 15,431,400 kg CLT Area: CLT NA Area: NA CLT Area: NA Total Volume: Total34,292 Volume: m334,292 Total m3 Volume: 34,292 m3 Total Weight: Total 15,431,400 Weight: 15,431,400 kg Total Weight: kg 15,431,400 kg CO2 Captured: CO2 Captured: 30,645 tonnes 30,645 CO2tonnes Captured: 30,645 tonnes CO2 Emissions CO2 Emissions Avoided: 11,857 Avoided: CO2tonnes Emissions 11,857 tonnes Avoided: 11,857 tonnes Volume Grow Volume Time: Grow 93 minutes Time:Volume 93 minutes Grow Time: 93 minutes

Mass Timber Mass TimberMass Timber

3 3 Glulam Volume: Glulam0Volume: m3 0m Glulam Volume: 0 m3 Glulam Volume: Glulam0Volume: m3 0m Glulam Volume: 0 m3 Glulam Weight: Glulam 0 kg Weight: 0 kgGlulam Weight: 0 kg Glulam Weight: Glulam 0 kg Weight: 0 kgGlulam Weight: 0 kg 3 3 3 3 3 CLT Volume: CLT5307 Volume: m 5307 m CLT Volume: 5307 m CLT7779 Volume: m 7779 m CLT Volume:AVOIDED 7779 m3 AVOIDED AVOIDED AVOIDED CLT Volume: AVOIDED AVOIDED CLT Weight: CLT 2,388,150 Weight: 2,388,150 kg CLTkg Weight: 2,388,150 kg CLT Weight: CLT 3,500,910 Weight: 3,500,910 kg CLTkg Weight: 3,500,910 kg 2 2 2 Tonnes 2 2 2690 Tonnes 1835 Tonnes 1835 of CO2 of 1835 CO2 Tonnes of CO2 2690 of CO2 of 2690 CO2Tonnes of CO2 CLT Area: CLT 10,614 Area: m 10,614 mCLT Area: 10,614 m CLT Area: CLT 15,559 Area: m 15,559 mCLT Area: 15,559 m2Tonnes Total Volume: Total5307 Volume: m3 5307Total m3 Volume: 5307 m3 Total Volume: Total7779 Volume: m3 7779Total m3 Volume: 7779 m3 Total Weight: Total 2,388,150 Weight: 2,388,150 kg Totalkg Weight: 2,388,150 kg Total Weight: Total 3,500,910 Weight: 3,500,910 kg Totalkg Weight: 3,500,910 kg • 100% material • 100%volume, material 0% volume, space • 100% 0%material space volume, 0% space CO2 Captured: CO2 Captured: 4743 tonnes 4743 CO2 tonnes Captured: 4743 tonnes CO2 Captured: CO2 Captured: 6952 6952 CO2 Captured: 6952 Surpasespost+ concrete beam • Surpases post+ weight beam by concrete weight 21% post+ by 21% beam weight by 21% CO2 Emissions CO2 Emissions Avoided: 1835 Avoided: CO2 tonnes Emissions 1835 tonnes Avoided: 1835 tonnes CO2 Emissions CO2 Emissions Avoided: 2690 Avoided: CO2 tonnes Emissions 2690 tonnes Avoided: 2690 tonnes • Surpases• concrete • Takes 102,876 • Takestree 102,876 to support tree• Takes to hypothetical support 102,876 hypothetical volume tree to support volumehypothetical volume Volume Grow Volume Time: Grow 14 minutes Time:Volume 14 minutes Grow Time: 14 minutes Volume Grow Volume Time: Grow 21 minutes Time:Volume 21 minutes Grow Time: 21 minutes

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies

Investments in Residential Construction 7000

Overview

Structure is typically the largest portion of a buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s embodied energy. A critical sustainable attribute of mass timber is that it can be used as a structural component for walls and floors, the assemblies that have the greatest GWP. The use of mass timber construction versus concrete construction of these assemblies can reduce the GWP by up to 20%.

Millions of Dollars

Through understanding economies of scale, as well as residential investments, it is found that the 10 - 12 story residential building typology is the most ideal for mass timber. This is considering the Canadian context of housing development, as well as an understanding that as buildings become larger, it becomes more economical to use mass timber. This is due to a number of reasons, including building weight, construction time, and the divide between on-site and off site dynamics (Woodworks Wood Products Council, 2018), (Zeitler-fletcher et al., 2018).

Millions of Dollars

7000

Multi-Unit Single Unit Multi-

5000

Single-

5000

3000 3000

July 2014

2014

2015 2015

2016

2018

2016

2018

July 2019 2019

Comparison of GWP by Assembly Group (A-D) 250,000

July 2019 Construction Investments

200,000

KG C02 EQ

150,000

100,000

50,000

Cross-Laminated Timber

Concrete -50,0000 FOUNDATIONS

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

WALLS

COLUMNS AND BEAMS

FLOORS

ROOFS

Single Unit $2302.3 -$291.7

Semi-Detached $195.2 -$17.2

Row Homes $571.0 +$76.9

Multi Unit $2311.9 +$135.6

CONSTRUCTION

Single-Family House

Building Typologies Construction Time Comparison Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Low-Rise Multi-Unit

High-Rise Multi-Unit

Construction Time Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Cost Comparison CostConstruction Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Construction Cost Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Construction Cost Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Cost Comparison in Los Angeles: For 3 - 5 Storey Buildings Steel Buildings

Concrete Buildings

CLT Buildings

Foundations

$4.50 - $10.00 / SQF

$7.00 - $14.00 / SQF

$3.75 - $8.00 / SQF

Superstructure

$40.00 - $60.00 / SQF

$50.00 - $65.00 / SQF

$40.00 - $100.00 + / SQF

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Cost Benefits of Mass Timber Construction at Larger Scales + The building will weigh 20% of the weight of a concrete building + Quicker assembly on site + Improved labour workflows

Cost Comparison in Los Angeles: For 10 - 20 Storey Buildings

Foundations Superstructure

Steel Buildings

Concrete Buildings

CLT Buildings

$4.00 - $8.00 / SQF

$4.50 - $8.50 / SQF

$3.75 - $8.00 / SQF

$45.00 - $50.00 / SQF

$47.00 - $55.00 / SQF

$40.00 - $60.00 / SQF

+ Precision pre-fabrication processes allow more component compatibility on site (fewer errors in construction) + Off-site pre-fabrication reduces the need for staging, site setup, and on-site waste removal

Single-Family House

Low-Rise Multi-Unit

High-Rise Multi-Unit

Construction Time Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Construction Cost Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Construction Cost Comparison

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Cost Comparison in Los Angeles: For 3 - 5 Storey Buildings

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Steel Buildings

Concrete Buildings

CLT Buildings

Foundations

$4.50 - $10.00 / SQF

$7.00 - $14.00 / SQF

$3.75 - $8.00 / SQF

Superstructure

$40.00 - $60.00 / SQF

$50.00 - $65.00 / SQF

$40.00 - $100.00 + / SQF

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Cost Benefits of Mass Timber Construction at Larger Scales + The building will weigh 20% of the weight of a concrete building + Quicker assembly on site + Improved labour workflows

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies

CONCRETE/STEEL

MASS TIMBER

Cost Comparison Roof Concrete or Steel $600,975

In order to find the cost benefits of mass timber over conventional materials, The University of Minnesota focused on a precedent case study of a 40,000 SQF performing arts center outside of Napa, California. Through its schematics, the research team was able to uncover the costs of using conventional products, such as concrete and steel, and compared them to the costs of substituting building components for mass timber. Their study involved a number of alternatives and cases; everything from complete concrete and steel, to hybrid steel/concrete/ mass timber, and complete mass timber solutions (Laguarda-Mallo and Espinoza, 2016).

Beams Steel $506,575

Structural Walls Concrete $1,071,680

Interior Walls Light Steel Framing $155,304

Floor Slab Concrete $256,416

TOTAL $2,590,950 COST / SQF $64 82

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

From the comparisons being made between the costs of complete concrete/steel, with that of mass timber, it was sound that cost savings could reach as high as 21%. Not only is this from the embodied costs of the material and labor, but also within the construction time, which can be reduced as high as 61.1%, according to the research team. The research team further postulates that savings can become even higher as the repetition of manufactured parts of the building can be taken advantage of; with higher serial repetition comes higher savings. This information may simply be tied to the precedent case study, but it does reveal how and where costs can be saved by using mass timber instead of conventional materials.

21%

MORE COST EFFECTIVE

Roof CLT Panels $289,339

Beams Glulam $29,022

Structural Walls CLT Panels $414,901 CLT Extra Costs Prefab, Labor and Connectors $654,768 Interior Walls Light Wood Framing $297,666

Floor Slab Concrete $256,416

TOTAL $2,027,091 COST / SQF $50 Construction Time is reduced by 61.1%

CONSTRUCTION

New Construction System Integration Process

Fabrication

Construction

Material CO DESIGN PROCESS

ste ms

Design

th Me

Overdue paradigm changes in the architecture and building industry can only be achieved through the complete convergence of all disciplines. The automatic generation of building components and manufacturing data is preceded by a digital design process that allows the exploration of different building designs within the design space of the construction system. Timber is a great fit for modular construction due to its machinability and relatively low weight, meaning it can be more easily transported and assembled on site when compared to steel or concrete (University of Stuttgart, n.d.), (Caballero, 2019), (Carpo et al., n.d.).

od s

Engineering

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Building

CONSTRUCTION

New Construction Robotic Integration Embedding robotics within a digital design workflow is a required change in the industryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s design thinking for automation strategies to be effective. Application of such an integrated process and its requirements towards the collaboration between, and the automation of, design, construction, engineering, and manufacturing. (Kohler, 2011), (University of Stuttgart, 2017, (Design & Build Review, 2019)

Human Interactions

Machine Interactions Multi Agent Communication

Digital

Virtual

Physical

Drones

Photogrammetry

Material Interactions

3D Printers

Milling

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Nailing

Gluing

Pick and Place

CONSTRUCTION

New Construction

Sewing joints

Precedent Processes

Integral Attachment Integrated Solid Timber

Autonomous operations

Mass Customization

Timber module assembly

(Robeller et al., 2014), (Che and Bogensperger, 2015), (Cheng and Hinkel, 2012), (Schimek, 1970), (Chai et al., 1970), (Baris et al., 1970), (Hitchings et al., 2017), (Vercruysse and Emmanuel, 2019), (Reinhardt, 2019), (Cormack et al., 2017)

Diamond Vault Wood Tectonics Generative fold

JOINTS

STACKING

FOLDED PLATE

CLT

CLT Place

R o b o t ic

Glulam

Ban

Generative

d Pick an

SUBTRACTIVE

ob otic Mili

Digital fabrication represents an innovative technology with the potential of expanding the boundaries of mass timber in architecture. The potential to fabricate elements directly from design information is transforming many design decisions and production disciplines. In particular, additive manufacturing has become the key of modern product development. As the use of additive manufacturing grows, research into largescale processes is beginning to reveal potential applications in construction ranging from stacking,joint based,folded plate and subtractive fabrication systems.The combined methods of computational design and robotic fabrication have the welldemonstrated potential to create formal and structural advances in architecture ranging from pick and place of elements to end effector tool acting as a band saw

dsaw

CNC

arm

CLT rdise Non standa

Pic k

d mat

erial

Non s tandar dised ma terial Robotic arm Pick and Place

an d

Pla c

Robotic arm 88

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies Overview The targeted building typology in which mass timber would be most effective is within the 6-12 story height. This is the case for a number of reasons, but also outlines a number of structural approaches toward developing the intended building typology. The fundamental structural typologies are as follows: Column + Beam, Column + Slab, Planes, and Room-Modular. With respect to these structural typologies, there is a further study on the relationship between volume, structural weight, embodied carbon emissions, and comparisons between mass timber and concrete as materials relative to these measures. Lastly, there is a precedent study of Gilles Retsinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s alternative structural approaches, which are used to understand the potential for mass timber to act within discrete structural systems and modular assemblies.

Column and Beam

Column and Slab

Post and beam systems are among the most common in contemporary building techniques, especially with mass timber. Beams and columns provide the necessary primary structure while slabs, diaphragms, and the building envelope will act as secondary or tertiary structural elements. Space is relatively flexible under this structural system (Taylor, 2017), Column and slab is similar to post and beam structural systems. Primary structure however does not requite a beam system, rather it relies on columns supporting floor diaphragms above. It is advantageous in some ways to post and beam systems where ceiling depth is a challenge. However, its spans cannot reach that of post and beam systems as a result (Taylor, 2017), (Woodworks Wood Products Council, 2018).(Woodworks Wood Products Council, 2018).

Planes

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Room Modular

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies Column and Beam Floor Slab/Diaphragm

Beams

Int

Basic Square Post + Beam

Added Spans

+ Square grid and equal or similar beam/girder sizes

+ With larger spans, intermediary beamsmay be introduced to support floor plates

erm

iar

+ Can potentially cause clash issues with MEP or other building systems

Column Grid

Potential Clash Areas

Envelope

• Independent of primary structure • Performance can be non-structural

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

20 x 20’ Post + Beam Structure

25 x 25’ Post + Beam Structure

30 x 30’ Post + Beam Structure

Primary Beam/Girder Depth: 21” Secondary Purlin/Joist Depth: 18”

Primary Beam/Girder Depth: 30” Secondary Purlin/Joist Depth: 24”

Primary Beam/Girder Depth: 36” Secondary Purlin/Joist Depth: 27”

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies Column and Slab

3-Ply

5-Ply

7-Ply

4 - 1/8” Thick

6 - 7/8” Thick

9 - 5/8” Thick

Floor Slab/Diaphragm Up

CLT

2’

1 to Up

to 1

2’

7’

-1

7’

1’

-2

1’

Connecting Floor Slab Segments Up

2’

Envelope

Secondary Structure Shear Walls

• Independent of primary structure • Performance can be non-structural

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

to 1

2’

7’

-1

7’

1’

-2

1’

NLT

Column

1 to Up

2 x 4”

2 x 6”

2 x 8”

4” Thick

6” Thick

8” Thick

This structural system similar to the post and beam structural systems. Primary structure however does not requite a beam system, rather it relies on columns supporting floor diaphragms above. It is advantageous in some ways to post and beam systems where ceiling depth is a challenge. However, its spans cannot reach that of post and beam systems as a result (Taylor, 2017), (Woodworks Wood Products Council, 2018).

CONSTRUCTION

Building Typologies

Shear/Lateral Load Resistance

Planes Floor Slab/Diaphragm

Primary Structural Walls

Elements Joining Methods

A plane-based structural system will use load-bearing walls and floors to provide primary structural support. As a result, facade assemblies are highly dependent on the structural load that they are carrying. In this manner, all architectural-based features and spaces are determined primarily by the placement of structural walls. Alternatively, plane-based systems may be used in conjunction with other structural methods, such as post and beam, and act as secondary structure. Michael Green Architects use the “Finding the Forest Through the Trees” (FFTT) method of designing tall timber buildings capable of reaching 30 stories. The FFTT process follows:

Envelope

• Providing shear support • Intrinsic to the overall structure of the building • Very dependent on structural loads

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

1) Concrete Foundation 2) Solid Wood Structural Core 3) Steel Beams (Seismic Support) 4) Solid Wood Interior Structural Walls 5) Solid Wood Exterior Structural Walls

Solid CLT Panel

Glulam Columns

Openings for Windows

CLT Floor Plates

This is a hybrid structural system using solid planes for additional shear support for pursuing tall timber buildings (Green, 2012).

CONSTRUCTION

McKinsey outlines the spectrum of prefabrication as a function of scale and complexity. In this sense, there are degrees of scale and complexity which allow for the interjection of customization at various stages. Everything from incomplete parts of units, to entire prefabricated homes are possible under this model. McKinsey not only outlines this as a method of developing costefficient homes, it is also a method of addressing the increase in housing demand over time (Bertram et al., 2019), (Taylor, 2017).

Fully Serviced and Finished Single Unit

Dully Finished and Serviced Single Walls

Dully Finished and Serviced Single Room

Dully Finished and Serviced Single House

Transitional Unit

Pre-Finished Panel

Pre-Finished Room

Pre-Finished House

Single Discipline, Individual Units

Panels

Volumetric Units

Complete Structures

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

Increased Scale

Largely Structural (Concrete, Steel, or Wood)

Room-modular systems are those which are both a spatial and a structural unit. These are then assembled into a larger aggregation of the building. Walls, roofs/ceilings, and floors act as primary structure, dictating that openings in the facade must be strategically placed. Karoleena offers solutions to modular construction strategies through mass-production of a few different modular typologies. These typologies are then combined to create several different layouts for single-family housing. This method focuses heavily on prefabrication and reduced on-site construction, speeding up construction times overall (Karoleena Modular Construction, 2020).

Increased Complexity

Fully Functional With Complex Fixtures

Room Modular

Limited Fixtures in One or More Materials

Building Typologies

Building Typologies Room Modular

Primary Structure (Walls + Roof + Floor)

Room Module

Assemble Base Unit Parts - Light wood framing, steel, concrete - Assemble Primary Structure

Assemble Base Units - Combine basic walls, floors, ceilings to create basic unit

Assemble Unit Systems/Fixtures - Integrate unit systems into prefabricated residential module

Complete Modular Home - The complete Karoleena Home

Building

Envelope

• Primary structure of the module • Openings are either minimal or strategically placed • High dependence on structural loads

100

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Lift into Place on Site - Crane Lift Units into Place on Site - Integrate building systems with sitebased systems (electrical, plumbing)

Assemble Additional Pre-Fab Components - Assemble any extraneous elements

CONSTRUCTION

101

Prefabrication Opportunities PRE-FABRICATED MASS TIMBER VS. CONVENTIONAL MATERIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS

• Pre fabricated mass timber weighs around 1/5th of concrete on site. • Since its pre designed and highly accurate computer fabricated its

On average, prefab may reduce carbon by

1.3

15.6% - embodied 3.2% - operational

1.2

• Installing on site for concrete takes Up to 500 m3 per day while it

drastically increases up to 1400 m3 per day with less number of labour

• Costing difference between concrete and Timber as per square foot differes aorund 5$ approximately.

• On-site construction for concrete increased material and waste while for timber its Waste reduction, including other structural components as a result of decreased weight

•

Timber is fully recyclable unlike concrete which is partially recycleable.

Prefab houses are often built up to the restrictions of the manufacturing and transportation process. This is why fully manufactured modules are less adaptable to client preferences than houses assembled with pre-cut members. Houses built with mass timber, instead of the traditional stick-frame construction, can be beneficial in two major categories.

102

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

• Less materials are wasted • Less time means less vehicle trips • Easier control of materials used • Easier implementation of Passivehaus principles

Materials: • Easier management to track what goes into the building • Recyclable and potentially reusable components Envelope: • Structural stability without excessive thermal bridges • Less insulation required because of wood mass • Air tightness needed for Passivehaus standards

PREFABRICATION TYPES BY CUSTOMIZABILITY

Canada

least

manufactured

Australia Supply (Construction Labour Rate)

more suitable and precise in terms of Environmental and economical aspect

FAVOURABLE PREFABRICATION CONDITIONS

1.1

foldable

Japan USA Denmark

Netherlands 1.0

Sweden

Belguim

Italy Spain

kit

Austria France

Portugal

Hungary

modular

Norway

Slovakia Czech Rep

0.9

sectional

Ireland Finland

Singapore

panelized

Switzerland

Germany

pre-cut

Poland

most

0.8

0.7 0

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.0

2.4

Demand (Housing Projections)

(Ryan Smith), (J. C. Huang et al.), (Y. Teng, et al., 2018), (Wood Works, 2012), (Prefab Homes Ontario).

CONSTRUCTION

103

Prefabrication Slabs and Walls

Columns and Walls

Advancements in Prefabrication from mass timber have created countless possibilities of flexible housing using pre-fabricated walls and ceilings with engineered windows and putting them across according to the building typology.

Using post beams and columns is one of the contemporary techniques which can be efficiently improvised by Pre-fabricated mass timber structural elements .Such method includes can angularly designed columns , beams and walls or with a groove that fixes up without adhesives, weighs less and is more dynamic is strength. Such construction takes less

Prefabricated CLT beams

Prefabricated CLT floor/ walls

(Urban Village Project).

Exposed CLT ceiling

Column beam connect lever

time to install and because it was designed and prefabricated it needs not cutting, chamfering or creates any waste at construction site. CLT beams and columns along with slabs can be used for a multi-story building reaching up to 30meters or more. (Thinkwood, 2018).

CLT lever Groove

Pre fabricated mass timber with angular cuts

Pre fabricated modular frame structure

104

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

105

Structural Systems High Rise

Tall buildings are actually designed to sway to a certain extent A tuned mass damper is typically a heavy piece of steel, connected by springs to the structure of the building at the penthouse level. It helps absorb shock, moving back and forth and acting as a countervailing force to wind or earthquakes Using a tuned mass damper became will help in avoiding more than double the amount of timber material used, in a bid to make Mass timber building nearly as heavy as a traditional concrete building (Gattas, n.d.). Steel braces within walls would result in an estimated loss of 145 sq ft per floor, and they would limit flexibility in unit planning. A concrete core would similarly result in an estimated loss of 145 sq ft per floor, and it is not conducive to prefabrication. A timber core would result in an estimated loss of 615 sq ft per floor, creating impossibly thick walls (5 ft) for manufacturing and assembly. An exoskeleton approach allows for full floor plate flexibility and efficient usage of wood. A lean wood core features no loss of the 8,450 sq ft floor area (Eckholm, 2020). Timber is nimble and light compared to other structural building materials, and that gives it many advantages, such as making it easy to work with in a factory. But these same properties also create new challenges for timberâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s use in designing taller buildings. When engineers design a building, they must create a structure that can resist different types of forces, including vertical forces like gravity and lateral forces like wind. The lighter the building, the more susceptible it usually is to lateral forces (Jaffe, 2019). Steel braces within walls

106

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Concrete core

Timber core

Exoskeleton

CONSTRUCTION

107

Structural

Gilles Retsin, among others, provides modular solutions to developing structure and space. His focus lies within discrete units that can be arranged in specific formations to produce functions. His work is an example using prefabricated modular solutions from the perspective of the structural unit itself, rather than thinking of it as a spatial volume with structural properties. It raises questions about how modules are designed, how mass serialization can produce multiplicity, and how individual agency can influence spatial relationships. Though his current work uses plywood, it showcases opportunities for mass timber to operate as a modular element (Retsin, 2019).

Alternatives A STUDY OF GILLES RETSINâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S REAL VIRTUALITY (2018).

Module 1 Linear: Male/Female Ends

Piece A

Piece B

Module 2 Corner: Male/Female Ends

Module 3 Corner: Female/Female Ends

Module 3 Corner: Male/Male Ends

Piece B

Slot Pieces Piece B

One Plane

Piece B

Two Planes

Three Planes

Three Planes 2.0

Three Planes Reoriented

Linear (on 45 degrees)

Piece A

Standard 18 mm Plywood Sheet (1.35 x 3.3m)

Corner (on 45 degrees) 90

Piece A

End Piece End Piece

108

Slot Pieces

Internal Structure

Corner (on 0 degrees)

Internal Structure

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

109

Structural

Single

Alternatives

Triple

Horizontal One Plane

Deconstructing modular assemblies: Gille Retsinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Tallinn Pavilion uses discrete modules to construct space. Each module is a hollow Rubens made from CNC-processed plywood, and assembled on site in various configurations (Retsin, 2018).

Horizontal/Vertical Two Planes

Horizontal/Vertical Three Planes

Module A Piece B

Double

Module B

Module C

Module D

Piece B Piece A Piece A

Piece B

Internal Structure Single Simple

Piece B

Double Simple

Triple Simple

Triple Complex 1.0

Triple Complex 2.0

Ends Module A

Module B

Fastening Plate Module C

Piece A

Standard 18mm Plywood Sheet (1350 x 3300 mm)

Piece A Fastening Plates

Ends

Internal Structure

Module D

110

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

111

Connections

Post + Beam

Post + Slab

Planes

Lap

Mortise & Tenon

Dovetail

Chinese Dou-Gong Lap

CLT Step Joint

Mortise & Tenon

Drift Pin

Knifeplate

Typ. CLT Floor to Wall

Overview We can garner a baseline understanding of the way timber can be assembled through observing historical precedents and studying conventional construction techniques (Herzog et al., 2004). Looking at history we can see how techniques of the past have remained relevant in modern construction, from Chinese and Japanese joinery, to scaffolding used in the construction of the Pantheon, we can see evidence of these inventions in todays modern cities. However since the development of the computer and robotic manufacturing, how can we now design beyond our own human capabilities and utilize the possibilities of robotic assembly? Here is a blend of joint and connections spanning form the ultra simple mortise & tenon used for thousands of years to its modern adaptation within robotic assembly systems within timber folded plate shells (Robeller and Weinand, 2016). Within discrete assemblies, the joints themselves can become linear timber elements that define the space, addressing mass customization and structural adherence in one move (Chai, et al., n.d.). Joints that are traditionally considered only able to connect planar elements, have been adapted to be universally adaptable to 3D connections, simplifying overall construction (Dounas and Spaeth, 2014).

112

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

113

Connections

Panel to Panel

Wall to Floor

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

1.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

1.2

INTERNAL SPLINE STRIP MECHANICAL FASTENER

SPLINE STRIP MECHANICAL FASTENER

2.3

1.3

Internal Spline: Connection joint made up of strips of LVL/CLT/Plywood embedded in the edge between panels. This type of connection requires each panel edge to be profiled with a groove along its length to accommodate spline strips. Profiling the edges may take more time to be machined, but provide a double-shear connection. After the panels are joined, mechanical fasteners, such as nails, wood screws, lag screws, or self-taping screws, are drive down through the panel and spline on each side of the joint. For thicker panels (5+ layers), multiple internal splines can be used to provide extra support.

114

SPLINE STRIP MECHANICAL FASTENER

3.3

MECHANICAL FASTENER SPLINE STRIP

Spline: Surface Spline: 2 Surface 3 Double Connection joint made up from a strip of LVL/CLT/Plywood straddling the Similar to a surface spline, but uses a second spline strip on the joint, and embedded on each side of the top-most layer. Due to the spline’s location, the panels can be profiled in the production facility, or on-site. After the panels are joined, mechanical fasteners, such as nails, wood screws, lag screws, or self-taping screws, are driven down through the spline material and into the panel below. While this connection provides less shear support than an internal spline, it is more simply installed.

Surface Spline: Connection joint made up from a strip of LVL/CLT/ Plywood straddling the joint, and embedded on each side of the top-most layer. Due to the spline’s location, the panels can be profiled in the production facility, or on-site. After the panels are joined, mechanical fasteners, such as nails, wood screws, lag screws, or self-taping screws, are driven down through the spline material and into the panel below. While this connection provides less shear support than an internal spline, it is more simply installed.

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

underside of the panel as well. This connection requires a little more time, due to the extra profiling on each panel, however it can still be done at the production facility, or on-site. Provides a double-shear connection.

Double Surface Spline: Similar to a surface spline, but uses a second spline strip on the underside of the panel as well. This connection requires a little more time, due to the extra profiling on each panel, however it can still be done at the production facility, or on-site. Provides a double-shear connection.

FASTENING NUT EMBEDDED STEEL ROD

MECHANICAL FASTENER

3.3

1.3

MILLED HALF LAP JOINT

MECHANICAL FASTENER

EDGE PROTECTING WOOD PROFILE

ANGLE BRACKET

KNIFE PLATE

MECHANICAL FASTENER

MECHANICAL FASTENER THROUGH KNIFE PLATE

STEEL TUNE CONNECTOR

Connection System: 5 Tube Connection joint is made up of machined steel rings embedded into each

Half Lap Joint: One of the most common panel-to-panel connections. The edge of each panel is profiled to provide a notch running half the depth of the panel; while this machining can be done on site, it is less time-consuming and more economical to do in the production facility. Once the two bearing notches are lined up, longer self-taping screws are driven down through the notch of both panels. While this type of connection allows for faster panel-to-panels on-site, the wood notch is prone to splitting along its bearing length. Further to that, this type of connection is not moment resisting.

Half Lap Joint: One of the most common panel-to-panel connections. The edge of each panel is profiled to provide a notch running half the depth of the panel; while this machining can be done on site, it is less time-consuming and more economical to do in the production facility. Once the two bearing notches are lined up, longer self-taping screws are driven down through the notch of both panels. While this type of connection allows for faster panel-topanels on-site, the wood notch is prone to splitting along its bearing length. Further to that, this type of connection is not moment resisting.

CONCEALED WOOD KEY

side of two panel edges. Half-circle holes need to be machined in the production facility at specific intervals along the length of the joint. Metal rods are installed horizontally into the edge of each panel at the zenith of the half circle hole. The steel ring connectors have slots to slide over top of these metal rods. Once the panels are joined together and the metal rings are inserted, nuts are installed on the embedded steel rods on the inside of the steel ring. This connection is more time consuming, but provides extra support, although it relies on the embedded rods’ ability to remain embedded.

Tube Connection System: Connection joint is made up of machined steel rings embedded into each side of two panel edges. Halfcircle holes need to be machined in the production facility at specific intervals along the length of the joint. Metal rods are installed horizontally into the edge of each panel at the zenith of the half circle hole. The steel ring connectors have slots to slide over top of these metal rods. Once the panels are joined together and the metal rings are inserted, nuts are installed on the embedded steel rods on the inside of the steel ring. This connection is more time consuming, but provides extra support, although it relies on the embedded rods’ ability to remain embedded.

Self-Tapping Screws: The simplest floor-wall connection method relies on a self-tapping screw to push up through the bottom of the CLT slab and into the core of the CLT wall panel. This connection method is simple, however, depending on the orientation of the core layer, screws may be driven into the end grain of the timber. This may be an issue in high-loading scenarios. The use of self-tapping screws allows this type of connection to be completed on-site without coordination with panel manufacturers.

MECHANICAL FASTENER Wood Profile (Key): 2 Concealed Similar to simple self-tapping screw connection, however a channel is

milled in the edge of the vertical panel, and a wood profile strip (or wood key) is inserted. The addition of the wood profile strip increases the connection resistance. Due to the extra machining of the panel edge, this connection requires coordination with panel manufacturer

Concealed Wood Profile (Key): Similar to simple selftapping screw connection, however a channel is milled in the edge of the vertical panel, and a wood profile strip (or wood key) is inserted. The addition of the wood profile strip increases the connection resistance. Due to the extra machining of the panel edge, this connection requires coordination with panel manufacturer

MECHANICAL FASTENER

Protecting Wood Profile: 3 Edge 4 Similar to the concealed wood profile connection, however larger exposed wood profile can help reinforce and protect the ends of the panel. This wood profile is typically made from higher density hardwood. Like the concealed wood profile, the extra machining for the connection requires coordination with the panel manufacturer, and cannot be prepped on-site.

Edge Protecting Wood Profile: Similar to the concealed wood profile connection, however larger exposed wood profile can help reinforce and protect the ends of the panel. This wood profile is typically made from higher density hardwood. Like the concealed wood profile, the extra machining for the connection requires coordination with the panel manufacturer, and cannot be prepped on-site.

Metal Bracket: Connection is made from an angled bracket connection the wall and floor panels. Like the self-tapping screw connection, the metal bracket connection is more simple and can be done on-site, as no pilot holes are required, due to self-tapping screws.

Concealed Metal Knife Plate: The metal knife plate is connected to the floor panel with self-tapping screws, and the vertical panel is then slid down over vertical plate. The vertical panels use dowels or bolts to pass through the panel and plate. While this connection provides excellent stability, it requires extra machining both in the profiling of the panel edges, and in the drilling and coordination of pilot holes in the panels and plates.

CONSTRUCTION

115

Discrete Architecture Design Discrete architecture has arisen from the need for manufacturing to meet the demands of computational design. What does it mean for a thing to be digital? Is it possible for materials to be digital? Discrete architecture argues that yes it can. ‘Form’ implies a certain static condition, where as ‘information’ implies a more dynamic condition one that is governed by a range of factors including aesthetic, form, and performance (Leach, 2015). How can we incorporate big data into the things that we make, in the same way that so many other industries have? Discreteness aims to redefine the entire production chain by accelerating physical assembly along side computation, it is opposite to continuous, which is uninterrupted and seamless. It is about the relation between parts, so then the amount of parts does not necessarily matter (Retsin, 2019). By promoting universal and flexible frameworks, economies of scale, platforms, open-source, decentralization, mobility, the prototypical, and scalability in design production we can propose an ‘all digital’ discrete approach to the automation of mass timber production (Claypool, 2019). Discrete architecture projects attempt to consolidate the digital materials into the domain of architecture, through embedding assembly logic into the material itself, the result becomes a scalable digital material which can manifest itself as differentiated and complex spaces (Retsin, 2016).

Module

Scaling

116

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Customization

Service

CONSTRUCTION

117

Construction Conclusions Why is mass timber better than conventional construction?

How can we create variety with minimal variation?

Mass Timber has the potential to perform as a viable alternative to conventional materials through its advantages of using prefabrication to speed up construction times while reducing construction costs, reduce carbon emissions, and create lighter buildings.

Through redefining the entire production chain by accelerating physical assembly alongside computation, focusing on the relation between parts, we can propose an ‘all digital’ discrete approach to the automation of mass timber production.

What building typology is ideal for mass timber to be deployed?

What are the opportunities for MT prefabrication in the construction industry?

The 6-12 story building typology. This typology has the potential to address the push towards density, housing demand, and even allow prefabrication to create greater economic upsides with respect to scales of economy.

Prefabrication can be used as an effective tool to minimize on-site construction, bring forth an integrated design and delivery process, and produce cost-effective components that can ultimately simplify a building’s assemblage. With respect to the prefabrication of mass timber elements instead of other materials, its economic benefits are bolstered by its reduced carbon footprint and renewable source.

118

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

CONSTRUCTION

119

OPERATIONS (Stage 4) The operation of mass timber is understood in the context of its integration within building performance. This section analyses the performance of passive design, and how mass timber is capable of improving passive design performance. In the context of the categorical story board, this section underpins the importance of understanding the operational life cycle assessment of mass timber products compared to conventional construction materials.

KEY QUESTIONS How can mass timber improve building performance? How can mass timber improve communities and cities?

120

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

OPERATIONS

121

Passive Design Energy Use and Efficiency Shifts in Energy Use

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

Concrete

CLT

Non PH

122

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Concrete

CLT

PH Classic

Concrete

CLT

PH Plus

Mass timber buildings in Europe are typically built to the passive house standard or close to it. This standard requires high performance building envelopes, that are air tight, with super insulation, high performance windows and no thermal bridges. Mass timber products with prefabrication lends itself well to address these problems. Mass timber when used as part of the exterior envelope is extremely airtight with high tolerances. Insulation and membranes can be applied at shops to increase efficiencies and performance. Unlike other structural materials wood is not a conductor but an insulator. A decrease in the buildings costs and operations comes with the significant smaller mechanical systems required to heat, ventilate and cool the building (Passive House Canada).

90% LESS ENERGY THAN TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION Space Heat Air Changes @ 50 Pa

15 kWh/m2

287 kWh/m2

0.6 ACH

3.2 ACH Passive House Typical Alberta Home

High Performance Windows

Super Insulation

COST

Operational Energy Embodied Energy

7,000

Metric Tonnes

The design of low-energy building induces both a net benefit in total life cycle energy demand and an increase in embodied energy. This is due to the excess of material use when aiming for passive design standards, resulting in lower operational energy use but greater embodied energy use (Zakrkewski and Gray, 2019).

Airtightness

Construction Budget

â&#x20AC;&#x201C;

PASSIVE HOUSE

â&#x20AC;&#x201C;

ENERGY EFFICIENCY Passive House Cost / Efficiency

OPERATIONS

123

Life Cycle Impact Assessment Environmental impacts are shown to be lower for wood design than concrete and steel design across all seven key measures: fossil energy consumption, weighted resources use, global warming potential, and measures of potential for acidification, eutrophication, ozone depletion, and smog formation (Naturally Wood, 2015).

Wood Design Concrete Design Steel Design

These represent three hypothetical commercial buildings of wood, concrete, and steel structures of identical size (40,000 sq. ft.) and configuration are compared (Naturally Wood, 2015).

Normalized to Wood Value = 0.75

Fossil Energy

Resource Use

GWP

Acidification

Eutrophication

Ozone Depletion

Smog Potential

Life Cycle Impact Indicators

124

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

OPERATIONS

125

Operations Conclusions How can mass timber improve building performance? Mass timber can improve building performance through prefabricated envelope solutions built to passive house standards. The insulating material property of timber result in an extremely airtight envelope well suited to be paired with other passive design solutions. Up to 90% operational energy savings can be achieved compared to typical construction, resulting in a reduction of mechanical systems required to actively maintain thermal comfort

How can mass timber improve communities and cities? A growing population and increasing demand for affordable housing points to an uncertain future. Being a natural resource, mass timber is a sustainable method of construction that can improve communities and cities by means of a regional supply chain. Affordable housing prospers with modularity and mass timber performs efficiently as a â&#x20AC;&#x153;kit of partsâ&#x20AC;?.

126

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

OPERATIONS

127

DESIGNING OUT WASTE (Stage 5) The biggest theme from this final section of the story board is waste. This is an important topic for understanding the possibilities of mass timber to perform beyond its lifecycle in a building. This section looks into the emissions of waste material in the built environment, and provides the initial analyses of the potentials of bioenergy from this waste. The framework here it to give an understanding of carbon emissions from construction waste in general, and how mass timber can provide an opportunity to approach these issues.

KEY QUESTIONS: Is mass timber still sustainable after itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s done being a building?

128

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

DESIGNING OUT WASTE

129

Waste Material Durability & Lifecycle Western Red Cedar

RECYCLING & REPROCESSING

Eastern White Cedar

Tamarack (E. Larch)

Jack Pine

White Spruce

Red Pine

Engelman Spruce

Ponderosa Pine

Black Spruce

Western White Pine Eastern White Pine

Amabilis Fir Balsam Fir

Alpine Fir

Sitka Spruce Red Spruce

ENERGY RECOVERY

BUILDING WASTE DEMOLITION WOOD

Western Hemlock

Western Larch

WOOD BUILDING MATERIAL

RECOVERED DEMOLITION WOOD

Pacific Coast Hemlock Lodgepole Pine

HARVESTED ROUNDWOOD

WOOD PROCESSING

CONSTRUCTION WASTE

FOREST

Southern Pine

PROCESSING RESIDUE

Redwood

Douglas Fir

LOGGING RESIDUE

Increasing Resistance to Decay by Fungi

Yellow Cedar

LANDFILL

Trembling Aspen Largetooth Aspen Balsam Poplar Increasing Resistance to Water Ingress (deterrence to fungal growth)

Chemically modified wood, in addition to good durability and dimensional stability without loss of strength, shows significant resistance to fungi and moisture. It can be burned for energy recovery at its end-of-life but it is difficult to reuse. The use of durable species can be an alternative to chemical preservative treatments that may limit options for recycling and reuse (Ramage et al., 2017).

130

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

The species that fall further up both axis are more durable. For example, Western Red Cedar is the most durable.

The diagram above shows the life cycle waste of a wood based building. A major advantage of using timber as a construction material lies in its waste minimization potential. Although wood waste is produced throughout the life cycle of timber products, it can be reused, recycled, or reprocessed depending on the type, form, and volume of waste (Aye et al., 2012).

DESIGNING OUT WASTE

131

Waste Bioenergy

Industry

Waste

Energy

Thermal Conversion Fuel

slash heat

pyrolysis oil bark

steam saw dust & chips

syngas electricity ethanol

methane

black liquor

biodiesel*

biochemical conversion fuel natural gas*

other

Utilizing woody biomass for bioenergy is of increasing interest in attempt to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. For example, an Edmonton company G4 Insights Inc, has established a technology that converts wood waste into renewable natural gas (Johnson, 2019). A small commercial plant produces 450 GJ/day of energy from 2 logging trucks of waste/day (or 36 BDT/day). A typical Alberta household uses about 120 GJ of natural gas in a year. With this technology, 450 GJ / day from a woody biomass plant could power 1300 homes (or a community the size of Charleswood) (Statistics Canada, 2020).

132

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

Developments in energy production from biomass have created seemingly limitless methods to generate energy. Yet, only a few solutions, such as extracting syngas through gasification, result in arguably net zero carbon emissions. (National Geographic, n.d.), (BANR Team, 2020), (UBC Sustainability, 2019).

Legend Unexplored systems

Reduced but significant GHG emissions

DESIGNING OUT WASTE

133

Waste Products CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION AND DEMOLITION WASTE CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION AND DEMOLITION WASTE Building construction, renovation and demolition waste is a major contributor to our landfills. In order to mitigate, recycle and re-use building products at the end of life, materials must be treated in a certain method in order to increase the potential of their future use. Studying waste composition can help towards these practices. Wood which contains chemicals, adhesives and other additives is harder to re-use, so the use of clean and untreated wood should be maximized (Guy Perry and Associates, Kelleher Environmental, 2015).

COMPOSITION OF CRD WASTE COMPOSITION OF CRD WASTE

Gypsum 9% (298,300 Tonnes)

Demolition 42% (1,668,900 Tonnes)

Construction 11% (444,700 Tonnes)

Renovation 47% (1,893,200 Tonnes)

Metals 3% (94,100 Tonnes) Plastics 4% (154,000 Tonnes) Concrete 4% (127,500 Tonnes) Corrugated Cardboard 1% (28,800 Tonnes)

Other 29% (966,000 Tonnes)

Asphalt Roofing 10% (334,500 Tonnes)

Wood 40% (1,349,300 Tonnes)

Painted Wood 20%

Treated Wood 8%

Clean Wood 49%

Composite or Eng Wood 23%

Guy Perry and Associates and Kelleher Environmental. 2015. Guy Perry and Associates and Kelleher Environmental. 2015.

134

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

DESIGNING OUT WASTE

135

Designing out Waste Conclusions Is Mass Timber still sustainable after itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s done being a building? In order to accommodate flexibility of building use and programming in the future, the construction industry needs to shift to one that values both making and un-making. Mass timber is well suited for integration within the circular economy, and research points to a future where the notions of design for disassembly, and buildings as material banks are deployed strategically with mass timber products.

136

PHASE 1: RESEARCH

DESIGNING OUT WASTE

137

Phase 2 Design Research 138

The second phase of work is the design phase, where the data collected in Phase 1 is utilized to inform the design of mass timber housing at three different scales: single family home, mid-, and high-rise.

139

Methodology Our methodological approach looked towards bridging the data uncovered in Phase 1 to solidified mass timber design in Phase 2. The data uncovered in Phase 1 was organized into five discrete categories; harvesting, manufacturing, construction, operation, and end of life. The projects in Phase 2 connect to various aspects within these initial categories, but are built into a framework of “normal” and “pathological” lenses. The projects become separated along this distinction, and apply themselves in either building-centric or user-centric perspectives to discrete building scales of a single family home, a mid-rise multi-family tower, and a 12 story + residential tower. First, however, how do we establish the “normative” and the “pathological”? By substantiating what can be considered as “normal” would fundamentally establish a basis in which to later understand the “pathological”. It is not the act of creating rules, or allowing regulation to create rules, rather it is subjugated by infraction against the rule, identifying the grounds for a normative position to take place (Canguilhem et al., 1989, p. 246). This extends into technological normalization, which “consists in the choice and determination of material, the form, and dimensions of an object whose characteristics from then on become necessary for consistent manufacture” (Canguilhem et al., 1989, p. 246). In the context of this studio, normalization of process, material, and practice seek to position the design project within a framework that corresponds to the relativity of its contexts. In this sense, the “normative” definition is subjugated by the existing norms which define it. Such becomes a method of identifying how typical practices of materials, practices of techniques, and practices of technologies can find their way into architectural mass timber applications. But where are the extents of the normative? If a design practice is defined as such, when does it exceed the realm of normal?

140

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

To fully understand the extent of the normative, the studio also explores the realm of the pathological in Phase 2. The “pathology” here is a distinct breakaway from the typical material applications, practices, techniques, and principles that ultimately define the normal. In this sense, the pathological seeks to underpin particular architectural problems at a time, and pathologically pursue an alternative to those architectural problems. It is the very act of exploring the normative, and building upon methods of critique that challenge the constraints of it. From these explorations, “new” normals may be uncovered through the pathological pursuit of an alternative. Such becomes the inherent definition with the pathological methodological approach, where the projects depart from “normative” practice, material applications, and architectural applications. The ultimate goal of separating the studio projects in this manner is to achieve twelve distinct design approaches contributing to three scales of buildings, and across four methodological frameworks (user-centric normative and pathological, building-centric normative and pathological). The outcomes of which demonstrate a comprehensive set of projects, that when placed together, can showcase the potentials of intersecting mass timber, digital fabrication, and architecture.

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

141

Overview Topic Projects

COVID-19 Disclaimer

For an introduction to each project see the following two pages of Topic Projects.

Project explorations beginning in Phase 2 underwent a dramatic shift in the manner in which work would be done. Defined as the “New Normal”, the unprecedented impacts of the pandemic of COVID-19 had changed the dynamic in the processes of carrying out the studio. The results of which were entirely digital and the capabilities of using models no longer feasible. Instruction became remote, and isolation a major factor in the developments of the studio during Phase 2. The project outcomes throughout Phase 2 demonstrate the results of the New Normal.

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

Mass Shelter ELLIOTT CARLSON Mass Scape BUSHRA HASHIM Bared KARAN SHARMA BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

Stacked Home CHRISTIAAN MUILWIJK Sanguine Shift PIOTR TOMANEK Partonomy MATT WALKER USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

DIY Dwelling KIRAN RAI Village HUGO RAMIREZ LAGOS Vertical Neighbourhood BRENDEN KAWA USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

The New Suburbia HANNA POULSEN & ELLEN ODEGAARD The Tetris Lantern BHRUGURAJSINH GOHIL Consumed NEAL BORSTMAYER Class meetings, work, and reviews took place digitally via Zoom.

142

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

143

Topic Projects Building Centric NORMAL

Building Centric PATHOLOGICAL

SINGLE FAMILY HOME

MID-RISE

HIGH-RISE

SINGLE FAMILY HOME

MID-RISE

HIGH-RISE

Mass Shelter

Mass Scape

Bared

Stacked Home

Sanguine Shift

Partonomy

ELLIOTT CARLSON

BUSHRA HASHIM

KARAN SHARMA

CHRISTIAAN MUILWIJK

PIOTR TOMANEK

MATT WALKER

Mass shelter uses the performance opportunities of mass timber to provide capabilities not previously possible with disaster and housing relief shelters. Unlike traditional shelters the units can be rebuilt to higher density buildings. They provide a platform to promote and export Alberta’s future expertise and materials. The shelters provide a showcase for how mass timber can be designed for disassembly and reuse.

A showcase for the deployment of a mass timber industrial landscape in Alberta, Mass Scape is directly correlated to Mass Shelter as the site-specific coldclimate vernacular architecture. The strategic shift from temporary to permanent exemplifies the principles of design for reuse and its associated benefits unlocked through mass timber construction.

Bared “living with the exposed”, is an ongoing exploration of building performance with mass timber. The building proposes an argument of intersection of passive strategies with mass timber solutions in order to encourage and support healthy living.

When considering a future of reuse and accurate material costs; the landscape of usage options for building materials shifts. Mass Timber becomes a viable option due to its ability to sequester carbon which will store the cost, or value, of carbon for its duration of use. It is also important to consider the usability of the element of timber, as well as the capacity for exchange within the ‘banking’ system.

Sanguine shift aims to alter conventional construction paradigms to align with consumer wants and needs of sustainable practices. The aim of this project is to show how we can gain agency over our impact on earth through the things that we create. How can a building catalyze the construction industries commitment to lower carbon emissions as well as inspire carbon transparency?

144

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

145

Topic Projects User Centric NORMAL

User Centric PATHOLOGICAL

SINGLE FAMILY HOME

MID-RISE

HIGH-RISE

SINGLE FAMILY HOME

MID-RISE

HIGH-RISE

DIY Dwelling

Village

Vertical Neighbourhood

The New Suburbia

The Tetris Lantern

Consumed

KIRAN RAI

HUGO RAMIREZ LAGOS

BRENDEN KAWA

HANNA POULSEN & ELLEN ODEGAARD

BHRUGURAJSINH GOHIL

NEAL BORSTMAYER

In a landscape of inflexible, unsustainable and mundane housing typologies, a modular mass timber system makes way for a truly user-centric design. Adaptable to a variety of user types and living situations, dwellers augment their spaces through the lifespan of the structure to create a house that works for the user, instead of against them.

With the goal of improving affordability for the residents, the project uses CLT prefab construction to create attractive spaces with thorough passive design considerations. Beyond that, the project is organized and programed to provide helpful and healthy living environments. By using CLT, the building sequesters a total of 1967 metric tons of CO2.

A user-focused response to the isolating and rigid tower typology. Mass timber, with its ecological and health-conscious attributes, is used as a structural framework to host adaptable interior spaces, a rich public sphere, critical amenities and green space to create a better user environment and fit a broader range of user needs.

The Tetris Lantern is a non static pathological project whose core nature is the adaptation to algorithm of spaces. This building focuses on expansion and contraction of built mass within the building itself the unlocks itself to unpredictable possibilities of space changes over time. To serve this purpose of functionality and form eruption mass timber induces boon to be the catalyst of the building and it pathology.

Consumed recognizes that although mass timber provides a more economical model for building, innovation in construction technology alone cannot serve as a realistic avenue for more affordable home ownership. Instead, it asks how mass timber can be used to create a system of building that allows those who are already financially able, to maximize their consumption of space.

146

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

User-centric design prioritizes the needs and wants of the inhabitant which are often diverse and contradicting. The New Suburbia is a user-centric pathological future condition of Calgary, where a mass timber kit of parts adapts to the ever-changing needs of the â&#x20AC;&#x153;single familyâ&#x20AC;? of the 21st century.

INTRODUCTION & METHODOLOGY

147

Sites

SINGLE FAMILY

R-C2

TYPOLOGY: DUPLEX, SEMI-DETACHED DWELLINGS, DETACHED DWELLING LIMITATIONS: 1 MAIN RESIDENTIAL BUILDING PER PARCEL MAXIMUM PARCEL COVERAGE OF 45% SETBACKS: FRONT: 3M SIDES: 3M, IF NO GARAGE REAR: 7.5M MAXIMUM HEIGHT: 8.6M

MID RISE

S-CS

C-COR-1

TYPOLOGY: EDUCATION/COMMUNITY USE, STREET AS PUBLIC SIDEWALK, STOREFRONT ALONG FRONT, COMMERCIAL ON GROUND + OFFICE/RESIDENTIAL ABOVE FAR: 3.0 SETBACKS: MAX OF 3M FROM COMMERCIAL STREET 80% OF FACADE MUST BE ALONG PROPERTY LINE MAXIMUM HEIGHT: 20M

HIGH RISE

CC-X

TYPOLOGY: EDUCATION/COMMUNITY USE, STREET AS PUBLIC SIDEWALK, STOREFRONT ALONG FRONT COMMERCIAL ON GROUND + OFFICE/RESIDENTIAL ABOVE FAR: 5.0, BUT CAN BE INCREASED BASED ON BONUS PROVISIONS LIMITATIONS: ANY FLOOR 36M ABOVE GRADE = MAX FLOOR PLATE OF 650M 2 + MAX HORIZONTAL DIMENSION OF 37M SETBACKS: FRONT: 0M-3M SIDES: 3M-6M REAR: 0M MAXIMUM HEIGHT: NONE LANDSCAPING: 30% OF TOTAL AREA FLOOD ZONE: GROUND FLOOR TO BE 0.3M ABOVE HIGHEST ELEVATION ON SITE ELECTRICAL + MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE ABOVE GROUND FLOOR, PLUMBING + GREYWATER NOT INCLUDED

148

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

149

MASS PRAIRIE

Promote Through Pilot Projects

How can the pilot projects DEFINED THROUGH AN ALBERTAN MASS TIMBER INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE (APPENDIX B) maximize mass timber performance?

START AT STEP 0: 2020 COMPETITION FOR THREE PILOT PROJECTS

Goals: Promote educate facilitate BC SUPPLY CHAIN

150

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CALGARY

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

151

Educate Through Program

Facilitate Through Policy

RESIDENTIAL

HOW TO ENCOURAGE MASS TIMBER ADOPTION?

SINGLE-FAMILY

INTERPRETED AS TEMPORARY/ EMERGENCY SHELTERS

EDUCATION

RELAXATIONS

* University Research

* Passive House Vancouver Precedent

* Technical Institute & High School for training. CAFE

* Educate Architects and other relevant parties.

COWORKING SPACE

* Allows for higher density, FAR in existing zones. * Require Mass Timber or Higher Performance Buildings.

AFFORDABLE

SIX-STOREY

GREEN SPACE

SHOWCASE OF ADVANCED MASS TIMBER DESIGN

CAMPUS

SPECIAL ZONE

CARBON TAX

* Similar to Vancouver Rezoning requires Mass Timber

* Provide a negative tax for carbon sequestration.

* Allows for higher density.

* Encourage development for Mass Timber

RESEARCH EDUCATION EVENT SPACE

TWENTY-STOREY SHOWCASE HIGH-DENSITY MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

152

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

STUDENT HOUSING

PILOT PROJECTS SHOULD BE SHOWING THE CUTTING EDGE TECHNOLOGY AND PROVIDE AN EDUCATION AND RESEARCH PLATFORM.

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

153

Regenerative Design

Performance Reference Metrics

Building, normative for our group was interpreted as using mass timber to minimize our buildings impact on the environment. In Canada, we are one of the leading emitters and wasters per capita in the world. We produce nine million tonnes of waste in construction and demolition a year, buildings account for 12% of our total greenhouse gas emissions and 20% of our total energy consumption of which 60% comes from space heating alone. Mass timber inherent properties and construction methods can be used to address these Instead of being sustainable we focused on how our buildings can be regenerative, providing a positive impact on the environment instead of a negative one.

SUSTAINABLE

1950s

+ POSITIVE IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT

CODE

“GREEN”

NET ZERO/POSITIVE

Small Synergies

Electrical Generation

WASTE + WATER ZERO

LIVING BUILDING CHALLENGE

PASSIVE HOUSE

Additionial Plumbing Line Requirements

Most Rigorous Standard

Reduce Heating Load

THE WELL STANDARD

RED LIST

Healthy Buildings

Clean Interior Air

REGENERATIVE

NEGATIVE IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT

LEED

MASS TIMBER + PREFABRICATION BENEFITS

CARBON NEGATIVE

Carbon Sequestration

154

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

155

Performance Strategies

HIGH PERFORMANCE BUILDING

HEATING PASSIVE

LOW ENERGY BUILDING

PASSIVE DESIGN STRATEGIES

ENVELOPE

ORIENTATION

ACTIVE

GEOMETRIC/ RATIOS

COOLING

HEATING

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCE

ENERGY EFFICIENCY TECHNOLOGIES

HVAC

LIGHTING

HOT WATER

COOLING

HYBRID

ENERGY GENERATION {G}

ENERGY DEMAND {D}

SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICS WIND TURBINES

NET PLUS ENERGY BUILDING

(Rodriguez-Ubinas et al., 2014)

156

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ZERO ENERGY BUILDING

SOLAR SHADING WINDOW DESIGN GREEN ROOF NATURAL VENTILATION NIGHT VENTILATION COOLING VENTILATED FACADE/ROOF SOLAR CHIMNEY EVAPORATIVE COOLING WIND CATCHER

GREYWATER BLACKWATER WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPOST MANAGEMENT PLANTING AS SHADING

COMMUNAL TRANSIT-ORIENTED URBAN CONNECTIVITY GREEN SPACE ACCESSIBILITY PROXIMITY HEALTH

G NEAR TO D YES

G=D YES

YES

G>D

DIRECT SOLAR GAIN SUNSPACE DOUBLE SKIN GLASS FACADE MASS WALL TROMBE WALL WIND PROTECTION

SITE

NET ZERO ENERGY BUILDING

HYBRID ACTIVE SOLAR SHADING HEAT RECOVERY GROUND-AIR HEAT EXCHNAGE MECHANICAL NIGHT COOLING THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE EVAPORATIVE COOLING

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

157

Building-Centric Normative Framework PASSIVE PERFORMANCE

TYPOLOGY

SINGLE-FAMILY

INTERPRETED AS TEMPORARY/ EMERGENCY SHELTERS

KEY PERFORMANCE DRIVERS

PROGRAM

ECONOMIC

RESIDENTIAL DUPLEX

AFFORDABLE

SYSTEMS OPTIMIZATION

CLT AS MATERIAL

MATERIAL PASSPORT

STANDARDIZATION SERIALIZATION

SOLAR RADIATION CAFE

NATURAL VENTILATION

COWORKING SPACE

BUILDING ORIENTATION

COMMUNAL PURPOSE-BUILT RENTAL INNOVATIVE

GEOMETRY/RATIOS

SIX-STOREY

SITE INTEGRATION

SHOWCASE OF ADVANCED MASS TIMBER DESIGN DESIGN POSSIBILITIES

HEALTHY

GREEN SPACE

NET ZERO/POSITIVE ENERGY CARBON SEQUESTRATION HVAC INTEGRATION THERMAL INSULATION DESIGN FOR DISASSEMBLY TRANSPORT OPTIMIZATION

CAMPUS RESEARCH

TWENTY-STOREY

SHOWCASE HIGH-DENSITY MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

158

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ENVIRONMENTAL

EDUCATION

RESEARCH

EVENT SPACE

EDUCATIONAL

STUDENT HOUSING

CRADLE TO CRADLE

POLICY

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

159

Mass Shelter PILOT PROJECT ONE SINGLE FAMILY TYPOLOGY ELLIOTT CARLSON

Mass shelter uses the characteristics of mass timber to unlock performance possibilities with temporary shelters not previously possible. It provides a proofof-concept for mass timber to be designed for disassembly and reuse. The project expands on our previous research in using Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Forest to supply the Canadian prairie housing demand and provides the opportunity to promote and export mass timber globally. Existing shelters and disaster responses provide temporary shelters with no thermal performance and do not assist with the rebuild stage after a crisis. These temporary shelters do not often address the crux of the issue: lack of affordable housing or poorly built carbon intensive buildings that are not sensitive to local disaster potential. Mass Shelter delivers temporary shelter units an expeditious response to a shelter need. After the crisis has been alleviated, the units can rebuilt into higher density, permanent housing apartments. A logistically efficient, climate specific assembly maximizes the thermal properties of wood. A matrix of different units are designed for different programs and response to the climate. The connection and components are designed so they can be reused at both scales. The individual space and number of units possible doubles when the shelters are rebuilt to higher density apartment units. While providing sustainable and dignified housing, Mass Shelter will proliferate and promote mass timber providing a Canadian investment into future material and technical knowledge exports.

160

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

161

Why Mass Shelter?

HOW IS THE PROPOSED MASS TIMBER SHELTER BETTER THAN EXISTING TEMPORARY SHELTERS? HOW CAN YOU GET HIGH PERFORMANCE, RELYING SOLELY ON A LOGISTICALLY EFFICIENT CLIMATE-SPECIFIC ASSEMBLY? CLT UNLOCKS PERFORMANCE POSSIBILITIES NOT POSSIBLE WITH CONVENTIONAL CONSTRUCTION PROOF OF CONCEPT FOR DESIGN FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REUSE.

HOW CAN MATERIALS USED IN THE PROPOSAL BE SALVAGED TO A PERMANENT STRUCTURES?

PROVIDES A METHOD TO USE OUR INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE TO SUPPLY AND PROMOTE MASS TIMBER AROUND THE WORLD

162

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

163

Disasters & Response Despite many different proposal for temporary shelters, the tent format is ubiquitous around the world. It is easy to see why, it packs into an efficient format, is light and easy to install. They have been used to respond to different disasters all around the world. What is the condition that often causes a response for a need for disaster? A need for housing and basic shelter either due to lack of affordable housing or poorly built carbon intensive building that are easily susceptible to disasters. A typical disaster response provides immediate temporary shelter but provides no long term plan or opportunities for housing. Thus, current shelters suffer from an unsustainable cycle.

EARTHQUAKES REFUGEE CRISIS TSUNAMIS FLOODS PANDEMICS...?

HIGHLY CARBON INTENSIVE CONCRETE BUILDINGS COLLAPSE TENT FORMAT IS LIGHT, HIGHLY FLEXIBLE & EASY TO INSTALL

MATERIAL IS WASTED & GOES TO LANDFILL

CAN BE RE-USED MULTIPLE TIMES FOR DIFFERENT DISASTERS

TEMPORARY HOUSING OFFER LITTLE OR NO THERMAL PERFORMANCE TEMPORARY USE ONLY, DOES NOT HELP WITH REBUILD STAGE NEW CARBON INTENSIVE BUILDINGS BUILT

164

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

165

Concept SHIP

Mass timber can be used as an unique solution to provide opportunities to shelters not previously possible. The shelters can enable transition from a temporary shelter to a more permanent and stable housing solution. These mass timber shelters would be prefabricated in Alberta in a efficient flat-pack, be assembled on site to provide a temporary relief shelter and then with the availability of high skills and tools be assembled together into permanent housing. A prefabrication plant can construct multiple modules in a week to be quickly shipped to a disaster and be assembled in a day. The shelters provide the components needed to build the permanent building reducing cost and construction time. The rebuild stage after some disasters can take years Mass Shelter provides an immediate opportunity to begin rebuilding after a disaster.

UNFOLD

STAGE 1

STAGE 2

STAGE 3

DISASTER PREFAB IN

EMERGENCY

REBUILT MIDRISE OR TALLRISE

$ 35 MILLION PLANT INVESTMENT

$25,000 UNIT COST

90% COST REDUCTION

In addition, to responding to victims to disasters this model can be used to house population who lack basic housing needs. An immediate delivery of temporary shelters can then provide transitory accommodation to more permanent housing at minimal additional material or economic cost HOUSING NEED

166

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

TEMPORARY

PERMANENT HOUSING

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

167

DART[H] DART, Disaster Assistance Response Team, is a Canadian governmental and military organization that provide engineering and health in response to natural disasters or emergencies. They provide an example method of how Mass Shelter could be delivered in fast action response to a crisis. Their Boeing C-17 Globemaster aircraft provide a base for establishing the feasibility of flying efficient flat packed units to a response. One aircraft could provide shelters capable of housing and support 200 people. When the shelters are combined and with the availability of cranes and trades they can be rebuilt into permanent housing with over double the capacity of the shelters. (Department of National Defense, 2018) (Boeing, 2020)

X 2 wood

110 CLT PANELS + ENVELOPE, FURNISHINGS & FIXTURES

168

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CAPACITY 600M3 CANADIAN RESPONSE PLANE

200 PEOPLE

400 PEOPLE

25 SHELTERS [SLEEPING, KITCHEN, WASH]

FUTURE REBUILD.... WITH CRANE & POTENTIAL DEMAND FOR MORE MASS TIMBER

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

169

Promote & Export Our phase one research showed that it was feasible to supply all of Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s housing demand by 2040 with mass timber while having a minimal impact on the total forest resources. Therefore with an increase of 1% we have enough resources to provide Mass Shelter units as a response to crisis around the world. Mass Shelter can then be used to increase the adoption of mass timber around the world. It becomes a Trojan horse to market Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s engineered wood and technologies. Disaster response can begin in our scenario in 2020 and by 2040 due the desire and demand created by the shelters for mass timber Alberta can export CLT panels around the world providing economic opportunities for Alberta.

+ 1%

PRAIRIE HOUSING

4 % 16 %

2020

FUTURE

FOREST AAC MILL CAPACITY

YEG

YYC

YVR

170

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

171

Global Context Mass Shelter as a shelter needs to be able to respond to different climates and crisis around the world. The units will have to be flexible to be able to accommodate varying local condition and be designed for either cold or hot climate. Flying cargo by plane is an extremely carbon intensive method of transportation but necessity for quick delivery. The carbon sequestration of the wood used will need to be able to offset the emission produced by flight.

2.44 KG CO2 PER KG / 5,000KM

CALGARY, AB

PRODUCTION FACILITY

SYRIA

REFUGEE CRISIS

PHILIPPINES TSUNAMI

BRAZIL

EARTHQUAKE

COLD CLIMATE

172

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

HOT CLIMATE

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

173

Performance

Assemble Base Unit Parts - Light wood framing, steel, concrete - Assemble Primary Structure

Assemble - Combin to creat

Primary Structure (Walls + Roof + Floor)

Room Module

Building

STANDARDIZATION

DESIGN FOR RE-USE

SAME REPEATABLE MODULE FOR EACH CLIMATE

ACCESSIBLE & SIMPLE CONNECTIONS MODULARITY

Envelope • Primary structure of the module • Openings are either minimal or strategically placed • High dependence on structural loads

HOW IS THE PROPOSED MASS TIMBER SHELTER BETTER THAN EXISTING TEMPORARY SHELTERS? HOW CAN YOU GET HIGH PERFORMANCE, RELYING SOLELY ON A LOGISTICALLY EFFICIENT CLIMATE-SPECIFIC ASSEMBLY? HOW CAN MATERIALS USED IN THE PROPOSAL BE SALVAGED TO A PERMANENT STRUCTURES?

174

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Lift into Place on Site - Crane Lift Units into Place on Site - Integrate building systems with sitebased systems (electrical, plumbing)

Assemble Additio - Assemble any ex

MATERIAL

ENVELOPE STRATEGIES FOR EACH CLIMATE

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS STRUCTURAL DATA

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

175

Warmth of Wood The “warmth of wood” is a commonly understood property of wood however its thermal properties are not readily employed or understood in mass timber buildings . Unlike other material wood is anisotropic material that has several dynamics that can be taking advantage to optimize the thermal performance of our shelters. This is crucial to maximize thermal performance for the cold climate where the units will rely solely on the passive heating from body temperature. The diagram below shows the various scales and appropriate thermal properties. (Ibanez Daniel, 2019)

BODY SCALE

MATERIAL SCALE WOOD 25-45%

THERMAL EFFUSIVITY

176

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PALM 100%

CONCRETE 172%

BUILDING SCALE

STEEL 1,091%

THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

177

Wood innovations relative to the aforementioned thermal properties and scales are used for each climate. In the warm climate the hygro thermal behaviour of wood is considered for the wood exposed to exterior weather conditions. The minimal heat needed for the warm climate is provided by small penetrations in the CLT that allow for passive heated ventilation through the assembly. In the cold climate species with a high effusitivity are used in the interior. The thermal performance of the CLT panel is optimized by mixing different species of wood in the interior layers. (Ibanez Daniel, 2019)

COLD CLIMATE

WARM CLIMATE

INTERIOR

HYGRO THERMAL BEHAVIOUR

178

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

EXTERIOR

WOOD AS HEAT EXCHANGER

SPECIES WITH HIGHER EFFUSITIVITY

OPTIMIZE CLT DIFFUSIVITY & CONDUCTIVITY

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

179

Design Process

OPS

HEALTH

CLEAN

EAT

SLEEP

NU M BE R OF AN TP CL EL S

PRIVATE

72M

O F LO

NATURAL VENTILATION

180

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

THERMAL

LIGHT

PUBLIC

36M

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

181

Warm Climate

HOW CAN WE USE THE FORM FOR SHELTER FROM SUN? FACILITATE NATURAL VENTILATION? COLLECT WATER FOR POTABLE USAGE? PROVIDE SOLAR PANEL OPPORTUNITIES?

182

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

183

The warm climate aggregation of units relies on a design only suitable for this climate as the are not fully closed envelopes and rely on canvas and curtains for shading and privacy. Canvas is spread between unit aggregation to provide additional shading and shelter space. The canvas also allows for water collection. This design allows for ease of natural ventilation and improves material efficiencies. A permeable envelope resists moisture while allow for air flow and heat exchange through the CLT.

TENT / CANVAS BETWEEN UNITS TO PROVIDE SHADING & ADDITIONAL SPACE COLLECT WATER

BREATHABLE CLT SMALL PENETRATIONS ALLOW AIR FLOW & HEAT EXCHANGE

WINDOWS

NATURAL VENTILATION

OPERABLE LOW HEAT GAIN

OPEN FORM ALLOWS FOR NATURAL VENTILATION

4 UNITS 32 PEOPLE TOTAL

184

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

185

186

POWER

HEALTH

25m3 OF WOOD

40m3 OF WOOD

20,000 KG CO2

32,000 KG CO2

CLT PANELS = 2 GLULAMS COLUMNS = 40

CLT PANELS = 7 GLULAM COLUMNS = 3

SANITARY

REST

30m3 OF WOOD

25,000 KG CO2

CLT PANELS = 5 GLULAM COLUMNS = 2

CLT PANELS = 5 GLULAM COLUMNS = 1O

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

187

Cold Climate

HOW CAN WE PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INSULATION? PROVIDE A SLOPE TO STOP SNOW ACCUMULATION? ALLOW FOR SOME SOLAR HEAT GAIN?

188

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

189

HEALTH SLEEP 40m3 OF WOOD 30m3 OF WOOD 25,000 KG CO2 CLT PANELS = 5 GLULAM COLUMNS =4

32,000 KG CO2 CLT PANELS = 7 GLULAM COLUMNS = 5

2 UNITS 8 PEOPLE TOTAL PUBLIC

OPERATIONS 30m3 OF WOOD 25,000 KG CO2 CLT PANELS = 5 GLULAM COLUMNS = 10

LIGHT

NATURAL VENTILATION

190

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

191

SNOW SHEDDING The cold climate module responds to various climatic needs with passive strategies. A sloped roof allows for snow shedding and water collection. A superinsulated envelope provides insulation from the cold climate. HSS allow the wood to be protected from the ground and provide adjust-ability to maintain a level unit over imperfect terrain.

COLLECT & FILTER SNOW FOR WATER

CONNECTIONS NO FASTENERS BOX WOOD JOINT NO CRANE ASSEMBLY

WINDOWS LARGE INSULATED WINDOWS FOR SOLAR HEAT GAIN

ALL WOOD ENVELOPE SUPERINSULATED

RAISED ABOVE GROUND ADJUSTABLE GALVANIZED STEEL HSS

192

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

193

Optimization

80M3 OF WOOD 64,000 KG CO2 SEQUESTERED

HOW CAN ALL THE PARTS BE FLAT PACKED? CAN THE COMPONENTS PROVIDE DATA ON HOW TO USE THEM? HOW CAN WE OPTIMIZE CLT LAYERS USING THE HIGHEST PREFORMING WOOD SPECIES?

194

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2.44 KG CO2 PER KG / 5,000KM

32,000 KG CO2 FLIGHT + 32,000 KG CO2 SEQUESTERED

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

195

The envelope in the climate shelter relies on an all wood assembly so it can be entirely prefabricated at the integrated manufacturing mill. The CLT panel uses a mixture of different species of wood to provide a higher thermal performance. High effusitivity wood is used on the interior for the warmth to touch, high diffusivity and low conductivity in the centre to increase insulation and heat release while western red cedar is used for its moisture protection characteristics.

STRUCTURE CLT INTERIOR FINISH ENGELMANN SPRUCE: EFFUSITIVITY: 272 J//MKS UNITS? DIFFUSIVITY: 1.64-7 STRUCTURAL SPF: DIFFUSIVITY: 1.50E-07

WESTERN RED CEDAR CONDUCTIVITY: 0.10 W/MK 300MM WOOD FIBRE INSULATION

WESTERN RED CEDAR CLADDING

196

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

197

All the parts for the modules can flat-packed onto a 2.7m x 12m bed, based on a consistent size of CLT panel used for all CLT components. This provides efficiencies for packing while the standardization enable ease of reuse for the rebuild stage. A material passport of information is embedded into each

2.7

PRODUCT: CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER

4,000 KG/ CO2 EQ

MANUFACTURED ALBERTA, BC MARCH 20TH, 2025

STRUCTURAL

CLT ENVELOPE

SIZE: 3M X 12M X 0.15M STRUCTURAL CAPACITY: V R 68 KN/M PENETRATIONS ALLOWED: MAX 5 @ 100MM WEIGHT: 3, 024 KG NUMBER OF PLYS 5 LAYER #1 RED CEDAR QUALITY #2 LAYER #2 SPRUCE QUALITY #2 LAYER #3 SPRUCE QUALITY #2 LAYER #4 SPRUCE QUALITY #2 LAYER #5 SPRUCE QUALITY #2 ORIGINAL MOISTURE CONTENT <15%

THERMAL CLT FLOOR / ROOF PLATES

CLT FLOOR / ROOF PLATES

EFFUSITIVITY 272 J/MKS DIFFUSIVITY 1.50E-07 CONDUCTION 0.10 W/MK

OTHER MAX MOISTURE CONTENT

14%

GLUE PURBOND POLYURETHANE CLT FLOOR / ROOF PLATES

198

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

FURNITURE & AMENITIES

GLULAM COLUMNS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

199

Rebuild

HOW USING THE SAME KIT OF PARTS WE CAN REBUILD AT A HIGHER DENSITY? HOW MUCH ARE DO THE UNITS PROVIDE WHEN TRANSLATED TO A NEW SCALE? HOW DO THE SEAMLESS CONNECTIONS WORK AT BOTH SCALES?

DIRECT REUSE

SHELTER

REUSE ELSEWHERE

RE-CNC + REUSE

200

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

NEW COMPONENTS

DEPOT

RE-CNC

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

201

COLUMN & PENETRATIONS

BOX JOINT SIMPLE CONNECTION FLOOR TO WALL

The connections are designed to have minimal impact on the assembly and to provide ease of reuse for the rebuild stage. At the shelter stage the connection are simple enough it can be assembled in a day without complex tools. The adjustable HSS on the ground can be reattached to the columns and provide the column to column connection that support the CLT floors. The box joint connection when reconfigured during the rebuild stage provides openings for mechanical fixtures.

BECOMES HOLES FOR COLUMN INSTALLATION & MECHANICAL OPENINGS

HSS GROUND ADJUSTABLE GALVANIZED HSS LIFTS UNIT OFF GROUND

HSS CONNECTION CONNECTS GLULAM COLUMNS AND CLT. ALLOWS FOR DIFFERENTIAL MOVEMENT.

STAGE 1

202

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

STAGE 2

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

203

Rebuild Scales

WARM CLIMATE

2 UNIT 72M2

129M2

600 M2

1 UNIT 36M2

204

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

129M2

1 CLUSTER

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

205

Scales

150,000

206

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

89,000M3 LUMBER

50,000M3 CLT

2,100 SHELTER UNITS

21 BUILDINGS @ 12 STORIES

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

207

Calgary Response: COVID-19

The current COVID-19 crisis around the world and in Calgary provides an opportunity to showcase the potential of Mass Shelter. Currently 3,000 people in Calgary are experiencing homelessness. Mass shelter could be quickly deployed to provide shelter while health units could provide testing and supplement the existing health system. After the crisis is relieved the shelters could then be rebuilt into a more permanent housing solution for those needing affordable or social housing.

3,000 PEOPLE EXPERIENCING HOMELESSNESS

(Homeless Hub, 2019)

208

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

209

EMERGENCY VEHICLE ACCESS

= 4 HEALTH UNITS 24 BEDS

210

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

= 4 OPERATIONS POWER | FOOD

= 8 HOUSING UNITS 16 FAMILIES W/ 64 BEDS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

211

212

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

213

Shelter to Mid Rise

D-R

V HA

U ISE

U EN

N IT

PHASE 3 ENTAILS THE REPURPOSING OF THE EMERGENCY SHELTER COMPONENTS TO THE MID-RISE SCALE AS A WORKING EXAMPLE OF A COLD-CLIMATE VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE EMERGING FROM THE PROPOSED PROCESS OF DESIGN FOR REUSE.

H 0S

E E LT

N RU

ITS

8TH STREET SE

214

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

215

MASS SCAPE PILOT PROJECT TWO MID-RISE TYPOLOGY

HOW CAN MASS TIMBER PREFORM FOR THE CULTURAL AND SOCIAL BENEFIT OF THE GREATER COMMUNITY? HOW CAN WE SHOWCASE THE FORMAL AND AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE OF MASS TIMBER DESIGN? Defined as a showcase for the deployment of a mass timber industrial landscape in Alberta, Mass Scape is directly correlated to Mass Shelter as the site-specific cold-climate vernacular architecture. The strategic shift from the temporary to the permanent exemplifies the desired principles of design for reuse, and its associated environmental and economic benefits unlocked through mass timber construction. The project contextualizes into the site through a series of building performance-based explorations ranging from the environmnental through to the social and cultural. The principles of biophilic design and human-powered living are key drivers ensuring the access to nature and place of affordable housing residents shifting from shelter to more permanent housing. The process reveals performances made possible through mass timber construction as a way of achieving the standards set out through the rigorous reference metric of the Living Building Challenge (LBC). The product is an architecture that is not only preserving the land and site it occupies, but one that is regenerative, both as a physical entity and for its intended users.

216

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

217

Mid-Rise Site The site is well connected to natural pathways and views to the city’s river network. With a future proposed Green Line LRT Station to be within walking distance, the site demands Transit-Oriented Development priciples to be applied for all future proposed developments.

BOW RIVER VIEWS

IVE

A primary site condition is that the building is proposed on existing park space, the preservation of which to its ecologically native state is a key performance consideration moving forward.

INGLEWOOD, CALGARY 902 9TH AVENUE SE STORIES: 6 GROSS FLOOR AREA: 6,000 M² FAR: 3.0 SITE AREA: 2,000 M² LANDUSE: S-CS REZONE FOR SPECIAL ZONING DISTRICT: C-COR-1

G R E E N L IN E L RT

JACK LONG PARK REDESIGN

MID-RISE SITE

PROXIMAL PROGRAMS FORT CALGARY RESTAURANTS BARS GALLERIES BOOK STORE

218

CHILD DEVELOPMENT DOCTOR APOTHECARY DANCE HALL FLOWER SHOP

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

219

CALGARYâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S LRT

TRANSIT-ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT [TOD] IS ABOUT ENABLING SUSTAINABLE LONG-TERM URBAN GROWTH. IT IS A WALKABLE, MIXED-USE FORM OF AREA DEVELOPMENT TYPICALLY FOCUSED WITHIN A 600M RADIUS OF A LIGHT RAIL TRANSIT [LRT] STATION. ENGAGING MIXED-USE PROGRAMMING ALLOWS FOR THE INTEGRATION OF WORK, LIVE, AND PLAY BALANCE. INCREASED ACCESSIBILITY TO A VARIETY OF EVERYDAY AFFAIRS REDUCES THE NEED FOR A VEHICLE, AND FACILITATES A HEALTHY LIFESTYLE. (CITY OF CALGARY, 2014)

220

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

INGLEWOOD/RAMSAY GREEN LINE LRT

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

221

Living Building Challenge

Site-Specific Relevancy

The performance metric referenced for the design of the mid-rise typology is the Living Building Challenge (LBC).

The proposed site is well suited to meet the demands of Living Building standards for the following reasons:

Living Buildings are regenerative buildings that connect occupants to light, air, food, nature, and community. They are designed to be self-sufficient and remain within the resource limits of their site. They are to generate a positive impact on the human and natural systems that interact with them. These regenerative impacts are iterated through seven Petals that have been summarized into four key performance metrics that drive the programming and design of the building. OPERATING COST

JAC

KL PA R O N G K

S IT

L RT

QUALITY OF LIFE HIGHER QUALITY OF LIFE

REGENERATIVE

PLACE WATER ENERGY HEALTH + HAPPINESS MATERIALS EQUITY BEAUTY

AFFORDABLE HOUSING FRAMEWORK PROVIDED FOR MID-RISE SCALE

NEIGHBOURING PARK AND TOD SUPPORT LBC SITE REQUIREMENTS

APPROPRIATE SCALE FOR WASTE & WATER MANAGEMENT

LOOSER ENVELOPE RESTRICTIONS ENABLE HIGHER DESIGN FREEDOM

POSITIVE IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT

222

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

223

Living Building Petals x Performance Metrics

RESTORING A HEALTHY INTERRELATIONSHIP WITH NATURE.

CREATING DEVELOPMENTS THAT OPERATE WITHIN THE WATER BALANCE OF A GIVEN PLACE AND CLIMATE.

RELYING ONLY ON CURRENT SOLAR INCOME.

CREATING ENVIRONMENTS THAT OPTIMIZE PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL HEALTH AND WELL-BEING.

ENDORSING PRODUCTS THAT ARE SAFE FOR ALL SPECIES THROUGH TIME.

SUPPORTING A JUST, EQUITABLE WORLD.

CELEBRATING DESIGN THAT UPLIFTS THE HUMAN SPIRIT.

PLACE

WATER

ENERGY

HEALTH + HAPPINESS

MATERIALS

EQUITY

BEAUTY

COMMUNAL

224

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

RENEWABLE

BIOPHILIC

AESTHETIC

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

225

BIOPHILIA IS THE HUMANKINDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S INNATE BIOLOGICAL CONNECTION WITH NATURE.

HOW IS MASS TIMBER ELEVATING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PROPOSED BUILDING? BIOPHILIC

BIOPHILIC DESIGN IS RESTORATIVE. IT CAN IMPROVE COGNITIVE FUNCTION AND CREATIVITY, REDUCE STRESS, IMPROVE WELL-BEING, AND EXPEDITE HEALING. THOSE SAME BENEFITS ARE ATTRIBUTED TO WOOD VISIBLE IN THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT. (WILLIAM BROWNING ET AL., 2014)

COMMUNAL

RENEWABLE

AESTHETIC

226

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

227

Access to Nature ACC ES RIVE S TO RWA LK

BO W RI VE R

JOH

9TH

AVE S

N LO PA R N G K

AVE S

RAM

SAY

EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS

SITE

228

GREEN SPACE

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ACC ES LRT S FROM STA TION

BUILDING AS GATEWAY TO NATURE

CONTEXT BUILDINGS

PARKING LOTS

PLAYGROUND

SITE ACCESS TO NATURE VIEWS

The project aims to increase occupant connectivity to the natural environment through the use of direct nature, indirect nature, and space and place conditions.

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

229

Contextualization

Site Analysis 0 M SETBACKS

The zoning of the site capitalizes on a full streetfront experience of pedestrians with no setback from the sidewalk. Both this and the site’s access to natural flows become primary design drivers for initial passive strategies.

2 1°

S SUN PATH 9TH AVENUE SOUTHEAST NORTHEAST STREETFRONT

SOLSTICES + EQUINOXES PRIMARY WIND VECTORS FUTURE BUILDING

STREETFRONT INTEGRATION

230

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

231

Primary Massing Strategy The primary passive strategies for the building seek to maintain universal access to nature and place through prioritizing solar and wind access through the building combined with pedestrian access from the LRT. This is consolidated through an exercise in the positioning on site exploring the impact of two massings on the park relative to the need to contextualize.

Positioning on Site

SOLAR ACCESS

SOLAR + WIND ACCESS SITE ACCESS

SITE ACCESS

BUILDING ROTATION

COMBINED Minimize Site Coverage

232

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Maximize Contextualization

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

233

DOES THE PROJECT ADVOCATE FOR SUSTAINABLE RESOURCE EXTRACTION? DO THE MATERIALS USED CONTRIBUTE TO THE EXPANSION OF A REGIONAL ECONOMY ROOTED IN SUSTAINABLE PRACTICES? DOES THE PROJECT ENDORSE PRODUCTS THAT ARE SAFE FOR ALL SPECIES THROUGH TIME? DOES THE PROJECT INTEGRATE DESIGN FEATURES INTENDED TO CELEBRATE CULTURE, SPIRIT, AND PLACE APPROPRIATE TO ITS FUNCTION?

234

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

235

Carbon Negative Building

Materials Red List

A sustainable resource supply chain and the expansion of its Albertan regional economy have been outlined in our Phase 1 research. However, one of the most compelling benefits of mass timber is unlocked through the possibility of carbon negative buildings not possible through other construction methods. Not only do the buildings sequester carbon, but further carbon offsets can be achieved through planting on-site.

The Materials Red List summarizes over 500 chemicals harmful to human health. In the case of mass timber, The following key areas need to be taken into consideration:

CO2

CARBON SEQUESTRATION THROUGH MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

CO2 CO2

1 M3 SEQUESTERS 824 KG OF CO2

CO2

KEY AREAS

PROBLEM

SOLUTION

WOOD TREATMENTS

Wood treatments containing creosote, arsenic or pentacholorphenol.

Use natural based treatments or keep wood protected from sun and water.

CFC + HFCS

CFC and HCFS as refrigerants in A/C, heating and refrigerations.

Use alternative mechanical solutions or carbon dioxide as an alternative refriegerant.

INSULATION

Insulation using halogenated flame retardents and formaldehyde.

Using foam insulation can avoid chemicals in fiberglass. Use of wood fiber insulation or other natral-based insulations as alternatives.

WOOD ADHESIVES

Formaldehyde used in glulam, CLT, and other engineered wood products.

Use of non-formaldehyde-based adhesives such as polyurethane and phonol formaldehyde resin (PFR).

CARBON OFFSETS THROUGH TREE PLANTING

CO2 1 TREE SEQUESTERS 40 KG OF CO2

236

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

237

Land Reclamation Two existing parking lots on the site are reclaimed to their ecologically native state in the form of an arboretum. Further to the carbon offsets afforded by the planting of trees through this landscape strategy, this programming also reclaims lost parkland to the building footprint.

AN ARBORETUM IS PROPOSED AS THE LANDSCAPING STRATEGY OF THE GREEN SPACE. A RECLAIMED ECOLOGICAL AREA DEVOTED TO THE PLANTING OF INDUSTRIAL TREES, THE LANDSCAPE ACTS AS AN OUTDOOR MUSEUM EXHIBITING THIS COMPELLING CARBON STORY OF MASS TIMBER.

2330 M2 5700 M2

ARBORETUM

238

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PARKING LOTS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

239

Ecological Restoration NATIVE GARDENING IS THE PROCESS OF PLANTING ONLY ECOLOGICALLY NATIVE TREES, BUSHES, AND FLOWERS IN A GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION BEFORE COLONIZATION. THE ARBORETUM CELEBRATES ALBERTAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S NATIVE AND INDUSTRIAL TREES. DECIDUOUS SPECIES THAT MINIMIZE WATER CONSUMPTION AND LAND APPROPRIATION, AND MAXIMIZE NATURAL SHADING AS A PASSIVE STRATEGY ARE PLANTED.

LODGEPOLE PINE

240

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ASPEN POPLAR

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

241

HOW IS THE PROJECT ENSURING UNIVERSAL ACCESS TO NATURE AND PLACE? IS THERE PROVISION OF PLACES FOR PEOPLE TO GATHER INTERNALLY AND/OR NEIGHBOURHOOD?

242

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

243

Universal Access to Nature + Place The pedestrian approach to the building from the future proposed LRT Station up to the Riverwalk is key to the design of the building. Both this transitory connection and visual connection through the building to the arboretum is emphasized through a central atrium space accessible to the pubic.

ACC ES RIVE S TO RWA LK

9TH

AVE S

RAM

SAY

244

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ACC ES LRT S FROM STA TION

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

245

Community

Program Delineation

Communal programming accessible to the public establishes itself naturally into the proposed access through the building. Formally optimized to take advantage of passive strategies, the supporting programs are defined relative to this central space.

The program was decided upon based on the principles of human-powered living. This incorporates on-site energy generation, food production, and waste and water management. The affordable housing units are centrally located to allow access to both ground and resource floor initiatives that aim to integrate the user group from temporary to more permanent living.

COMMUNAL

ARBORETUM

SOLAR ROOF

URBAN GARDEN

SOLA

HA VE

R PV

URBA

RESOURCE UNITS

ENVELOPE

RESOURCE

WALKWAY

UNITS

WALKWAY

UNITS

MAKERSPACE EXHIBIT COWORKING EVENT SPACE

TUM

THERMAL

URE

ORE

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SOLAR

I C U LT

ARB

246

PROGRAM

N AGR

UNITS

CAFE CENTRAL COMMUNAL

UNITS

COWORKING SPACE

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

247

Program Massing

Optimized Form

A series of massing strategies were put to the test and an optimized form was decided upon that adhered best to the site context, access to daylight and natural ventilation, as well as other programmatic requirements explored further throughout the rest of the design.

URBAN GARDENS PV ROOF AREA

DAYLIGHT NATURAL VENTILATION BALCONIES

COMMUNAL SPACE

248

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

249

HOW WILL THE PROJECT BE TRANSFORMED TO DELIBERATELY INCORPORATE NATURE THROUGH ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES, LIGHT AND SPACE AND/OR NATURAL SHAPES AND FORMS? HOW DOES THE PROJECT INTEGRATE THE EMERGENCY SHELTER COMPONENTS? IS THE PROJECT DESIGNED TO CREATE HUMAN-SCALED PLACES?

250

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

251

Fractal Geometry

Central Structure

The project integrates natural shapes and forms through the integration of fractal geometry into the central communal space structure. A structural frame is developed that maintains the level of transparency desired but also allows it to be the location for on-site solar energy generation. The formal logic of the geometry is extended to the more private program, such as the residential units, in a less transparent manner.

STRUCTURAL FRAME

GLULAM BEAMS + COLUMNS

TRANSPARENT ENVELOPE

EXPLORATIONS IN FRACTAL GEOMETRY

252

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

253

Structure x Program

COMMUNAL

PRIVATE

PUBLIC

PRIVATE

254

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PUBLIC

PRIVATE

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

255

Human-Scaled Approach Complimentary to the massing strategy that breaks up the building incrementally to achieve more human-scaled spaces, the central atrium space does so through walkways that weave the upper floors together whilst maintaining the residents’ privacy. Just as external balconies act as semiprivate spaces in a unit, so do these walkways to allow for informal interaction to occur vertically through the space.

EW SECTION

The pedestrian approach to the building portrays this occurring from day to night on the building’s south and north façades. DAY

NIGHT

256

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

257

1:5 0

9TH

258

AV E N

UE S

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

259

Structural Integration

Component Cycle

The structural integration from the temporary shelter to this more permanent mixed-use building is a key driver for the building performance narrative. The project exemplifies the principles of design for reuse through mass timber construction in a manner that is not only environmentally beneficial, but one that sees a substantial economic benefit as well. In the case of this building, the following savings are observed from the conversion of 20 shelter units to 85% of the components required for the construction of the mid-rise typology.

85% OF MATERIAL BANK PRE-ESTABLISHED

20 SHELTER UNITS

15% EXCESS ENVELOPE REUSE ELSEWHERE

15% RE-CNC + REUSE

70% DIRECT REUSE

15% NEW COMPONENTS DEPOT +

92 NEW GLULAM COLUMNS

14 NEW CLT PANELS

387,000 KG OF CO2 SEQUESTERED $425,000 SAVED MID RISE BUILDING

260

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

261

Carbon Footprint Comparing the carbon footprint with that of a conventional concrete building with the same material volume and construction logic, the substantial benefits of mass timber construction are further exemplified.

THE CARBON SEQUESTERED IS EQUIVALENT TO 118 CARS OFF THE ROAD FOR A YEAR.

SAME MATERIAL VOLUME + CONSTRUCTION LOGIC

625,800 KG OF CO2 SEQUESTERED 420,000 KG OF GHG EMISSIONS AVOIDED $320,000 MATERIAL INVESTMENT

262

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CANADIAN FORESTS GROW THIS MUCH WOOD IN LESS THAN 2 MINUTES.

1,890,000 KG OF CO2 EMITTED NO GHG EMISSIONS AVOIDED $307,200 MATERIAL INVESTMENT

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

263

HOW DOES THE PROJECT ACHIEVE 105% OF THE PROJECTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S ENERGY NEEDS THROUGH ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY?

264

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

265

Operational Energy

PV Glass Assembly

Akin to embodied energy is operational energy. Building design can affect 82% of operational energy requirements for the duration of its lifespan. In our climate, heating accounts for over half of this energy. (Residential &

The building proposes the use of a PV glass technology that maintains the desired transparency for the central communal space and its access to nature and place. Occupant comfort related to solar heat gain and visual effects such as glare are difficult to control through transparent envelopes, thus the premise of this building integrated photovoltaic design was to ensure that the module has low-emissivity properties, provides ultraviolet and infrared radiation filter, maintains the benefit of daylighting, all while generating power.

Commercial Buildings Canada, 2006)

Given Calgary receives the most annual sun hours in Canada, it is well suited to reach LBC goals of net zero or net positive building through on-site electricity generation. The massing was optimized to not only maximize solar gain, but also in a manner that did not hinder solar access of neighbouring buildings.

CO2

OTHER 17%

LIGHTING 7%

266

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CO2

WATER HEATING 14%

CO2 SOLAR POWER 2400 HOURS SUN/YEAR

HEATING 56%

COOLING 5%

STORAGE AND/OR GRID EXCHANGE

0+ NET ZERO OR NET POSITIVE ENERGY

MASS TIMBER FRAME

ANTI-REFLECTIVE GLASS

EVA EMBEDDING LAYERS

SOLAR CELLS

LOW-E TEMPERED GLASS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

267

Envelope

Energy Generation RENEWABLE PRIMARY ENERGY DEMAND

The building achieves net positive energy by generating 150,000 kWh per year relative to the 144,000 kWh required.

THE TOTAL ENERGY TO BE USED FOR ALL DOMESTIC APPLICATIONS (HEATING, HOT WATER AND DOMESTIC ELECTRICITY)

< 60 KWH PER M2 PER YEAR OF TREATED FLOOR AREA FOR PASSIVE HOUSE CLASSIC.

= 144 000 KWH PER YEAR REQUIRED (Passive House Institute, 2015)

ENERGY AREA

= PRECOVERSION EFFICIENCY X SYSTEM EFFICIENCY X RELATIVE MODULE EFFICIENCY X YEARLY SUM OF GLABAL IRRADIANCE

PV GENERATION = 230 KWH/M2 X SURFACE AREA = 740 M2 = 150 000 KWH PER YEAR GENERATED

268

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

269

HOW DOES THE PROJECT PROMOTE HUMAN-POWERED LIVING? HOW DOES THE PROJECT INTEGRATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR URBAN AGRICULTURE APPROPRIATE TO ITS SCALE AND DENSITY? HOW DOES THE PROJECT AIM TO ACHIEVE NET POSITIVE WASTE?

270

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

271

Human-Powered Living A series of self-driven initiatives are incorporated through the programmatic logic of the building to ensure that the user group is well equipped to make the transition from temporary to permanent housing and back into society as a whole. This encompasses program at the ground level that engages the residents with the general public, but also more communal programming on the fifth floor that allows residents to cohabit in a more meaningful exchange of shared experiences. This extends to the urban garden where food generation becomes another program where such exchanges may occur.

HUMAN-POWERED LIVING

272

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

HUMAN-POWERED LIVING AIMS TO ENCOURAGE COMPACT, CONNECTED COMMUNITIES THAT SUPPORT A PRODUCTIVE AND RICH LIFESTYLE THROUGH SELF-DRIVEN INITIATIVES AND EMPOWERMENT.

URBAN GARDEN

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

273

Integration For the particular user group transitioning, the provision of opportunities for integration is vital. For example, a cafe is located on the ground floor where there is public access to allow for the residents to gain valuable skills like management, customer service, and communication skills that they may practice to empower themselves. Alternatively, a learning space and a fitness centre are provided on the fifth floor to allow for both intellectual and physical development with other residents without any stigma associated. What this entails as a whole is a system that develops the economic, educational, social, and cultural knowledge of a group previously deprived.

ECONOMIC

CULTURAL

EDUCATIONAL

SOCIAL

274

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

275

276

1:5 0

LIV

ING

PLA

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

277

Urban Agriculture

Waste + Water Management

A key proponent of human-powered living on the site is on-site food generation through the urban gardens. These gardens, accessible to the residents, were optimized through the massing strategy for solar gain to ensure their productivity.

Waste and water management on the site seek to minimize landfill waste generation and water consumption. Compost is processed and used directly into the urban garden. Water management strategies encompass both gray-and-blackwater systems that filter and distribute the water to its appropriate secondary use. WASTE

1.3524E+6 KWH/M2

WATER

EAT

RAIN WATER COLLECTED

COMPOST COLLECTED

FILTER + STORAGE + HEATING

COMPOST PROCESSED

SINKS + SHOWER + BATH

URBAN GARDEN

GRAYWATER SYSTEM

IRRIGATION & COMPOST

1.3748E+6 KWH/M2 RADIATION

1.3014E+6 KWH/M2

1.4518E+6 KWH/M2

KWH/M2 1375 < 1238 1100 963 825 688 550 413 275 138 <0

TOILETS

BLACKWATER SYSTEM

SEWER 278

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

279

IS THERE A PROVISION OF SUFFICIENT AND FREQUENT HUMAN-NATURE INTERACTIONS IN THE PROJECT TO CONNECT THE MAJORITY OF OCCUPANTS WITH NATURE DIRECTLY? DOES EACH REGULARLY OCCUPIED SPACE HAVE AN OPERABLE WINDOW THAT PROVIDES ACCESS TO FRESH AIR AND DAYLIGHT?

280

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

281

HEALTH IS AN IMPORTANT PRIORITY FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING RESIDENTS AS THEY ARE DISPROPORTIONATELY AFFECTED BY ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES. MATERIALS SELECTION, ACCESS TO NATURAL DAYLIGHT, AND NATURAL VENTILATION ARE VITAL TO PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELLNESS. (LIVING BUILDING CHALLENGE: FRAMEWORK FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSEING, 2019)

UNITS

282

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BALCONIES

SUNLIGHT

NATURAL VENTILATION

VIEWS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

283

Residential Units To ensure each of the residential units, a mixture of studio, one-bedroom, and twobedroom units, have access to daylight, natural ventilation, and views, they are oriented north-south with a central circulation space for access to the urban garden and stairways.

URBAN GARDEN

BALCONIES

CIRCULATION NORTH-SOUTH ORIENTATION

9TH

1:2 0

RES

AV E N

IDEN

TIA

UE S

L PL

UNITS

284

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

285

Conclusion Mass Scape is a carbon-negative building driven by biophilic design and human-powered living, that enables not only its residents to a more healthy lifestyle, but showcases the potential of mass timber to be holistically sustainable towards a more healthy world we live in. This project seeks to exemplify the environmental, economic, social, and cultural benefits of mass timber construction. By mobilizing the strategic shift from temporary to permanent solutions, where a material bank is pre-established, novel opportunities present themselves as viable housing strategies. This is especially valuable with respect to our populations in need where financial accountability limits architectural possibilities. Such solutions are not possible through the conventional construction methods we use today.

286

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

287

Bared

Living with the exposed

HIGH RISE TYPOLOGY KARAN SHARMA Baredâ&#x20AC;? living with the exposedâ&#x20AC;?, is an ongoing exploration of building performance with mass timber. The building proposes an argument of intersection of passive strategies with mass timber solutions in order to encourage and support healthy living, thus making a case for mass timber as an alternate sustainable building material The project also focuses on integration of Prefabricated wood components which can help to solve many design and engineering challenges producing a multitude of benefits, including process efficiency. Bared tries to incorporates natural elements in the built environment, such as wood, sunlight and plants within the realm of mass timber architectural systems.

288

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

289

Key Drivers

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

CALGARY STAMPEDE SADDLEDOME TOURISM CALGARY ARST STUDIOS THEATRES SCHOOLS PARKS CHIROPRACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH

EXISTING PROGRAMS RESTAURANTS BARS CAFES FITNESS CONSULTING FIRMS SOCIAL SERVICES YOUTH EMPLOYMENT CENTRE MEDICAL CENTRE

EDUCATIONAL

TWENTY-STOREY SHOWCASE HIGH-DENSITY MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

POLICY

GR EE N LIN E LR T

High rise buildings often lack Access to nature and Healthy living options. This provides mass timber a natural material ,strong opportunity to change it. Since highest energy are created due to high density, small design decisions integrated with passive house strategies can help in reducing the energy the most.

EXISTING PROGRAMS

The site for the Tall building is located in Olympic park in beltine Calgary showed the site being surrounded by high density programs like Calgary stampede, Saddle dome, Art studios and Theaters which indeed provided an opportunity to showcase the building as first case study building for high density mass timber construction.

REFERNCE METRICS USED TO GOVERN THE DESIGN PROCESS

W BO EL EL B PA O W TH R W IVE AY R

RE D LI NE LR T

HIGH-RISE SITE

SITE ANALYSIS

290

PHASE PART 2:2: DESIGN DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL 291 BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL 291

Environmental_site analysis

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

The environmental site analysis was the initial strategy implemented in terms of winter and summer sun angles in order to analyze, how the sunlight hours received by the site were changing throughout the seasons. Wind speed and direction were also studied as they play a quite important role while designing high rise structures

SUMMER SUNLIGHT HOURS

SUMMER SUN PATH

SUMMER SUNLIGHT HOURS

WINTER SUN PATH

The view rose also helped in developing the contextual relationship of the site as the site had less context towards the north and south .

WIND SPEED AND TEMPERATURE

VIEW ROSE

292

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SUMMER AND WINTER SUN PATH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

293

Radiation analysis

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

The summer and winter sun path played a quite important in determining how much and what type of sunlight will the proposed building receive. If a conventional building is proposed on the site, the sunlight study shows that the conventional building will only receive the light of its edges leading to more darker regions towards its center.

SUMMER

WINTER

SUN PATH AND SUNLIGHT HOURS ON THE SITE

RADIATION STUDY OF CONVENTIONAL BUILDING

294

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CONVENTIONAL BUILDING ON THE SITE

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

295

Programming

What Program Criteria can the first Tall Timber case study building address to?

In order to create awareness among the people for mass timber as a building construction material ,the programming of the building caters to a vertical campus which will host educational research and housing facilities. The layering of the program also showed an interesting need for each of the program towards sunlight,created an argument about how natural material like mass timber be integrated with natural light in order to create healthy living and working options. Since the program varies from educational to campus ,they required different type of sunlight too ,which also factored in their proximity from the ground

MASS TIMBER VERTICAL CAMPUS

55% LIVING

25% WORKING

DIRECT

RESEARCH

PROGRAMMATIC DISTRIBUTION VS ACCESS TO SUNLIGHT

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

LEARNING

STUDENT HOUSING

EDUCATION 296

30%

DIRECT+DIFFUSED

DIFFUSED

MASS TIMBER & SUNLIGHT NATURAL MATERIAL & NATURAL LIGHT

STUDIO APT COMMUNAL SPACES CO LIVING PODS LABS OFFICES WORKSHOP LABS CAFE LECTURE HALL ADMINISTRATION

ACCESS TO SUNLIGHT

PROXIMITY TO GROUND

PROGRAMMATIC DISTRIBUTION VS ACCESS TO GROUND

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

297

Massing strategies

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

For the massing strategy the sun path of the winter and summer sun were projected and wrapped around the building and the projected curve was used to carve out the mass around the building creating pockets of voids around the structure. An iteration fitness of the gene was further developed and the gene was simulated for evaluation studies relating to light and material.

PROJECTED SUN PATH

CARVING MODULES

22k

AREA

ITERATION

298

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

10698115.8 KWh RADIATION

ITERATION FITNESS

144k VOLUME

RADIATION STUDY

ISOMETRIC VIEWS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

299

Iterations

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

The floor plates of the building were then analyzed for radiation studies sand the iterations were developed using different carving strategies. The floor area of the iterations was kept constant and the iterations were evaluated based on the total amount of sunlight and volume of mass timber to be used.

22k

AREA

300

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

10698115.8 KWh RADIATION

144k VOLUME

22k

AREA

10430839 KWh RADIATION

134k

VOLUME

22k

AREA

12319610 KWh RADIATION

141k

VOLUME

22k

AREA

10193593.2 KWh RADIATION

132k

VOLUME

22k AREA

10792296.9 KWh RADIATION

168k

VOLUME

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

301

Fitness

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

In these iterations the fittest genes were selected based on their higher radiation and high volume of material used, circulating back to integration of material and light. Out of all the iterations the fittest of two were selected and then the genes were analyzed via sections and elevations to study and analyze the spatial and aesthetic qualities.

STRUCTURE

The genes were also studied for structural feasibility and construct-ability with different material strategies This formed the bases of selection for the fittest gene out of all the iterations

SECTIONS

ELEVATIONS

WINNER

ITERATION 1

302

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ITERATION 5

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

303

Fitness

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

The fittest gene was then analyzed sectionally to explore the massing happening within the building and a similar carving technique was deployed to create interior voids for the building. The programmatic distribution of the building was then done. The exterior voids acts as channels drawing in the air for the building whereas the interior void acting as courtyards help in the passive strategy of stack effect allowing movement of unwanted air out of buildings.

STUDENT HOUSING

RESEARCH

INTERIOR COURTYARD CARVING SECTIONS

304

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

EDUCATION

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

305

Structural analysis

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

The mesh was simulated by providing supports,applying dead and live loads and using the deformation values ,a case was made for the main structural cores. The structural cores are divided in to horizontal and vertical cores which help not only transferring loads but also help in circulation around the structure ties the building as a whole. SUPPORTS

These cores then allowed for aggregation of habitable spaces around them and help in transferring the load laterally and axially through the cores STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

LOADS SIMULATION DISPLACEMENT

FORCES

306

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

307

Structural breakdown

How can intersection of passive strategies with mass timber be better tall building solution?

These structural members are embedded with CLT floors. The integration of Prefabricated wood components can help to solve many design and engineering challenges such as the construction sequence, help in building the structure layer by layer with help of members being delivered to site each day and thus helping in creating a building in matter of weeks with 87.5% of wood and less than 8 % of steel and concrete.

FIRE RESISTANT CHARRING PROVIDES RESISTANCE

PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS QUICK AND EASY INSTALLATION

308

87.5% wood 5% concrete

VERTICAL CORES

GLULAM BEAM AND COLUMNS

AGGREGATION 1

INITIAL SUPERSTRUCTURE

ADDING STRUCTURAL TIES

ADDING SUBLAYERS

BRIDGING SUPERSTRUCTURE

SUPERSTRUCTRE

HIGH VOLUME AND STRENGTH ROBUST MATERIAL

ENERGY EFFICIENT

INITIAL SUBSTRUCTURE

7.5% STEEL

FINAL SUPERSTRUCTURE

AGGREGATION 2

FEWER TOXINS AND JOB SITE

ECO FRIENDLY

LESS CARBON FOOTPRINT

RENEWABLE

24.6% LESS EMISSIONS

ECONOMICAL

TIME SAVING

LESS LABORERS

30% LESS

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

AGGREGATION 3

AGGREGATION 4

CROSS BRACES

CLT FLOOR SYSTEMS

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

309

Kit of parts

How can building system integration be applied to mass timber towers?

Prefabrication systems also bring with them a challenge of system integration, but since the whole building can be broken down into small pixels or modules. And these modules can be further broken down to individual components such as beams, and columns embedded with structural qualities. This provides a unique opportunity to envision the whole building as a kit of parts where the essential services are integrated within the floor cassettes and landscape systems such as planters and wall.

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL MEMBERS

310

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SINGLE MODULE ASSEMBLY

SINGLE MODULE UNIT

CORE SHEAR WALL

CENTRAL NODES

EDGE NODES

CORNER NODES

EXIT STAIR

COMMERCIAL CORE FLOOR CASSETTE

RESIDENTIAL CORE FLOOR CASSETTE

PLANTER BOX AND WALL

DEMISING WALL+SHAFT

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

311

Site Plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

The building present on the intersection of 12 AVE SE and Olympic way SE provides an opportunity for an interaction with the public realm through sidewalks and landscape areas. with presence of retail and café’.

2 4 2 4 2 3 3

LVL+00 Legends

2 5

OLYMPIC WAY SE

4 3

1.Main Entry 2.Secondary Entry 3.Walkway 4.Landscape 5.Sidewalk

12 AVE SE

312

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

313

Podium Floor plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

The building is divided into 3 areas comprising of academic ,research and housing each having their own service and core areas connecting the program vertically. The ground floor allows for public interaction and engagement at street level with presence of retail and café’. The vast landscape green spaces further enhance the experience acting as spill out spaces for the public .

Legends

1.Research 2.Education 3.Housing

B’

A’

5 3

LVL+00 Legends

1.Lounge 2.Retail 3.Core 4.Cafe 5.Stairs 6.Landscape

314

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

315

Academic Floor Plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living? On the upper levels ,the academic and research wing have their own inner courtyards surrounded with classrooms and work areas which are further connected via a bridge which helps in transferring of knowledge among the research and academic wing.

Bâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

Aâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

7 2

2 8

3 4

3 B

316

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

LVL+01 Legends 1.Lab 2.Lecture hall 3.Core 4.Student Space 5.Offices 6.Staircase 7.Bridge 8.Courtyard 9.Balcony

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

317

Library Floor Plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

The grid configuration allows for creating double and triple height spaces in a program like library and help in creating visual and physical connections ,allowing for student and faculty to inhabit the space and learn surrounded with various courtyards allowing natural light to puncture in .

Bâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

4 7

Aâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

A 2

LVL+06

Legends

1.Stacks 2.Courtyard 3.Core 4.Reading Space 5.Offices 6.Seminar Room 7.Balcony

318

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

319

Student Housing Floor Plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

The student studio housing modules are stacked in way with each unit having access to sunlight through private balconies which can be transformed according to the user needs in terms of sitting and recreation spaces. The balconies also further help in creating visual connection with other units, providing a sense of community. Bâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

3 3

3 6

Aâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

5 7 2 7

LVL+16 7

Legends

1.Lounge 2.Bedroom 3.Core 4.Kitchen 5.Bathroon 6.Laundry 7.Balcony

7 2 7 4 5

3 7 B

320

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

321

Elevation and Section

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

SOUTH

322

AAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

323

Elevation and Section

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

WEST

324

BBâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

325

Student Housing Floor Plan

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

Exposure to the natural environment positively impacts human health and well-being, both physical and psychological Increasingly, those same benefits are being attributed to wood visible in the built environment, such as in the building elevations which furthers link to the sectional qualities of the building connecting the habitable spaces to each other and back to the natural environment

The building enhances the quality of the indoor and outdoor environmentâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;from the access to sunlight, to occupants need by being more public at the ground level and becoming more private with the balconies for the studio units at top.

326

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

327

Elevations

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

NORTH

328

WEST

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

329

Conclusion

How can the proposed tall wood building encourage and support healthy living?

The link between the natural world we live in and our daily lives can attain the meaningfulness and personal harmony by introducing mass timber structures. By building out of mass timber, introducing wooden elements in our spaces we can take numerous mind and body benefits ,thus make it the better choice for high rise materials. Bare becomes the premise behind the tall building design. â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the idea that incorporates natural elements in the built environment, such as wood, sunlight, and plants in order to improve overall health.

330

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC NORMAL

331

STACKED HOME Single Family Home

Residential houses have a lifespan of around 60 years in Calgary. It is a system where, often, the largest investment in a personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s life is assembled in a matter of weeks to save labour costs, out of materials made to look like other materials, and never to be disassembled again. Then, 60 years later, the buildings are quickly crushed up whole and brought whole to landfills. Calculating the true costs of products and materials in the future must include things like global warming and pollution. A cost ($) can be put to the tonne (kg) of co2 released into the atmosphere. This cost relates to the exponentially growing curve of predicted global temperatures. What is the cost of carbon being released today, vs the cost of carbon released tomorrow? Then, what are the savings of carbon sequestration today vs the carbon sequestration done tomorrow. There needs to be an incentive to use and produce excessive wood products today, an incentive that aligns with the true cost of the material and the benefits of sequestration. The amount stored should be maximized with their future usage as likely as possible. Instead of a culture of waste there should be a culture of saving, like back yard gardening or bringing your own grocery bags. Through promoting a culture of carbon sequestration in the Calgary communities and celebrating home ownersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; virtuous deeds of adapting their living environment to include intensive embedded material value, mass timber can become more prevalent in single family homes.

332

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

333

Site-Tied Material Usage The material-to-site ratio is a critical one when analyzing single-family home typology. It pushes to the forefront the future consequences of today's actions as a problem to be solved today. It is no coincidence that the bulk of the damage happens around the same time as a trade of ownership. This moment is a void of responsibility. The old home-owner or property manager has let the property degrade over time and is ready for looking for new opportunities or a fresh start; the new owner has the opportunity to maximize return by 'optimizing' the site with new construction. If responsibility of the site is extended to centuries rather than decades, the approach to single-family housing would be dramatically different.

8th Street in Ramsay

334

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Waste from the current SFH industry

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

335

Conventional House Ecological Footprint Case Study House

Weight 322 TONNES (KG)

350 m2 Single Family House

Weight of House Materials (over 40 yrs)

111.6 m2 Main Floor 80.6 m2 Second Floor 111.6 m2 Finished Basement 46.2 m2 Attached Garage

Carbon Emissions

Carbon Sequestration

95 TONNES OF CO2

39 TONNES OF CO2

Carbon Emissions per Component

28Tonnes of Wood Products 20 Tonnes of Stored Wood 43 m3 of Stored Wood

Indirect Iniï¿½al Embodied Energy (KJ)

39 Tonnes of CO2

Electrical, 10906.1 Mechanical, 51407.8 Cabinets and Appliances, 50891.5 Specialities, 6939.6

T OT AL E C OLOGICAL F OOTPRINT ( H A) Initial Ecological Footprint

Finishes, 197340.6

Recurring Ecological Footprint Doors, Windows and Finish Hardware, 29729.5

Insulation and Moisture Protection, 175064.6

45.69

2.1 Carpentry, 190466.6

30.78

Metals, 888.6 Masonary, 31839.7

Concrete, 133681.5

3.56 0.089

LAND

8.84 CO2

M A T E RI A L

Site Work, 44413.2 I N D I R E CT I N IT I A L E M B O D IE D E N E RG Y

336

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

40 year life span assumed

No consideration for carbon sequestration of wood was done in this analysis

Hijran Ali Shawkat. 1995. Sustainable Housing: Reducing The Ecological Footprint of New Wood Frame SingleFamily Detached Houses

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

337

New SFH Paradigm - Mass Timber Material Banking When considering a future of re-use and more accurate material costs, the usage options for different materials shift. Mass Timber becomes a viable option due to its ability to sequester carbon from the atmosphere as mentioned in phase 1. The single family house can become a bank for this carbon. If it is recognized that the cost of carbon will increase as the greenhouse effect becomes more severe, than sequestered carbon will take on a higher value as time goes on. It is also important to consider the usability of the element of wood, as well as the capacity for exchange within the ‘banking’ system.

Form Finding - Material Value

Investment Parameters

Home Owner Profile

• Retain carbon value entrusted

The house becomes a bipolar organization of material vs user space. The material acts as a financial reservoir as well as a structural and functional massing for the home condition.

by government

• High future building value

Opt. 1

Dimensional Lumber

Opt. 2 Engineered Lumber - Max Future Values

• Low design value • High universality

• • • •

Opt. 2

Engineered Lumber • Medium design value • Medium universality

Panels (CLT) and Columns (Glulam) Max size: 4m x 18m Max size (Planed) 3.4m 18m 9 - 15 layers Width: 618mm Weight: 312.4 kg/m2 ble

ia Var

• Easy Exchange

Opt. 3

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

p h (u ngt

)

to 1

Complex Lumber Component • High design value • Low universality

338

Embedded Manufacturing Value Reusable sizes of Engineered Lumber (Mass Timber) Maximize Length of timber pieces. Oversized in prediction of future capacities (40 yrs, 80 yrs, 160 yrs)

Oversized CLT Panels

Crosslam CLT Technical Design Guide. Structurlam

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

339

Form Finding - Operations

kitchen

living room

bedroom

Residential Layout

Home Owner Parameters

Subtractive Parameters

Additive Parameters

Smart Voxelization

Assuming a structural layout with a central mass running the length of the building, the preferences and inuts from the user are defined

• • • • • •

The parameters carve out spaces and fenestration each according to their own logic. (eg: Cone for view, rectangular extrusion for path pedestrian path)

Conditions of usage require additional or unique structural support. Other additive strategies allow for additional material banking

• Common

Mass

Timber

• Oversized

Mass

Timber

340

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Territory Individuality Privacy Access to outdoors Layout Preferences Time of Ownership

dimensions dimensions

Optimal Joining • Combines ‘voxels’ into large planes and columns maximize value.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

341

Form Finding - Aggregations A residential community can have very different types of engagement. Different layouts can hinder or promote interaction between neighbors. A culture of sequestration can be created by promoting a visual display of virtue in regards to reducing global warming.

2E 2B

4D 4C

4B 4A

2E 2D

3B1A3A

1B 3B

1D 3D

1C 3C

5C 5B

3F 3E 3D

Communal Pedestrian Street

4E 4D 4C 4B 2E

4A 2C

4C 5E

4B 5D

5C 3F

3D 3C

5C 5B

4E 4D

4C 4B 4A

5D 5C 5B

Open

Communal Street

Partition Walls

5C 5B

342

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

343

Assemblage - Basement Ventilated Encasement

On-Site Construction

The basement foundation acts as a sacrificial armature for the banked material. Using PFW approved pressure treated wood, the encasement allows for the banked material to stay dry while being protected from mold and mildew.

PWF staggered studs PWF Floor Suspension

Polyethylene film

344

Exterior moisture barrier Gravel or crushed rock

Permanent Wood Foundations. 2019. Canadian Wood Council.

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

345

Assemblage - Combined Elements Step 1

Step 4

Quick On-Site Assembly

Step 5

Reversible Assembly Logic

Weatherproof Exposed Faces with Stain-Seal Combo

On-Site Construction

CLT Panel

Resin

Step 2

Combining

Disassemble Dowel Priority

Step 3

346

Brought to Site

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

347

Assemblage - Essential Massing Stain-Seal Combo Flexible Weather CLT or Glulam

Combined Elements Wall to Roof

On-Site Construction

100mm Wood Fibre Insulation Polyethylene Vapour Barrier CLT or Glulam

Ventilation and Plumbing Corridor

348

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

349

Assemblage - Weatherproofing

Step 6

350

Windows Installation

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

On-Site Construction

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

351

Assemblage - Quick Transaction In a world of wireless transactions with the possibilities of payment ever increasing, the transaction of material might seem antiquated. The addition and removal of material will have further implications than just financial; it will impact a personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s living style and might defer or encourage transaction to occur. Many material pieces of the assemblage are able to be removed without changing the envelope of the structural capabilities of the building.

Flexible Elements

Transaction Slots and Robots

352

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

353

Assemblage - Flexibility

Inherent Impermanence Material pieces have the potential to create a living environments that are dynamic and more accustomed to the changing of peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lives and habits. Rooms can be formed and dissolved by simple restacking of pieces, or reclamping others. The permanence of the pieces is largely the determinate for the attachment method. Pieces can be glued, interlocked, clamped, or suspended by an separate movement system. Many pieces of course have the option to be dry-stacked as these are nested within the each other or the more permanent structure.

Flexible Elements Mass

Minimal Size

Established Elements

21 Tonnes of CO2

87 Tonnes of CO2

115 Tonnes of CO2

354

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Function A

Function B

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

355

Disassembly Process

Step 1

Element Extraction

Step 2

Transport from Site

Step 3

Plane Down Timber Element

to Pre-Fab Plant

Step 4a

Element Extraction

80yr Mass Timber Element

Step 4b

Refurbished Panel

356

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Step 5

To Next Project

Local Wood Boiler

Refurbished Panel

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

357

Main Floor Axo Plan

358

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Basement Axo Plan

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

359

Material Transaction Process

Cost Comparison Carbon Cost and Weight

Further precision adjustments could be made to the form finding process of the spaces to enhance the functionality, or the familiarity. The voids created end awkwardly and at varying intervals. These imperfections could be tweaked upon further iterations but a reason for showing them is that they reveal the potential dynamic environment this system creates. If pieces of structure could move and alter a personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s home environment many possibilities open up in regards to home layout

Mass Timber Building Floor Area

350 m2

Carbon Emissions

715 Tonnes of CO2

Conventional Building 40 yrs

Year 1

Floor Area

350 m2

Carbon Emissions

Carbon Sequestration

42 Tonnes of CO2

Weight

794 Tonnes

95 Tonnes of CO2 Carbon Sequestration

39 Tonnes of CO2

Weight All Materials

322 Tonnes Wood Products 28 Tonnes

Non-Essential / Flexible 161 pieces

Carbon Sequestration 277 Tonnes of CO2

Structural / Envelope 123 pieces

Carbon Sequestration 438 Tonnes of CO2

360

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

361

Material Transaction Process Carbon Cost and Weight

Timber Banking Home Weight

+48 Tonnes

Carbon Sequestration

44 Tonnes of CO2

Year

362

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

363

Material Transaction Process Carbon Cost and Weight

Timber Banking Home Weight

-48 Tonnes +71 Tonnes

Carbon Sequestration

New Dublex Building Weight

All Materials

Carbon Balance

+450 Tonnes

-79 Tonnes of CO2

Return on Investment

21 Tonnes of CO2 $$ Value as Building Material

$$ Value of Stored Carbon

Year

364

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

365

Material Transaction Process

Carbon Cost and Weight

Timber Banking Home Weight

-84 Tonnes

Carbon Sequestration

0 Tonnes of CO2 $$ Value as Building Material

Return on Investment

Timber Stash Weight

+157 Tonnes

Carbon Balance

142 Tonnes of CO2 -$$ Value as Building Material

Investment

$$$ Value of Stored Carbon

New Single Family Home Weight

All Materials

Carbon Balance

+322 Tonnes

-56 Tonnes of CO2

Year

366

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

367

Material Transaction Process

Timber Banking for Carbon Sequestration

Carbon Cost and Weight

Timber Banking Home Weight

-134 Tonnes

Carbon Sequestration

0 Tonnes of CO2 $$ Value as Building Material

Return on Investment

New Timber Home Weight

+454 Tonnes

Carbon Balance

345 Tonnes of CO2 -$$ Value as Building

Investment

$$$$ Value of Stored Carbon

Timber Stash Weight

+33 Tonnes

Carbon Balance

30 Tonnes of CO2 -$$ Value as Building

Investment

Year

368

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

The simple cost comparisons of a conventional construction with this timber banking house scheme, shows dramatic differences in carbon emission/sequestration. The costs of carbon must be guaranteed as an embedded cost in lumber as it is bought and sold. The longer the wood is stored the higher the value of the carbon should be. Depending on how this is priced, adoption will occur at varying levels. The building industry needs to interpret this new paradigm of material banking and act to be able to take over these banked elements into the construction process. The more valuable the piece is to the building industry the more this element will be included as a banking unit. Over time the optimal forms will be found in regards to saving and living, which will be a wide variety of answers based on the home owner. Effects of the carbon sequestration will take a long time to be recognizable; Heavy adoption of sequestration practices early on will give us a more direct result which could be a strong incentive.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

369

Sanguine Shift

INGLEWOOD, CALGARY

8 St

2,000m²

9A ve S

9 St

40m

902 9 AVE SE Stories: 6 Gross Floor Area: 6,000 m² FAR: 3.0 Site Area: 2,000m² Landuse: S-CS Rezone for Special Zoning District: C-COR-1

Jack Long Park

50m

N 370

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

371

Sanguine Shift

Inglewood is a lively neighbourhood which includes annual events such as the music mile, Jazz YYC, Sunfest, Fringe festival and the Bleak Mid Winter Film Festival amongst others. The community is in the midst of a transformation brought through the Inglewood/Ramsey Area Redevelopment Plan as well as the 9th ave streetscape master plan. Which identifies several existing conditions that are seen as detrimental to community life in the area, as well as opportunities to augment these conditions to better serve the public realm (City of Calgary, 2017). These conditions and opportunities can be seen here used as parameters around which our project will be structured; including river access, gathering spaces, set back integration, increased sidewalk width and active frontage among other things including the possibility of increasing our FAR beyond 3.0 due to opportunities provided by the Heritage Density Transfer program (City of Calgary, 2018). In addition these inherent site conditions, there lies an unseen layer of parameters which span the economic, sustainable and cultural in terms of influence. Market trends, new families, job opportunities near the site, the overall global shift towards less reliance on oil and gas as well as access to information which connects us more with the earth and the surroundings that we inhabit.

Heritage Density Transfer

River Access

Sidewalk width increased to 3.8 m Gathering Spaces

Shorter crossing distances Proposed Building Heights G

Gathering space Active frontage

Setback Integration Grade separated connection Rain gardens LRT Station relocation

Maximum sun exposure

Setback interface

N 372

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

373

Sanguine Shift

But where is the alternative that makes us conscious of our habitats full life cycle? Why arenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t we as conscious of construction emissions as we are vehicle emissions? Is there a material that is conducive to us being more aware of our impact on the planet? Perhaps one that has an inherent honesty, and rather straight forward life cycle for us to assess and understand. As you can guess of course there is, and its mass timber. Mass timber has an inherent quality of being a reminder of our impact on earth, and really a perfect liaison for us gaining stewardship over that impact. So why isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t it as widely accepted as something like electric vehicles? This is because of our own economic limitations. We are more likely to splurge a little more on a car when we see that investment start to pay us back immediately as compared to a house, which is a larger investment and takes longer to see those returns. But what can we do to minimize that gap and make housing cheaper, longer lasting and more appealing to the general public?

Industrial Processes & Manufacturing

Leaks & Unintended Emissions

Garbage & Wastewater

Agriculture

8% 4%

Burning Fuel for Electricity & Heat: Manufacturing, Shops, Schools, Public Buildings, Households, Refining Oil & Gas

7% 8%

45% 28%

Transportation

Fig. 1 Prairie Climate Centre, 2018

374

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

375

Sanguine Shift Of the annual allowable cut which is 32.4 million cubic metres, the past few years have seen a harvest of about 70%, leaving about 10 million cubic metres of certified forest that is up for grabs. (Sustainable Forest Management – Spring 2017 – Agriculture and Forestry – Government of Alberta) The majority of these allowable cuts being in the Lower Peace, Upper Peace and Upper Athabasca Regions. While digital fabrication has presented us with many new manufacturing possibilities, it has also given us the responsibility of using these new tools to reduce the impact we have on our environment. The implementation of bandsaws in fabrication addresses the material properties of timber, including addressing the need to minimize waste during the CNC process which bandsaw application does through its nature of having the smallest kern possible thus resulting in the least material wasted (Yuan F & Chai, 2017) Speaking to materiality is also an important aspect of implementing new manufacturing methods, by looking at the anisotropic nature of wood we are able to elaborate off of material strengths (Vercruysse, Mollica, & Devadass, 2019), as well as allowing us to reduce further material waste by using non standardized or ‘found’ materials (Johns & Foley, 2014) Typical midrises can take between one and three years to build, where as CLT and prefrabricated modules can allow for the rapid assembly and installation of over 1,500 square meters a day as demonstrated by Structurlam in the construction of Brock Commons which only took 8 weeks to reach 18 storeys. Why not utilize a workforce to produce a piece of infrastructure for the city, a housing development and critical community focused amenities all in one go?

376

PART 2:2: DESIGN PHASE DESIGN RESEARCH

331 m³ vs 181 m³

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

377

Sanguine Shift Typical midrises can take between one and three years to build, where as CLT and prefrabricated modules can allow for the rapid assembly and installation of over 1,500 square meters a day as demonstrated by Structurlam in the construction of Brock Commons which only took 8 weeks to reach 18 storeys (Structurlam, 2016). Why not utilize a workforce to produce a piece of infrastructure for the city, a housing development and critical community focused amenities all in one go? By combining all these factors we can create a harvesting, manufacturing and assembly logic that is driven by digital tools and research. Standardization through connection homogeneity paired with novel robotic fabrication creates a streamlined assembly process, eliminating excess waste as well as reducing traffic in the construction area.

378

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

8 WEEKS

1-3 YEARS

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

379

Sanguine Shift

Initial variations utilized a variety of digital tools including particle emitters as form finders. There experiments helped identify part to whole relationships that could be further investigated and manipulated.

380

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

381

Sanguine Shift Looking closer at the circulation inherent within the site, we can use proxies in the form of vectors and begin to organize them. Here the vectors being influenced by access to the river, circulation from the apartments to the ground level, the play ground to the north west, as well as the introduction of an LRT station. Which is manifested through the want to save money on transportation and encourage our users to minimize their Co2 emissions throughout every aspect of their lives. So how can we take the circulation of the site and transform it into the digital realm before putting it back into physical reality? This project takes the approach that spin forces could do this in an elegant and organized manner. Beginning from a single point and tracking their movement around central forces, which could then be transferred back into physical space.

382

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

Height Density

9th Ave River Access

9th Ave

LRT Station

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

383

Sanguine Shift With these vectors as a guide we can begin to organize the areas that will create the spatial qualities of the building. Beginning with the new LRT station located to the south, where many users will begin their experience, moving towards the building it self they pass through an elevated commercial area, which leads to the mid rise tower, at the base of which is a market open to the public.

Playground Roof Garden Multi-Family Apartments

From the ground level the market extends west in the from of temporary stalls which can be utilized during the summer and springs months, and in the winter become covered public gathering space. Beyond this is a pavilion encouraging users to experience the river, as well as a playground to the north east.

Multiuse Market Space Elevated Commercial Area Market

8th

eS Av 9th

LRT Station

River Pavilion

N 384

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

385

Sanguine Shift April, May, June, July, August, October

We can see how the vectors extend into the landscape and effect the surrounding community, intersecting and bridging green space around the north west portion of Inglewood, an area which has been largely neglected by the area redevelopment plan.

05:30 - 05:33

06:50 - 06:55 07:10 - 07:15

386

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

February, September, November, December

Winter: 17:00 - 17:05

Spring: 20:05 -20:10

Fall: 20:20 - 20:25

March, September

Summer: 21:50 -21:55

08:35 - 08:40

March

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

387

Sanguine Shift

NORTH ELEVATION 1.

1. 3.

2. 2.

SOUTH ELEVATION

EAST ELEVATION

GROUND LEVEL 1. River Pavilion 2. Seasonal Market Space 3. Playground

4. Interior Commerical Space 5. Pedestrian Bridge 6. LRT Station

100

+ 15 LEVEL

100

WEST ELEVATION

388

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

389

Sanguine Shift Each of the building elements occupy a distinct area, with their own quantifiable carbon sequestration, allowing for a tangible example of how much carbon is sequestered through its construction. Creating a link between the immaterial world and the physical one, showing its benefit through a physical presence.

Carbon Sequestered:

412 tonnes 390

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

391

Sanguine Shift Here we can see the integration into the future LRT station which has been moved slightly north to align with the building. The placement of the station allows the building to exist without a parkade, provide safe passage across 9th ave to the public, continuing with the building ethos of demonstrating a holistic sustainable approach to construction and living.

Carbon Sequestered:

1 kilotonne 392

PART 2:2: DESIGN PHASE DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

393

Sanguine Shift The elevated bridge allows for streamlined pedestrian flow across 9th avenue reducing traffic congestion, while providing an opportunity to experience the neighborhood from an elevated vantage point.

394

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

395

Sanguine Shift The playground to the northwest provides a recreation area for the neighboring school, as well as an opportunity for adults to teach their young ones about the life cycle of a tree and potentially how that tree can help build our homes and buildings.

ROOF PLAN

SECTION A

396

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

397

Sanguine Shift Each purchased unit in the tower accounts for 70 tonnes of Co2 sequestered, giving its owner a sense of pride and knowledge that their dollars are contributing to a greener future. Rather than having an ambivalence towards our designed environment, we can begin to harness a stewardship towards it, in hopes of encouraging others to do the same through building with and inhabiting a material that is loaded with metaphor as well as environmental benefit. CLT FLOOR PLATES

1200 SQ. FT.

Carbon Sequestered per unit:

70 tonnes 398

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ROOF PLAN

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

399

Sanguine Shift

400

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

401

Sanguine Shift The semi exterior market provides a place for the community to engage with and support local artisans, grocers and farmers, as well as enjoy more public space as outlined by the ARP.

ROOF PLAN

SECTION B Carbon Sequestered:

2 kilotonnes 402

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

403

Sanguine Shift

WOOD

ETFE

CONCRETE

404

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

405

Sanguine Shift The main entrance is tucked away behind the main bridge spanning across 9th ave, you can see in the center of the market we use 100m3 of concrete, which results in 30 tonnes of Co2 produced, however this is negated by the surrounding building element of the thinner wood pieces resulting in a 13 tonne sequestration regardless.

Carbon Produced:

30 tonnes 53 tonnes Carbon Sequestered:

406

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

407

Sanguine Shift

SCULPTURAL CANOPIES

Carbon Sequestered:

2 kilotonnes 408

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

409

Sanguine Shift Mass timber can demonstrate a physical structures ability to reshape the way we think about our surroundings as well as the way that we live our lives. The aim of this project is to show how we can gain agency over our impact on earth through the things that we create, develop sustainable practices while still creating complexity and expression, as well as foster a healthy community environment. As well as not only catalyze a sustainable construction industries commitment to lower carbon emissions, but inspire carbon transparency.

Total Carbon Sequestered:

7 kilotonnes 410

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

411

PARTONOMY

12 Story + Tower

PARTONOMY, a manifestation of mereological understandings of part-to-whole relationships, is a project which pathologically addresses absurdities of conventional construction methods. The project undergoes an investigation of contemporary building materials, and begins to critique the outcomes of which these materials dictate construction practices. The project asks; why are we still using steel and concrete as principle building materials when there exists alternatives with mass timber? Arising from material comparisons, PARTONOMY considers the possibility of proposing the alternative to conventional construction. Primarily, it predicates the possibility of using mass timber as a medium for the serial production of discrete parts and ordered assemblies to develop its architecture. As a mixed-use project, PARTONOMY uses these investigations to critique typical assembly methods and material application in an effort to spotlight environmental and economic shortcomings of contemporary practices. Ultimately, PARTONOMY approaches the questions of how we are able to interpret buildings as assemblies of their parts, how this can be interpreted as an alternative to conventional construction and materials, and what this means for spatial practice.

412

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

413

CONCRETE VS MASS TIMBER

Column + Beam

Comparisons between conventional concrete and mass timber as building materials not only reveals the possibility of carbon sequestration (Canadian Wood Council, 2020), but also presents the advantage of having lighter buildings (Zeitler-fletcher, S., Will, P., & Mclellan, J., 2018). Lighter buildings can help lead to quicker on-site assembly, smaller foundations, and a s a result, cost savings.

Column + Slab

What are the Inherent absurdities of conventional construction methods and materials?

12-Story Towers

THE ABSURDITIES OF CONVENTIONAL CONSTRUCTION

How can mass timber be used to critique or highlight these absurdities? What are the advantages of using mass timber as an alternative building material? Concrete

Concrete

Volume: 6720 m3 Weight: 16,128,000 kg Embodied Material CO2: 2016 tonnes

Volume: 6057 m3 Weight: 14,536,800 kg Embodied Material CO2: 1817 tonnes

Mass Timber

Glulam Volume: 870 m3 Glulam Weight: 391,500 kg CLT Volume: 5850 m3 CLT Weight: 2,632,500 kg CLT Area: 10,800 m2 Total Volume: 6720 m3 Total Weight: 3,024,000 kg CO2 Captured: 5991 tonnes CO2 Emissions Avoided: 2318 tonnes Volume Grow Time: 18 minutes

AVOIDED 2318 Tonnes of CO2

or-

Flo

oo -Fl

ctu

tru

or-

Flo

ctu

tru

oo -Fl

Glulam Volume: 179 m3 Glulam Weight: 80,550 kg CLT Volume: 5850 m3 CLT Weight: 2,632,500 kg CLT Area: 10,800 m2 Total Volume: 6057 m3 Total Weight: 2,725,650 kg CO2 Captured: 5384 tonnes CO2 Emissions Avoided: 2083 tonnes Volume Grow Time: 14 minutes

AVOIDED 2083 Tonnes of CO2

Concrete Foundations: $4.50 - $8.00/SF

Mass Timber Foundations: $3.00- $7.00/SF

MATERIAL COMPARISONS: THE MAJOR DIFFERENCES OF USING CONCRETE AND MASS TIMBER FOR THE SAME STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS. (CANADIAN WOOD COUNCIL, 2020), (NRMCA, 2008).

414

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

415

MATERIALS COMPARISON By isolating specific structural elements of conventional structures, a more complete comparison can be made between materials. In this case, a structural column is isolated and broken down to its constituent parts. This is to identify weights, volumes, and carbon outputs for each material used (NRMCA, 2008).

Reinforced Concrete Column 0.56 m3 1319 kg 210 kg Embodied CO2 (within material)

Precast 24 - 48 Hours to Set 28 Days to Reach Full Strength Off-Site Casting Molds Needed

Steel Tension Reinforcement 0.003 m3 22 kg 41 kg Embodied CO2 (Over Life Cycle) ELEMENT EXTRACTION: ISOLATING A COLUMN FROM A PRIMARY STRUCTURAL SYSTEM AND DECOMPOSING IT INTO ITS CONSTITUENT PARTS (NRMCA, 2008).

416

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Weight

Construction Efficiency

Labor Required

Transportation Burden

Embodied Carbon

2400 Kg/m3

Cast-In-Place 500 m3 /Day

25 - 30 People On Site

600% More Trucks on Site

Produces 300 Kg of CO2/m3

Weight

Construction Efficiency

Labor Required

Transportation Burden

Embodied Carbon

450 Kg/m3

Assembled 1400 m3 /Day

8 - 10 People On Site

1/6 of the Trucks Required

Captures 824 Kg of CO2 per m3

Glulam/CLT

Cast-in-Place 24 - 48 Hours to Set 28 Days to Reach Full Strength On-Site Staging Necessary

Concrete

Concrete Primary Structural System

There are obvious benefits of using mass timber as an alternative building material, such as reduced weight, increased construction efficiency, as well as reduced labor, transportation burden, and carbon output (Segate Structures, 2020). However, when comparing concrete to mass timber volumes and weights, it is possible to attain roughly five times more volume of mass timber than concrete at a 1:1 weight relationship. This ultimately leads to the pathology in question; if material weight is kept the same, how would the excess material volume be deployed across the sale of a building?

GLULAM COLUMN 2.98 m3

CONCRETE COLUMN 0.56 m3

1341 kg

1341 kg METRIC COMPARISONS: COMPARING METRICS BETWEEN CONCRETE AND MASS TIMBER (SEGATE STRUCTURES, 2020).

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

417

PART ANDROGYNY AND DIFFERENCE IN DEGREE

Cost Effectiveness

“In chess, each piece is defined by its performance [...] In the game Go, each piece has the same capacity, yet its contribution to the overall performance is not fixed, as it depends on its position [...] Each Go piece is ‘different in degree’.” - Manja van de Worp (Retsin, 2019, p.56) As part repeatability and serialized production of building elements can help to drive the benefits of scales of economy to achieve cost effectiveness (Maria Laguarda-Mallo and Omar Espinoza, 2016), a strategy of looking at building elements as androgynous parts is used. By taking into account Manja van de Worp’s analogy of Chess vs Go (Retsin, 2019), this strategy can be framed in a manner of allowing parts to have multiple functions embedded within them. This characteristic will allow for building elements to have multiple performances depending on their orientation and position relative to other building elements. This is part androgyny; a methodological framework for moving forward.

Element Repeatability

REPEATABLE ELEMENTS: CAN BUILDING ELEMENTS BECOME MORE REPEATABLE TO DRIVE COST EFFECTIVENESS? (MARIA LAGUARDA-MALLO AND OMAR ESPINOZA, 2016).

418

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ELEMENT ANDROGYNY: MANJA VAN DE WORP’S ANALOGY OF CHESS VS GO; CAN ELEMENTS HAVE PERFORMATIVE ANDROGYNY? (RETSIN, 2019).

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

419

METHOD 1: GLULAM MODULES Beginning with the production line of glulam as a product (FP Innovations, 2010), investigations were undertaken to understand how this can be translated into a modular element. Modularization in this case could be used to approach part androgyny.

ontrolled,Logs andare sliced harvested, into moisture usable controlled, slats and sliced into usableUsable slats slats are Usable prepared slats are prepared on all on four all four sides, sides, ends ends areare finger finger jointed jointed

460 mm

Initial glulam member

420

Slats receive structural resin and pressed

Glulam Pieces undergo curing over a few days

Total Volume 2.75 m3

Sequestered Carbon 2 Tonnes

Total Weight 1237 kg

Avoided Carbon 1 Tonne

ber

460 mm

368

Producing glulam modules is a speculative exercise based on existing techniques, materials, and technologies. The size and volume specified is a reflection of maintaining identical weight to the concrete building element from earlier; elaborating on the question of how excess material volume can be deployed across the scale of a building.

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

02 02

CNC-Controlled CNC-Controlled cut tocut length to length

Lengths are fastened using heavy-duty mechanical fasteners

Complete glulam module

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

421

GLULAM MODULE ITERATIONS Initial Volume 2.98 m3

2x2

460 x 460 mm Segments

1.0

While keeping the material volume consistent throughout the iterations of glulam column elements, a strategy of sub-part segmentation and shuffling was used to achieve androgyny. In this manner, the glulam element may act as a column, a beam , a floor surface, or a roof surface. It was found that through these studies there exists a balance between end connection complexity and simplicity; too simple or too complex, the part will become extremely limited in terms of its capacity to be deployed differently.

GLULAM ITERATIONS: GLULAM ITERATIONS TO EXPLORE OPTIMAL CONNECTION GEOMETRY STRATEGIES WITH AN ADDITIONAL SET OF ITERATIONS TESTING THEIR ASSEMBLAGES.

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2.0

4x4

230 x 230 mm Segments

2.1

3.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

2.4

1.1

2.1

3.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

1.4

2.4

3.4

3.0

1.1

1.4 422

3x3

310 x 310 mm Segments

3.4 BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

423

GLULAM MODULE ITERATIONS: ASSEMBLAGE

1.1 1.1

3.2

1.4

424

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

While maintaining focus on the glulam elements, some of the iterations were taken forward to further understand the material, tectonic, and scalar questions relative to human occupation. What kinds of spaces do these elements create within their inherent assemblies? In addition to digital simulation of assemblage, 3D models were used as a strategy to test the efficacy of the tectonic arrangements and connections.

ASSEMBLAGES: ASSEMBLY SIMULATIONS AND TECTONIC ARRANGEMENTS EXPLORING THE IMPLICATIONS AT THE HUMAN SCALE.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

425

MULTI-DIMENSIONAL JOINERY

A final series of iterations of the glulam elements were undertaken to explore the possibility of multi-dimensional connection possibilities. It was found that interstitial connections at various localities of the module could be created to increase the degrees of freedom that connections could undertake. Similarly, this study undertook digital simulation and 3D models to further understand these characteristics. This however began to raise questions of structural efficiency and feasibility. Moreover, the study had led to shortcomings in the performance of the material; while constrained to the defined volume outlined from the beginning, the glulam elements represented 100% volume and no interstitial space. What would it look like if a different material application was used, such as CLT?

Mass Timber MassColumn Timber Column Element ColumnElement Element 01Timber 01 Mass Segmented Segmented Segmented 4 Ways 44 Ways Ways

Shuffled Timber Timber Elements TimberElements Elements 02 02 Shuffled 02 Shuffled ++Negative End CreatingCreating Creating PositivePositive +Positive Negative Negative End Joints EndJoints Joints

Multi-Directional Connection Capabilities Multi-Directional Multi-Directional Connection Connection Capabilities Capabilities

Secondary Jointing Locations 03 Jointing Jointing Locations Secondary Locations Intermediate Slotting 03 Secondary 03 Intermediate Slotting Slotting Intermediate

Finished Structural Modular Element 04 Finished Structural Structural Modular Modular Element Element Performative as a Column + More 04 Finished 04 Performative Performative as a Column as a +Column More + More

Structural Assemblage Structural Structural Assemblage Assemblage

MULTI-CONNECTIONS: EXPLORATIONS OF CREATING VARIOUS SLOTS TO ALLOW FOR INTERMEDIATE CONNECTION POSSIBILITIES AND HIGHER DEGREES OF FREEDOM.

426

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

427

METHOD 2: CLT MODULES Focusing on a second methodological approach following the same experimental framework, the manufacturing process of CLT was used in order to understand the context of CLT module production (FP Innovations, 2010).

02 01

sable slats Logs are harvested, are moisture prepared controlled, and slicedon into usable all slatsfour sides, Usable slats are ends prepared on all are four sides, finger ends are finger ointed jointed

A similar strategy of translating the material into modular outputs was used by focusing on existing practices of digital fabrication. As well, similar constraints were placed on the material volume being deployed: a comparable weight to a concrete column element, and expressing the difference through excess material volume.

Slats receive structural resin and pressed

5000 mm

CLT Panels undergo curing

Total Volume 2.8 m3

Sequestered Carbon 2 Tonnes

Total Weight 1260 kg

Avoided Carbon 1 Tonne

170 mm

to have pieces Initial CLT panel cut

428

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CNC-Routed to have pieces cut

Pieces are assembled

Complete CLT module

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

429

CLT MODULE ITERATIONS 2 Panel

A series of manipulating orientations and organizations of CLT panels led to iterative tests of connections. How do the transformations applied to the CLT panels translate into connection details? Moreover, how do these translate into assemblies?

3 Panel

4 Panel

4.0

5.0

6.0

4.1

5.1

6.1

4.2

5.2

4.1

5.1

6.1

4.2

5.2

6.2

4.3

5.3

6.3

4.4

5.4

6.4

6.2

4.3

5.3

6.3

4.4

5.4

6.4

CLT ITERATIONS: CLT PANEL EXPLORATIONS BY USING DIFFERENT PANEL ORIENTATIONS WITH AN ADDITIONAL STUDY OF ASSEMBLAGE.

430

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

431

CLT MODULE ASSEMBLIES The following parts were chosen to move forward with for further study, and to generate comprehensive assemblies later in the project. An additional effort to flat-pack the sub-parts was made in order to further contextualize the modules relative to their production processes.

Part 4.3

Part 4.4

Part 6.2

Part 6.3

There was an effort to contextualize a few chosen module typologies to upstream production. By using the work outlined by The Beck Group (2018), Sorensen (2019), and Parchomchuk (1968), several metrics could be applied to the current study. Lumber

CLT

3.56 m3

2.67 m3

Assembly

3.5 m

Module

Trees 8 Trees

4.5 m

Kit of Parts

103 CLT Panels/Train Car 43 CLT Panels/Truck

FLAT-PACKING: MODULE DECONSTRUCTION AND FLAT-PACKING LAYOUT OF ITS PARTS.

432

3.5 m

CLT Panel Dimensions: 4.4 m x 3.5 m x 0.17 m (170 mm thick) CLT Panel Volume: 2.67 m3 Freight Train Car CLT Volume Capacity: 276 m3 Truck CLT Volume Capacity: 117 m3

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SUPPLY CHAIN CONTEXTS: UPSTREAM CONTEXT TO DETERMINE IMPACTS OF MODULE PRODUCTION ON HARVESTING AND TRANSPORTATION.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

433

MIXED-PART ASSEMBLIES

4.1 - 4.4

By combining modules together, it was found that the part androgyny was capable of driving complex relationships between material, space, and tectonics. With the multi-functional aspects of the parts being utilized to create this complexity, it became apparent that these assemblies would be capable manifesting an architecture encompassing the desired programmatic aspects the site. But what were these programmatic aspects of the site?

4.1 - 4.4

5.2 - 5.4

6.2 - 6.4

PLAN VIEW

6.2 - 6.4

5.2 - 5.4

MIXED-PART ASSEMBLIES: EXPERIMENTATION WITH ANDROGYNY DRIVING MATERIAL AND TECTONIC COMPLEXITY.

SECTION

MULTI-PART ASSEMBLIES: ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS OF THE ASSEMBLIES. HOW DO THESE ASSEMBLIES INFLUENCE SPACE AT THE HUMAN

434

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

435

SITE The focus site is located on the east side of the Beltline in Calgary. It is positioned within a context of an overwhelming lack of density, but is within an area of targeted redevelopment in the future by CMLC.

UNDERSTANDING THE SITE

11 Evenue SE

What are the advantages of using prefabricated mass timber to address these conditions?

436

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2900 mÂł

4 Street

How can mass timber be deployed on the site to address these important conditions?

What are the most important conditions of the site?

12 Evenue SE

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

437

SITE ANALYSIS: MACRO-CONTEXT

SITE VACANCY

SITE MOVEMENT

Initial site analyses looked through the macro-level lens of spatial vacancy. A total of 10.4 million square feet of unused space in Calgary’s Downtown and Beltline combined (Avison Young, 2019) demonstrates another shortcoming of conventional construction. Why are we still developing buildings the same way if they are unable to respond adequately to spatial demand change over time?

Another macro-level context that was necessary to understand the site was access and movement. By understanding the contexts of where major traffic corridors and logistical movements were occurring, a framework for understanding future conditions could be more fully integrated.

820,080 SF 1,408,855 SF

7,650,732 SF

9,226218 SF

DOWNTOWN

24.4% VACANCY 9 MILLION + SF

27,344,321 SF

500 m

BELTLINE

UNUSED SPACE

19.6% VACANCY 1.4 MILLION + SF UNUSED SPACE

106,385 SF 299,104 SF

2,474,421 SF

4,077,140 SF

1,446,947 SF

FULLY OCCUPIED

LESS THAN 1/3 VACANT

1/3 - 2/3 VACANT

SITE VACANCY: A MACRO-LEVEL SITE MAP OUTLINING THE VACANCY RATES IN CALGARY’S DOWNTOWN AND BELTLINE AREAS (AVISON YOUNG, 2019).

438

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

MORE THAN 2/3 VACANT

COMPLETELY VACANT

PRIMARY VEHICLE CIRCULATION

SECONDARY VEHICLE CIRCULATION

TIRTIARY VEHICLE CIRCULATION

FREIGHT RAIL CIRCULATION

SITE MOVEMENT: A MACRO-LEVEL SITE MAP OUTLINING THE PRIMARY, SECONDARY, AND TERTIARY ACCESS CORRIDORS TO THE SITE.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

439

SITE ANALYSIS: FUTURE CONDITIONS As mentioned, the site is currently targeted for future redevelopment by CMLC. The redevelopment of the Rivers District Master Plan (RDMP) aims to tackle a number of diverse urban challenges, but its main focus is to bring densified multi-use residential areas into near proximity to entertainment and cultural districts (CMLC, 2019). As a result, the project situates itself within this context, where the RDMP will help to direct the programmatic aspects of the building. Moreover, with the project being situated in this future context, is it possible to address the issues regarding spatial vacancy in the city? Especially considering the desire to densify the area, would it not be beneficial to design adaptive characteristics to the development of the district?

SITE DISTRICT

SITE

IT TS EN

• High desnsity multi-use residential

• Direct Green Line access

CPR RAIL LINE

• Repeated scale from warehouse district

11 AV E

12 AV E

GREEN LINE T RIC LC) T S (CM DI RS LAN E RIV ER P ST MA

NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTER CULTURE/ENTERTAINMENT/EDUCATION RIVERFRONT RESIDENTIAL WAREHOUSE DISTRICT

SITE RDMP PROJECTION: CMLC’S PROJECTION OF THE FUTURE OF THE RIVERS DISTRICT; A DENSIFIED URBAN NEIGHBOURHOOD OF MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL AND ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMME (CMLC, 2019).

440

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

RDMP SUBDIVISION: A SUBDIVISION OF CMLC’S RDMP BASED ON PROGRAMME TYPES AND NEIGHBOURHOODS. THE FOCUS SITE IS LOCATED IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTER (CMLC, 2019).

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

441

SITE ANALYSIS: FUTURE CONDITIONS CPR RAIL LINE

4 ST SE

LRT STATION 11 AVE SE

Current Site

SITE CIRCULATION

SITE

A further comparison of CMLC’s RDMP compared to current contexts reveals the scale of redevelopment. There is a dramatic increse in density, as well as an increased fous on traffic corridors and site activity. Through the projected RDMP, it is found that the site will be sitting directly on a critical corner and a traffic corridor that highly advocates that any building on this corner engages with it.

100 m

5 ST SE

Existing Vehicle Circulation

Proposed Enhanced Vehicle Circulation

Proposed Green Line Corridor

12 AVE SE

SITE GREEN LINE

Rivers Distrct Master Plan

NOLI PLANS: STUDIES OF THE PROJECTED SITE OUTLINED BY CMLC’S RDMP. DIFFERENT LAYERS OF ANALYSIS ARE OVERLAID TO UNDERSTAND THE IMPLICATIONS OF INCREASED DENSITY (CMLC, 2019).

11 AVE SE

Building Frontage Hierarchy

LRT STATION

100 m

4 ST SE

Gateways

Primary Building Frontage

Secondary Building Frontage

Stampede Trail

“Critical Corner”

5 ST SE 12 AVE SE

442

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

443

MATERIAL VS SPACE Through engaging CMLCâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s RDMP, it is possible to once again question the possibility off allowing future developments to become more adaptive to spatial demand over time. Is it possible to use discrete modules to produce spaces that change over time? Can mass timber fit within this framework?

While understanding buildings as open ended constructs that have the capacity to shrink or grow, is it possible that this growth and shrinkage occurs with responses to market demands? Moreover, can the building act as a sort of material banking system? Material Demand Space Demand

Ground-Level Material Usage

Multi-Story Material Usage, High Desnity Storage

Multi-Story Material Usage

Multi-Story Material Usage, Higher Desnsity Storage

MODULAR ASSEMBLAGE: BUILDINGS AS OPEN-ENDED STRUCTURES THAT CAN GROW AND SHRINK OVER TIME.

444

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

RESPONSIVE ASSEMBLAGE: BUILDINGS AS RESPONSIVE TO SPATIAL AND MATERIAL DEMAND CHANGES OVER TIME. CAN BUILDINGS ACT AS MATERIAL BANKS?

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

445

4.1 - 4.4

PLAN VIEW

DEPLOYING ANDROGYNOUS MODULES IN THE SITE

SECTION

What are the spatial qualities of using discrete mass timber modular design on the site? 4.1 - 4.4

5.2 - 5.4

6.2 - 6.4

How are spaces and materials organized relative to each other? PLAN VIEW

Is there a possibility of utilizing waste material? What is the end performance of the building-centric design?

SECTION

446

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

447

SMALL RESIDENTIAL UNITS

LARGE RESIDENTIAL UNITS

PARTS 4.3 AND 4.4

Initial explorations of module deployment began at the scale of the residential unit. By specifying spaces within a larger volume, a controlled aggregation would occur around these spaces and create different qualities. Positionality, size, and adjacency within the unit was manipulated, where the outcomes are specified below.

In conjunction with two-room units, simple orientations of three-room units were also explored. The outcomes revealed that with increased complexity from initial specifications produced hyper-complexity in the aggregated outcome.

Single Space

Double Space

2 Volume, Joined Space

TWO-ROOM UNITS: RESIDENTIAL UNIT DEPLOYMENTS OF AGGREGATED PARTS.

448

2 Volume, Separated Space

4.4.1

4.4.5

4.4.9

4.4.2

4.4.6

4.4.10

4.4.3

4.4.7

4.4.11

4.4.4

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

4.4.8

Triple Space

Double Space

4.4.12

Triple Space

3 Volume, Separated Space

Variable Height, Separated Space

3 Volume, Joined Space

Triple Space

Variable Height, Joined Space

4.5.1

4.5.5

4.5.9

4.5.2

4.5.6

4.5.10

4.5.3

4.5.7

4.5.11

4.5.4

4.5.8

THREE-ROOM UNITS: RESIDENTIAL UNIT DEPLOYMENTS OF AGGREGATED PARTS. 4.5.12

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

449

SPACE VS MATERIAL: RESIDENTIAL UNITS With space and volume operating along a spectrum, there is a dynamic between the amount of material volume a residential unit contains and the floor space it provides. This operates at the scale of an internal material banking system, where there exists a possibility to allow integrated parts to produce new conditions of space. 4.4.6

4.4.1

Small Unit

4.5.3

Medium Unit

Large Unit

With a residential unit now enabled as a singular macro-element, or macro-module, a further investigation would need to be undertaken to develop it within a framework of external assemblies. What are some of the relationships a residential unit will have with external assemblies? How should aggregation occur? Adjacent Units

Residential Units

4.4.6.1

Material Volume

162 m3 75 SQM

4.4.1.1 205 m3 80 SQM

4.5.3.1 375 m3 110 SQM

4.4.6.2

4.4.1.2

4.5.3.2

4.4.6.3

4.4.1.3

4.5.3.3

184 m3 45 SQM

223 m3 31 SQM

226 m3 65 SQM

265 m3 50 SQM

Structural Assemblies

398 m3 86 SQM

423 m3 48 SQM

EXTERNAL RELATIONS: RELATIONSHIP OF A RESIDENTIAL UNIT TO OTHER UNITS WITHIN AN AGGREGATION, AND TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE WHICH SUPPORTS IT.

450

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

451

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS Shifting attention to the building Residential Space Residential Space 20% Spatial Reduction 0% Spatial Reduction as a whole, a structural analysis was conducted in order to Deflection locate areas within the tower 10 mm 1000 mm + which would suffer from high structural deflection. This was a methodology of prioritizing Commercial Space areas in which structural 0% Spatial Reduction aggregations would develop, creating clusters of structural support in areas where it is needed most. This was done using a series of manipulations Commercial Space 20% Spatial Reduction to control the dynamic between the aggregation volume and the number of allowable spaces within it. Manipulating these variables produce different “maps” for an aggregation to Commercial Space 40% Spatial Reduction take shape, support the structure of the tower, and provide the necessary spaces for residential units to be situated.

Residential Space 20% Spatial Reduction

Residential Space 40% Spatial Reduction

Residential Space 60% Spatial Reduction

Residential Space 80% Spatial Reduction

Commercial Space 60% Spatial Reduction

STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION MAPPING: METHOD TO FIND AREAS OF HIGH DEFLECTION UNDER TYPICAL BUILDING LOADS. AGGREGATION VOLUME (IN WHITE) CHANGES DEPENDING ON HOW MANY SPACES ARE CREATED WITHIN IT.

Commercial Space 80% Spatial Reduction

452

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

453

With a specified aggregation volume, a primary structure of the building could take form. The assembly of which could occur 28% faster than a concrete buillding of the same floor area (Think Wood, 2018). This will occur around the predefined spaces, or voxels, that are meant to house the residential units. Additionally, it will be supported by a vertical shaft which will provide shear support, vertical circulation, and horizontal circulation at each level.

Assembly/ Disassembly

28% Faster Assembly Time Than Concrete

Voxel Spaces

Structural Core/Shear Support

STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES

Primary Structure

Aggregation Space

Voxel Space

Aggregated Structure AGGREGATION VOLUME: VOLUME (WHITE) SPECIFYING THE REGION WHERE STRUCTURAL AGGREGATIONS ARE ALLOWED TO OCCUR. VOXELS (PINK) ARE AREAS WHERE IT IS NOT ALLOWED TO OCCUR.

454

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

455

RESIDENTIAL UNITS: VOXELS Focusing more closely on the voxels themselves, it is possible now to populate them with residential units. These units are adaptations from earlier unit studies, and are manipulated to fit more accurately to the confines of the voxel spaces between the structure.

Unit sizes can be attributed to the number of voxel spaces that the residential unit occupies. A small unit occupies one voxel, where a large unit occupies two. Perforations and openings are created in conjunction with the locations of doorways and access corridors as well as views.

Voxel Occupation

Small Unit

Large Unit

4.4.6.1.1

4.4.6.1.2

4.4.6.1.3

Residential Units Entry Views

Commercial Spaces

456

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Primary Structure

VOXEL SPACES: RESIDENTIAL UNITS OCCUPY THE SPACES WITHIN THE VOXELS, THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE ENCAPSULATES THE UNITS, AND PROVIDES THE NECESSARY STRUCTURE.

Aggregation Occupation Space

VOXEL OCCUPANCY: RESIDENTIAL UNIT ORGANIZATION RELATIVE TO THE SPACE PROVIDED BY THE VOXELS.

Entry Kitchen Entry Bedroom

Entry Kitchen/Dining

Bedroom

Entry Kitchen/Dining/Living

Living Room

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

457

RESIDENTIAL UNITS: TEXTURES

Designing Out Waste

HOW CAN WASTE FROM THE PRIMARY FABRICATION OF MODULES BE USED?

Raw CLT Panel

Primary Fabrication for Module Parts

Secondary Fabrication of Waste

1.0

Contoured Elements

Gradient 1

2.0

Gradient 2

3.0

Gradient 3

4.0

Gradient 4

Warped/Bundled Lines

Original Surface Isolines

_ Waste Module Parts

SURFACE CONTROL: IMAGE MAPPING TO SURFACE MANIPULATION.

The residential units present an interesting opportunity to design out waste. This strategy looks to the waste material produced during primary fabrication of the modules, and uses image mapping to position spin forces to distort surface conditions. These surface conditions can be broken up and mapped onto the waste materials, and turned into textures. 458

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Spin Force Strength

USING WASTE: EXTRACTING WASTE MATERIALS FROM PRIMARY FABRICATION AND USING SECONDARY FABRICATION TO PRODUCE TEXTURES.

+ BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

459

RESIDENTIAL UNITS: TEXTURES

PLUG-AND-PLAY: ADDING TEXTURE ELEMENTS TO THE EXISTING SPACE.

The textures produced through this method may act as plug-and-play elements within the residential space. This has the possibility to grow over time and be sequentially added at the user’s discretion. This may contribute to complexity of the space’s lighting and textural effects.

460

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SEQUENTIAL GROWTH: ADDING TEXTURES TO SPACE OVER TIME.

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

461

PROGRAM AND TEMPORAL DEVELOPMENT Having now established the tectonic relationship between the residential unit and the primary structure of the building, it is possible to reflect upon the entire assembly together. With respect to the building’s programme, it can be interpreted as an open-ended project with ongoing growth and shrinkage.

Programming

The distribution of the project’s programme changes over time, as with the building’s volume growth comes a greater distribution of residential space. This is not a project that is fully realized before it is occupied, rather it may be occupied before it reaches 100% of its capacity.

Spatial Movement Engagement

15%

25%

100% Public Space 0% Residential Space

85% Public Space 15% Residential Space

2,823 m³

4,515 m³

50%

75%

60% Public Space 40% Residential Space

30% Public Space 70% Residential Space

8,382 m³

11,848 m³

Commercial Space

Coworking Space

Residential Units

PROGRAMME: DISTRIBUTION OF PROGRAMME AND SITE ENGAGEMENT.

462

Public Spaces: Commercial and Coworking Public Spaces: Mass Timber Fabrication Research

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

TEMPORAL CHANGE: CHANGE OVER TIME OF THE BUILDING VOLUME AND THE RELATIVE SHIFT IN PROGRAMME

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

463

ORTHOGRAPHICS Ground Floor

Second Floor

3 2 4

Third Floor

Tenth Floor

464

BUILDING SECTION: BUILDING SECTION AT 100% CAPACITY

7 7

10 m

The distribution in programme can also be seen in the plan views. Not only are spatial functions different through the progression of the tower, but the tectonic qualities from the different module deployments are apparent as well. With the ground floor being completely allocated to public space, there is a noticeable difference between it and the Second, Third, and Tenth floors.

1. Commercial space 2. Cafe 3. Mass Timber Fabrication/Research Workshop 4. Residential Access Entry 5. Resident Parking 6. Coworking Space 7. Residential Units

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Section

10 m

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

465

CONCRETE VS MASS TIMBER Concrete

Volume: 6720 m³ Weight: 16,128,000 kg Embodied Carbon: 2,016 kg

Mass Timber

Volume: 15,980 m³ Weight: 7,191,000 kg Sequestered Carbon: 14,280 Tonnes Avoided Carbon Output: 5,525Tonnes Time to Grow Volume: 44 Minutes

Trees 47,940 Trees

Lumber 28,444 m3

South Elevation

West Elevation

North Elevation

East Elevation

CLT 15,980 m3

A return to the initial investigations which had originally set the stage for this study necessitates another comparison. Based off of the work of the Beck Group (2018), Sorensen (2019), Parchomchuk (1968), The Canadian Wood Council (2020), and NRMCA (2008), a number of metrics could be uncovered. It was found that not only did the building end up using 237% more material, it is also 55% lighter than a concrete structure. This impacts a forest area a fraction of the size of U of C Campus, and occupies a material volume that will take only 44 minutes for certified forests to grow. 466

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

MATERIAL COMPARISONS: MEASURING THE METRICS BETWEEN THE PROJECT OUTCOMES AND A COMPARABLE CONCRETE STRUCTURE.

237% More Volume 55% Lighter

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

467

ADAPTING TO SUN PATHS With an established upper limit of the building at 100% of its capacity, an investigation of perforation was undertaken. What does it look like when the sun-exposed faces of the building have outdoor spaces created in them? By removing some residential units, what do these spaces look like? Single Height/ Double Height Outdoor Spaces

ADAPTING TO SUN PATHS: CREATING SINGLE HEIGHT AND DOUBLEHEIGHT OUTDOOR COMMUNAL SPACES.

468

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

469

CIRCULATION Bringing in single and double-height spaces also brings into question how they, and other spaces like them, function with central circulation. As the central core provides vertical circulation, it also provides each floor level with the appropriate horizontal circulation to access the spaces.

The localities in question include residential spaces, outdoor spaces, the co-working space, and the commercial space at the ground level. Each engages with the central circulation somewhat differently, but the dynamic is designed to be universal in a way. In this sense, one type of space can substitute another at any point.

Residential Units Interstitial Circulation Corridor

1 Residential Circulation

2 Outdoor Circulation

3 Coworking Space Circulation

4 Commercial Space Circulation

Vertical Circulation Shaft

Interstitial Circulation Corridor Residential Unit

Re Ac siden ce ss tial

3 4 DOUBLE SECTIONS: IDENTIFYING LOCALITIES OF INTEREST TO UNDERSTAND RELATIONSHIPS TO CENTRAL CIRCULATION.

470

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

LOCALITIES: IDENTIFYING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN SPACES AND CIRCULATION

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

471

COMMERCIAL SPACES

COMMERCIAL SPACE SECTION: A SECTION TAKEN ALONG THE WESTERN EDGE OF THE COMMERCIAL SPACE TO REVEAL DIFFERENT SPATIAL QUALITIES.

How can spaces, such as the commercial space, be perceived differently than others? There is not only a spatial function difference that pertains to 5 certain areas of the project, but there is also a tectonic/textural difference. For the commercial space itself, there is an obvious difference with how it is operating than a residential space. This is in part due to its programmatic function, but also aparent with the scale and tectonic nature at which it is deploying the mass timber modules. The quality of space that it provides is far different than a residential unit. 472

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

473

BUILDING SECTIONS With an obvious contrast to the residential units, the commercial spaces and public areas at the ground level are at the other side of the spatial quality spectrum. What does an in-between space look like? Where are these spaces? How are they constructed?

BUILDING SECTION 2: IDENTIFYING THE PERFORATIONS BETWEEN UNITS. SINGLE AND DOUBLE HEIGHT SPACES.

Section 2 474

10 m

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

An interesting territory of intersection, or in-between space, occurs at the newly-created single and double-hight outdoor communal spaces. These are areas of programmatic overlap, as well as a localities of tectonic intersection.

BUILDING SECTION 3: BUILDING COMPOSITION INCLUDING VERTICAL CIRCULATION AND DOUBLE-HEIGHT SPACES.

Section 3

10 m

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

475

OUTDOOR SPACES With a closer look at the double-height outdoor spaces, it is evident that these spaces are the territories of intersection. This is speaking both to a programmatic quality about it, as well as tectonic relationships. Here is where private and public coexist, and where the two modular typologies intersect. Together, these qualities produce a new and distinct spatial typology within the building; one that captures the qualities of both residential and public.

DOUBLE-HEIGHT OUTDOOR SPACES: A NEW SPATIAL TYPOLOGY CREATED IN THE CONTEXT OF THE BUILDING. PARTIALLY PUBLIC AND PARTIALLY PRIVATE.

476

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

477

CONCLUSION

• Serialized production of androgynous elements is a viable alternative to conventional methods of construction. • A discrete modular system is a viable solution for responding to spatial demand change over time. • Even with increased complexity and volume, an androgynous modular system of mass timber has the potential to out-perform certain metrics of conventional construction.

478

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

BUILDING-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

479

Introduction to User-Centric Normal The target of the normative usercentric building is to prioritize the function, habitat and adaptation of the design for all users. To achieve this, our group takes advantage of the properties of mass timber to develop projects that are healthy, accessible, comfortable, affordable, and sustainable in a balanced manner. The normative design approach integrates into the existing fabric of housing construction and current architectural realm.

HOUSING DIVERSITY

REDUCING ISOLATION

ACTIVE LIVING

AFFORDABILITY FLEXIBLE BUILT ENVIRONMENTS

480

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

OUTDOOR ACCESS

Each respective housing typology focuses on the topic that is the most concerning for its relative scale. The detached home focuses on the flexibility of the built environment and the integration with the outdoors, making healthy and accessible housing which can be adapted to fit various users throughout its lifetime. The midrise building then uses its scale to focus on affordable solutions for diverse users. Examples include providing a variety of unit sizes and types, sustainable practices to reduce their cost of living, or easier access to amenities that reduce their travel time to further locations. The focus of the tower is to reduce the isolation of residents and create a greater amount of access to a wide range of social and physical environments. It uses mass timber and current design standards to create a high-quality built environment for the residents and visitors.

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

481

Criteria List As part of the design development process, the UserCentric Normal team created a criteria list with simple but focused questions to help them visualize what makes a good building for its users. These initial questions were then revised multiple times to target the unique goals for each typology. Additionally, these revisions incorporated mass timber to ensure that the materials chosen were part of the entire process. Final questions studied include, how can massing exercises communicate a mass timber building that emphasizes choice, active design, natural light access, and passive house design? or how does mass timber facilitate a variety of spaces that respond to usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; affordability and health needs?

CRITERIA

Aesthetically Pleasing

Pleasurable Experience

Comfortable HABITAT

Health

Control ADAPTABILITY

Flexible Responsive

FUNCTION

Is there adequate variety and use of space, material and light within the building? Is it designed at human scale? (height, width, distance, pattern) Is it inviting and comfortable in terms of temperature, light access, noise level, material choice? (psychrometric chart) Is there access to fresh air? Access to natural light in all living spaces? (Diffuse, no glare, 55% of space reaches 300 lux) Adequate access to green space? (50% of site footprint) Building design emphasizes active design? (emphasize stairs over mechanical transport) Choices of materials are appropriate and sustainable. (Red list) Is there good noise isolation? STC Rating 50+/solid walls between units Are there multiple (4+) types living options available? Can the user control lighting? Can user control heating, ventilation & humidity? Can the interior be changed to adapt to the needs of the user? (walls, adaptive modules) Does the architecture respond to the needs and wants of dwellers? (time of day, season, economic/personal status)

Inclusive

Is the building welcoming to wide range of economic and social status?

Reliable

Is the space intuitive, logical and legible? (by review) Does the space have a use and perform for its intended use? Does it include an educational aspect and identify the key qualities of the building? Does the building provide an inclusive environment for users of all ability levels? Is the building accessible to a variety of transport options? Lower energy costs through passive house design? (-% below standard)

Useful

Accessible Sustainability

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Do they find the overall design aesthetically pleasing? (By consensus) Do the find the interior spaces aesthetically pleasing? (by consensus)

Choice

482

EVALUATION

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

483

DIY DWELLING In a landscape of inflexible, unsustainable and mundane housing typologies, a modular mass timber system makes way for a truly user-centric design. Adaptable to a variety of user types and living situations, dwellers augment their spaces through the lifespan of the structure to best fit their needs. The result is a house that works for the user, instead of against them. Pre-fabricated mass timber panels, skin, and partitions are incorporated within a raised floor framework that provides an abundance of possibility for the layout of the home. Users augment their living spaces to allow for a variety of program to be incorporated through the movement of partition walls. Mass timber can accommodate various housing options in a modular way, while also including the access of natural light, solar optimization of the building

484

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

envelope and passive house design, while also capitalizing on green space for the integration of healthy living and active design. The allocation of an additional laneway home on the property allows for a greater degree of flexibility provided in possible living situations without compromising the accessibility of other site factors, such as parking and green space. Sequestered carbon advantages of mass timber construction create a sustainable framework for new housing development to be implemented. Modular mass timber solutions are also effective in supporting adaptable environments and healthy habitats, which are integral to the single family typology.

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

485

CURRENT HOUSING MARKET

TOO SMALL TOO SMALL TOO SMALL

RIGIDRIGID RIGID

BORING BORINGBORING

486

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

TOO BIG TOO BIG TOO BIG

UGLYUGLY UGLY

$$$ $$$

$$$

INACCESSIBLE INACCESSIBLE INACCESSIBLE

INFLEXIBLE INFLEXIBLE INFLEXIBLE

The existing territory of the single family home is often inflexible, unsustainable, and fails to meet the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s needs. With a diverse pool of possible users, homes become zones of conflict as users try to adapt to their new living situations. What happens if the home adapts to the user instead? What needs to be developed is a framework that is versatile to various different user groups to ensure that their home works for them and not against them.

UNSUSTAINABLE UNSUSTAINABLE UNSUSTAINABLE

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

487

THE USER BY 2040, THE POPULATION WILL GROW BY 40%

THE DESI FAMILY LARGE FAMILIES MULTI-GENERATIONAL

TONS OF LUGGAGE

SPIRITUAL + RELIGIOUS

STRONG CULTURAL IDENTITY PART OF THE WORKFORCE

488

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Alberta is faced with a growing population, where housing must meet the demand for densification. With a projected growth of up to 47% from immigration, the Desi Family is the perfect case study to implement for the single family home. These are large families from abroad, which bring their share of baggage. They are frequently composed of multiple generations living within the same household, and therefore require an abundance of space. They have strong religious and cultural identities, and are a major part of the Canadian workforce. Their dwellings should not only accomodate, but also celebrate their identities.

47% OF GROWTH IS PROJECTED TO BE FROM IMMIGRATION.

(Statistics Canada, 2019)

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

489

SITE DENSITY DETERMINANTS

RAMSAY

CALGARY

CURRENT

PROPOSED x2

In order to meet the 2050 population projections within the exisiting area of the city of Calgary.

853

km2

1,300 per km2

2,600 per km2

(Statistics Canada, 2020)

SITE 662 m2

For the expectation of the cityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s density to double, residential areas will be densified by a factor of 2.

770 m2 per person

385 m2 per person

CURRENT

PROPOSED x 1.2

PROPOSED x2

2,187 per km2

2,600 per km2

4,374 per km2

1 km2

DENSIFICATION + PERSONAL SPACE 770 m2 per person

490

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

380 m2 per person

The provision of the option of an additional laneway house on the property allows for flexibility in choice of housing, while also responding to growing density requirements.

228 m2 per person

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

491

EXISTING CONDITION

PROPOSED CHANGES

1020 8 ST SE RAMSAY, CALGARY

LANEWAY HOUSE

DIVERSE HOUSING OPTIONS

NEW HOUSE

m GARAGE

8 ST

492

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

MOVE YOUR MOTHER-IN-LAW CLOSE, BUT NOT TOO CLOSE

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

493

HYBRID ASSEMBLY SYSTEM MAXIMUM FLATBED ALLOWANCE PREFABRICATION + ASSEMBLY ON SITE The assembly logic is developed in a hybrid fashion, in regard to being intuitive to build, but also providing a high degree of adaptability to the user.

16.1 m

Open floor design allows for intuitive spaces that are easily adaptable for the user.

Single-Family House Construction Time Comparison

2.59 m

Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

Construction Cost Comparison Steel/Concrete Mass Timber

46,000 lbs

Modular pieces can be shipped and assembled on site. Dwellers are able to choose from a variety of sizes and design their own ideal home.

Modular pieces of mass timber are strategically developed to fit within the maximum flatbed allowance on semi-trucks for ease of transport and fast construction.

2.59 m

Mass Timber: A Faster, More Affordable, and More Sustainable Way to Build Housing, Zeitler-fletcher, S., Will, P., & Mclellan, J., 2018

MODULAR PIECES

Walls, Floor, and Roof Panels 1.25 m

2.5 m

Posts and Beams 2.5 m 5m 10 m

2.5 m

Roof Trusses

2.5 m 10 m

494

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

495

MASS TIMBER + SKIN 2.5 m

MODULAR PANELS

2.5 m

LID

Pre-fabricated panels interfaced with technology such as CNC routing allows for the development of aesthetic contours and textures, with the ability to mimic pre-existing patterns. Users are able to choose their desired effect.

CNC TECHNOLOGY

IT AV

V OU

496

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

O EW

E CR

NK LA

ICK

ING SH

FIR

IO AT R O RF

O NT

E TT PA

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

497

RAISED FLOOR SYSTEM The ease of repair, maintenance, and integration of building systems within the framework of the house is provided through a raised floor system. Ventilation, plumbing, and electrical can be hidden with a variety of furnishings.

Ease of assembly and disassembly with modular panels

Wall panel systems allow for easy assembly and disassembly

Raised floor locates building systems out of sight

Integration of electrical, HVAC, and other building systems

498

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Open floorplan provides ease of access

Movable partitions create added flexibility of the floorplan

Double height space allows for deeper penetration of natural light

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

499

EXPERIENTIAL PROPERTIES

Interior and exterior textured mass timber surface Interior and exterior textured treatments provide choice mass timber surface and variety treatments provide choice and variety

Floor to ceiling windows integrate biophilic desires and easy access Floor to ceiling windows integrate to outdoor activities biophilic desires and easy access to outdoor activities

Diverse textures and transparencies divide Diverse textures and the space transparencies divide the space

500

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

501

FLEXIBLE FOOTPRINTS Use of a gridded and modular m allows for the assembly 2.5 system easy customization and substitution m Open floor plans allow of2.5 pieces. for adaptability, accessibility, and intuitive circulation through the spaces.

2.5 m 2.5 m

Modular design with mass timber allows for an open, flexible, and inclusive building footprint based on the needs of the dweller. It provides a high degree of variability and choice, as compared to the inflexible and â&#x20AC;&#x153;one-size fits allâ&#x20AC;? current housing market.

502

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

503

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

SINGLE DWELLER

Family situations can vary, and over the lifetime of the home, the layout must be flexible enough to incorporate various uses.

Double height spaces can be achieved to allow for more natural light

Kitchen

Flex Room

Living

Washroom

Bedroom

Circulation

Storage

Partition

Dining

Wall

504

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

505

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

COUPLE

The typology of the single family home should provide room for future growth in order to be a sustainable housing model.

Kitchen

Flex Room

Living

Washroom

Bedroom

Circulation

Storage

Partition

Dining

Wall

Additional spaces can be implemented for future growth

Open layout is adaptable to various program uses

506

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

507

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

NUCLEAR FAMILY

The basic user of the single family house is the nuclear family, so the design must be adaptable enough to ensure adequate spaces for all members.

Kitchen

Flex Room

Living

Washroom

Bedroom

Circulation

Storage

Partition

Dining

Wall

Variety of aesthetic choices

Flex rooms accomodate various uses unique to each family

508

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

509

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

MULTI-GENERATIONAL

An increasing amount of multi-generational households communicate the desire for privacy, while incorporating flexible program zones.

Allocation of privacy and space for all dwellers

Kitchen

Flex Room

Living

Washroom

Bedroom

Circulation

Storage

Partition

Dining

Wall

Flexible program zones provided through movable partitions

510

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

511

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

I THINK WE NEED MORE MILK.

Movable partition walls create spacial divisions and add visual interest

EASILY ACCOMMODATE 2 REFRIDGERATORS!

Open floorplan allows for added flexibility for the dweller to move walls and augment the space

AGAIN?!

I THINK WE NEED TO MOVE THE WALL.

512

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ALL THE STORAGE FOR YOUR DESI CLOTHES! USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

513

FLEXIBLE PROGRAM

An adjustable framework allows for imitless options for program placement and type

MUMMY?

NOT NOW, TINTU. L1

SEPARATE YOUR HOME AND WORK LIFE!

MUMMY? Clear sightlines create an intuitive and logical layout with a connection to the outdoors

NOT NOW, TINTU. L1

514

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

FLEXIBLE SPACES FOR EASY HOSTING! USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

515

MASSING STRATEGIES

HOUSING SIZE OPTIONS

NATURAL LIGHT

Housing options appeal to a variety of economic and family statuses.

Natural light access benefits health and immunity.

SOLAR OPTIMIZATION

GREEN SPACE

Lower energy costs through solar optimization and passive house design. 50%

Biophilic design integrates the outdoors and active lifestyles.

516

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

75%

100%

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

517

MASSING STRATEGIES

COMBINED APPROACH One exploration into how massing strategies can be combined, with the added layer of accessibility directly onto the street front so that the design is inclusive for user groups of all ability levels.

HO OP USING TIO NS

Housing options appeal to a variety of economic and family statuses. 518

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SO TIM LAR IZA TIO N

Lower energy costs through solar optimization and passive house design.

NA TU

IGH T

Natural light access benefits health and immunity.

EE N AC SPA CE SS CE

Biophilic design integrates the outdoors and active lifestyles.

AC C

SIB

LIT

An accessible environment for all abilities is created through a connection to the streetfront. USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

519

SITE PLAN Blending into the existing fabric of the residential neighborhood, the DIY Dwelling logic can be applied to a multitude of sites in the Calgary area. Access is available from 8 street or the back lane. The allocation of a laneway home on the property allows for a greater degree of flexibility provided in possible living situations without compromising the accessibility of other site factors, such as parking and green space. 8 ST SE

BACK LANE

520

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

10m

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

521

MATERIALITY

WEST

SOUTH

The selected materiality of the dwelling using mass timber skin can be communicated in a multitude of ways.

NORTH

522

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

EAST

With the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ability to substitute skin pieces in various textures or transparencies, the aesthetic has the potential to be changed depending on the desired look.

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

523

FLEXIBLE LIVING

LIVE TOGETHER Open layouts and sightlines optimize an integrated housing relationship where dwellers can have meaningful exchanges in shared zones. This creates opportunity for multiple families to co-exist and have common areas to hang out.

YOU CAN BE BEST FRIENDS!

524

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

525

FLEXIBLE LIVING

OR APART Living situations can change, and the house should be able to adapt. Spaces can be augmented depending on privacy concerns with the arrangement of moveable partition walls that can be integrated into the raised floor system.

BUT EVERYONE NEEDS SPACE

526

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

527

HOUSE PLAN SPICE KITCHEN KITCHEN

DINING

OFFICE SPICE PANTRY KITCHEN KITCHEN

DINING

OFFICE STORAGE PANTRY

STORAGE LIVING ROOM

FOYER UP

LIVING ROOM

FOYER WASHROOM

PLAYROOM

CLOSET

CLOSET WASHROOM

PLAYROOM

CLOSET

528

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

529

HOUSE PLAN

SPICE KITCHEN KITCHEN OFFICE CLOSET

DINING

PRAYER ROOM

PANTRY MASTER BATHROOM

DOWN

CLOSET

STORAGE

MASTER BEDROOM

BEDROOM

LIVING ROOM

FOYER

BATH WASHROOM ROOM CLOSET BEDROOM

530

LAUNDRY PLAYROOM

FAMILY ROOM

BEDROOM

CLOSET

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

531

LANEWAY HOUSE PLAN SPICE KITCHEN KITCHEN

DIN

OFFICE PANTRY

STORAGE LIVING ROOM UP

FOYER

LIVIN ROO

GARAGE

BACKYARD

WASHROOM UP

CLOSET

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

532

PLAYROOM

CLOSET

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

533

LANEWAY HOUSE PLAN

SPICE KITCHEN KITCHEN

DIN

OFFICE PANTRY

FLEX ROOM STORAGE DOWN

DINING

FOYER

WASHROOM

LIVIN ROO

CLOSET

BATHROOM

PLAYROOM

CLOSET

KITCHEN

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

534

BEDROOM

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

535

SUSTAINABILITY Flexible housing options are made available through the allocation of a laneway house

Slanted roof allows for optimized solar panel placement and passive house ventilation Double height space allows for deeper penetration of natural light Accessibility for all user types is promoted by connecting with the streetfront

Shared green space is maximized and accessible to promote healthy lifestyles

Modular pieces can promote material recycling and re-use.

536

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Taking advantage of the thermal properties of mass timber for reduced heat transfer

Encourages user participation in the design process so that their home can be customized

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

537

CARBON SEQUESTRATION

151

metric tons of CO2

124

metric tons of CO2

29 VOLUME OF WOOD PRODUCTS:

122 m3

100 m3

CARBON STORED:

109 metric tons of CO2

90 metric tons of CO2

AVOIDED GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS:

42 metric tons of CO2

35 metric tons of CO2

TOTAL POTENTIAL CARBON BENEFIT:

151 metric tons of CO2

124 metric tons of CO2

538

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

cars off the road per year

homes can be provided energy for 1 year

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

539

CONCLUDING THOUGHTS The DIY Dwelling becomes an adaptable system in which the built environment responds to usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; needs. Modular mass timber solutions are effective in implementing a functional user-centric framework, supporting adaptable environments, healthy habitats, and sustainability initiatives which are integral to the single family typology.

540

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

541

Mid-Rise Village Mixed-Use Building

As of 2016, 12% of Inglewoodâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s residents are single-parents and 88% of those are women. Considering the cost to raise a child and the over ten-thousand-dollar wage gap between male and female residents, the need for more affordable housing becomes apparent. With this in mind, one begins to wonder whether mass timber and prefab construction can be used as a tool to improve affordability for the new low-income renters and, more importantly, the single mothers that could use the help to raise their child. Mass timberâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s role in this is the fact that construction time and cost decreases significantly, which equals to less expensive rental units. Furthermore, the use of CLT panels can lead to up to 10% more usable space within the building through its R-Value. Since the assemblies are built off-site, the panels are not exposed to the exterior elements when constructed and hence improve the quality of construction. The building also uses a variety of design strategies to improve affordability, such as increasing the exposure to natural light and ventilation or only providing solar heat energy during the colder months. The building adapts to the lifestyle of users by facilitating expandable rental units and providing amenity spaces that reduce the need for larger apartments. Lastly, the design promotes healthy living to reduce the cost of chronic health conditions in a biophilic environment. By using mass timber, the building sequesters CO2 equal to 416 cars being taken off the road per year; even though it would only take Canadian forests 4 minutes to grow this much wood. 542

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

543

CAN MASS TIMBER AND PREFAB CONSTRUCTION BECOME A TOOL TO IMPROVE AFFORDABILITY FOR THE RESIDENTS?

544

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

545

Site

The site for mid-rise buildings is located in Inglewood along what some call the Music Mile. As the first community in Calgary, Inglewood has developed a rich history that is complemented by its unique stores and artistic culture.

HISTORY

MUSIC MILE COMMERCE

546

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ART

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

547

Climate

Due to the low neighbouring buildings surrounding the site, the lot receives plenty of daylight and direct access to wind throughout the year.

N YEARLY SUN PATH

548

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

MAY-OCT WIND ROSE

NOV-APR WIND ROSE

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

549

People

The population of Inglewood is dominated by young adults and lacks underage people. It consists of 63% Third Gen or more residents, which means that only 16% are immigrants. 45% of residents live by themselves and, for those that do not, 61% are couples without children. 12% are single parents living with their kids and, out of which, an alarming 88% are women (Statistics Canada, 2016).

63%

Third Gen or more 21% Second Gen 16% First Gen

85+ 80-84 75-79

Female

Male

70-74 65-69 60-64

88%

55-59 50-54

Female lone-parents

45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34

45% 38% 11%

25-29 20-24 1 Person Households 2 Person Households 3 Person Households

15-19

61%

10-14 5-9

Couples without children Couples with children 27% Lone-parents 12%

0-4 8%

550

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

551

Living

In Inglewood, the median income for lone-parents is 54.9k. If we consider the average cost to raise a child in Canada, which is estimated to be about 13k per year (Brown, 2015) and that there is a 12.4k income difference between men and women, one begins to see the affordability concerns that make it difficult to raise a child in this neighbourhood. In the same time frame, there was an increase of rental housing in the area by 13%, which makes Apartments the leading housing typology at 34% as of 2016. Yet, a surprising 26% of households cannot afford the median rent price in Inglewood (Statistics Canada, 2016) (Census Mapper, 2020).

13%

Increase in rental housing (2011-2016)

26%

Households that cannot afford median rent (2011) Do not qualify to buy a house (2011) 33%

54.9K

Lone-Parent Median Income 97.4k Household Median Income

13K

per year to raise a child until they are 18 (Canada)

34%

Apartments 30% Single-Detached 20% Semi-Detached 16% Row

46.6K

Female Median Income 59k Male Median Income

552

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

553

Resident

This is why this project can attempt to balance some of these metrics and develop a mid-rise village geared towards new low income renters who are or will soon become parents. More importantly, the building will make the life of an average single mom, who is the main character of this story, more affordable at different scales

NEW RENTER

LOW INCOME

Mom 30 y.o.

1-5 PPL FUTURE PARENTS 554

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SINGLE PARENT USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

555

Affordability

As a starting point, the project uses a variety of strategies to make the building affordable for her, Such as using passive design principles to reduce energy costs but also staying conscious of when and how the building is cooled and heated, Another strategy is to provide a variety of unit sizes to create an environment with mixed family sizes.

Passive Design to reduce energy cost

556

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Responsive strategies to reduce energy cost

At the same time, it is important to provide adaptability solutions that adjust to changes in her lifestyle. By promoting a healthy living environment, the project can also reduce chronic medical costs that could have been avoided. Lastly, all of these strategies would not be as effective if users do not understand why things are the way they are, so it is important to also provide educative elements in the design.

Variety to accommodate different living conditions

Adaptability to adjust to lifestyle changes

Healthy Living to reduce medical costs

Educative elements to nurture a knowledgeable community

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

557

Since the building aims to be affordable for the residents, it should also aim to be cheaper to build, which is why the project uses prefab as a construction method. But, why not use wood frame prefab panels? After all, Calgary allows buildings to be built with wood frame construction up to 6 storeys high. The issue with those light duty panels is that they are not built with the user in mind, this is because of things like excessive thermal bridging thru the studs that break the thermal barrier or that the panels are not as stable as mass timber when transported which might lead to damage in the assembly.

Therefore, the building uses CLT Panels since they would make it easier for the builders to achieve an air tight envelope that requires less materials to build. These panels are built at a nearby factory where, through a mostly automated process, the materials are assembled in an indoor environment (See (De)Fabrication/Mid Office in the Manufacturing section of the research). In the factory, the workers are not affected by the weather which also improves the quality of construction. Meanwhile, other builders are excavating and pouring the foundation at the site.

EFFICIENT

DURABLE Excessive Thermal Bridging

Air Tightness, ideal for Passive House Standards Poor Structural Stability during Transportation No vapour barrier required

PREFAB 558

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ENVELOPE USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

559

Process

Through an iterative process driven by curiosity and guided by continuously revised questions, potential ideas were studied to quickly understand multiple possibilities for the project.

Perforated Screen to allow private outdoor spaces on commercial streetscape

Angled (15d) rose stained slats to deflect unwanted sunlight

Faux Fachwerk Construction to showcase mass timber structure

Brick on insulated assembly

EXTERIOR APPLICATION Entries

Direct Access to Sunlight

Natural Light Exposure

Increased Ventilation M4

Dynamic facade to promote an engaging environment Natural materials to attribute to biophilic design Concrete finish promotes modern aesthetic at an affordable cost

Space Shading Diversity & Reduction Exposure

560

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Maintained Streetscape Language

Flow Responsive Carving

Angled rosestained slats to reduce noise propagation Textured 2â&#x20AC;? concrete finish for thermal mass performance

EXTERIOR / INTERIOR APPLICATION

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

561

Hood

The site itself shares the neighbourhood with a wide variety of services from which the Child Development Centre, directly east of the developed area, alleviates the need for that service within the building while bringing young life to the block.

LOCAL

ACTIVE CRAFT

562

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

COMMUNITY USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

563

Land

These children use the existing playground and the open field of Jack Long Park, which is why it is crucial to not remove this aspect of the site. At the same time, a quick study of pedestrian flows reveals potential gathering areas. These are then transformed into different kinds of spaces, each with a specific purpose. First is the alley that runs through the whole block to direct people towards the river to the north. Then is the plaza that facilitates an event space near the entrance to Inglewood. Lastly, the garden where the community is exposed to a biophilic environment is where they can go to relax.

ENGAGED

Detached

NATURAL

Open Space

HEALTHY

Playgrounds

Garden

Arboretum

Ramp Plaza

Open Space Garden Patio Plaza

Mixed-Use

Alley

Patio

Alexandra Centre

Bookstore

FLOW 564

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PROGRAM

Commercial

EXPLORATION USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

565

Together these spaces provide an active and highly visible environment where the single mom does not have to worry when her child plays with the other kids while she cooks lunch.

ENGAGED

SAFE

Detached Open Space

Playgrounds

Garden Ramp Plaza

Alexandra Centre

Mixed-Use

Bookstore

Commercial

EXPLORATION 566

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

STREET VIEW TO OPEN SPACE

HABITAT USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

567

Edge

Aside from creating a safe outdoor space, the building is designed to respond to the existing conditions to improve the quality of life within. This is done by slicing the building so that a single unit can receive sunlight thorugh the whole unit. Mass Timber facilitates this by allowing the construction of units with long spans without the need for intermediate

structural elements. Then, an adequately large access point is established to highlight the connection to the park through the alley. Finally, the scale of the building is lowered on the east and north sides to reduce shading and continue the language of the neighbouring buildings.

RESPONSIVE

SITE

BARRIERLESS

UNIT DAYLIGHT

15m MAX (transport) ACCESS

MASS 568

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2.4m TYP.

SCALE

SIZING USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

569

Through this process the bldg maintains a legible form that complements the neighbouring structures. The pitched middle block houses the amenity spaces. By doing this, the importance of the communal spaces is emphasized with the goal of attracting more users into the space.

INTEGRATED

LEGIBLE

ORGANIZATION STREET VIEW FROM 9TH AVE

570

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CHARACTER USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

571

Similarly, the materials and patterns were chosen to pay homage to Inglewoodâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s historic architecture while also to celebrate mass timber construction in a way that gives the bldg a modern appeal.

EXPRESSIVE

HISTORIC

FACHWERK

SOUTH BRICK COMMUNITY

CNC CUT CLT

MODERNITY INNATELY TOO OLD

TOO CURVY

DWELLING 572

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

NORTH

PATTERNS USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

573

COMFORTABLE

The units are then pushed back from the south property line to create a comfortable and alluring entry experience that still lets light into the unit on both sides of the building. On the north side, the Townhouse units make the transition from the park to the four to six storey apartment buildings less abrupt.

Bldg Height 20.45 Level 6 17.00 Level 5 14.00 Level 4 11.00 Level 3 8.00 Level 2 5.00

Level 1 0.00

SOUTH

SECTION THRU W BLOCK Bldg Height 20.45 Level 6 17.00 Level 5 14.00 Level 4 11.00 Level 3 8.00 Level 2 5.00

Level 1 0.00

NORTH

574

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SECTION THRU ALLEY

LAYERING USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

575

Pine

Brick

Copper

Stucco

POROUS 62d

Up to 10% more Usable Area

15d

Angled @ 15d

Complement

Respect

Highlight

Light Diffusion

Diffuse

The layered skin uses a mixture of strategies to make the living condition of the mom more convenient. This includes the wooden screen on the south facade that is spaced and stained to mimic the brick below. The angled horizontal slats limit the amount of rays that enter during summer but allow heat energy to penetrate into the units. CLT panels throughout the building are left unfinished as much as possible to increase the probability that they will be reused at the end of the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s life cycle.

Minimal infiltration

Thermal Mass + Slip Resistant Reflective Finish

SUMMER

SOUTH

576

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

WINTER

TRANSITION USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

577

Public

At the ground level, the CRU’s are programmed to keep the public spaces active at different times of the day and to provide helpful services to improve affordability. The iterations show studies of how a mixture of uses can be themed to provide specific services. From these, the craft theme seems ideal as a way to feed Inglewood’s culture and still provide useful services. The exposed mass timber that wraps the covered area provides a welcoming entry that, with the use of glulam beams, can easily span across the 18m wide alley.

LIVELY

HELPFUL Convenience and Retail Recreational Classes Outdoor Shopping GOODS & SERVICES

SHOP ALLEY Cheap Goods Pharmacy Cheap Meals Workshop Local Manufacturing Creative dishes

CRAFT Service Retail Goods Retail Foodservice

578

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

FUNCTION

COMMERCE

ALLEY AT NIGHT

ACCESS USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

579

The final proposed program includes a Cook & Eat restaurant where prices are lowered since the customer has to do part of the work. Additionally, the Game Cafe would remain open till late at night to provide a safe walking environment.

LOCAL

The plaza and covered area adapt to the time of the year and day. For example, this means that while the plaza facilitates outdoor community events during the summer, businesses would use the space for winter events. Such as by hosting an event with igloo tents where customers can warm up and snack at the same time. As for the daily changes, the covered area could become an outdoor extension for the businesses where daytime is for shopping while nighttime is for workshop activities.

SEASONS 580

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

CHANGING

3 Bd TH

Plaza

Admin UP

UP UP

Cook & Eat

TIME

Kombucha Workshop

3 Bd TH

Equipment Rental

W/C

Buskers Shopping Workshop-ing Play Area ........

Community Event Shopping Play Area Igloo Tents

CHANGING

Ramp

3 Bd TH W/C

Alley

Game Cafe Clothing

LEVEL 1

CULTURE USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

581

Private

Bldg Height

For the private spaces, the goal was to incorporate some of the benefits of living in detached homes, such as providing access to an outdoor space and a sense of individuality. Since space is limited, different program combinations were studied to ensure the single mom can easily access helpful amenities.

20.45 Level 6 17.00 Level 5

INVIGORATING

14.00 Level 4 11.00 Level 3 8.00 Level 2 5.00

By isolating the amenity block and taking advantage of CLT’s Fire resistance, the spaces within become invigorating locations intended to make her feel subconsciously motivated.

SEMI-DETACHED

Level 1 0.00

HELPFUL

Work Exercise Play

Build Workshop Sport Court Digital Play Individuality Access to Outdoors +2 Exterior Walls

RECREATION

FUNCTION

LIVING 582

Office Space Gym Children’s Play

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

AMENITIES

TENANT WORK SPACE

INTERIOR USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

583

This begins at the second level where the Digital and Physical play areas accommodate users of different ages.

EXCITING

DIVERSE 2 Bd Unit DN

Digital Play Area

Cook & Eat L2

Open Play Area DN

LEVEL 2

584

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SPACES

STAIRS TO LEVEL 2

TRANSITIONS USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

585

Meanwhile on the Third Floor, aside from the exercise area, this floor houses a studio unit and two 1 bedroom units with party walls that can be partially removed to create larger units, as seen on the 4th floor.

REACHING

DIVERSE

Exercise Area

LEVEL 3

586

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

ROOMMATES

LEVEL 3 CORRIDOR

LIGHT USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

587

Here is where the single mom chose to live with her sisterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s family. This floor is also where the work space is located. The work space is intended for those living with too many people in one unit and need the space to focus.

TEXTURED

DIVERSE

Work Space

LEVEL 4

588

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

EXPANSIONS

APARTMENT BRIDGE

ENTRY USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

589

Lastly, the top floors are intended for larger families or groups of roommates as they require more space and create more noise. Level 5 also provides access to a shared rooftop patio on the neighbouring building.

AESTHETICALLY

DIVERSE

Rooftop Patio

LEVEL 5 & 6 (SIM)

590

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SIZES

LEVEL 6 BALCONY

MASS TIMBER USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

591

Home

Because of the modularity of mass timber, it is relatively easy for the mom and her sister to request a unit expansion. This expansion makes living conditions more affordable because it would cost more to rent two separate units, and by doing this, they are able to live in a unit with a larger common space.

DEDICATED

ADAPTIVE

LIVING 592

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

COMBINED UNIT

REST USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

593

Impact

NEW

commercial rental units

25 1586

m3 wood used in panels

= 416

594

minutes to grow in Canadian forests

cars off the road/year

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

208

new rental units

EXTRA

garden & plaza spaces

work, play, exercise spaces

549

metric tons of CO2 avoided 1418 metric tons of CO2 stored

powered homes/year

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

595

Vertical Neighbourhood Normative User-Centric Tower The user centric tower aims to use mass timber design as its currently available and feasible within the architecture and construction industry. The goal is to use the material attributes of mass timber to create a vertical neighbourhood that responds to the rigid and isolating residential tower typology. Using mass timber as a physical framework for the design, the spaces are developed using aspects of the Nine Criteria of Livable Urban Density by David Sim (2019). Investigation of the needs and wants of the community, and a set of well-rounded spaces and programs is developed for a wide variety of users. Through wellbeing focused amenities and programs, as well as increased access to public areas and green space, the overall design aims to create a more desirable high density community. The interior spaces use mass timber and complementary natural materials along with designs that focus on flexibility, adaptability for a wide range of users as well as better access to daylight, fresh air and outdoor spaces for the residents.

596

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

597

Structural Adaptability Within a tower, there are multiple users. Those users change several times throughout the life of the building; all at different moments from one another. To build in flexibility and adaptability, mass timber structural strategies were studied in respect to their ability to be swapped in and out, or replaced as needed. Starting with two standard systems, it can be seen that Post & Beam allows for far more flexibility than a Column & Slab system. This also reveals how pieces interact and connect to each other and create a formal language for the building.

Post & Beam

Column & Slab

598

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

599

Structural Arrangements

CLT Wall & Floor

Column & Slab

Long Span

Post & Beam - Square

Post & Beam - Diamond

Crossed Beam

Structurally inflexible and constrains space. Excellent shear resistance.

Floor panels are hard to remove. Leaves good floor to ceiling heights

Can do large spans, but not as flexible for specific programs and spaces

Structure may get in the way of vertical and horizontal services. Provides good flexibility

The columns create complex wall connections

May clash with horizontally running services

600

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

601

Cross Bracing

Chosen Structure Capital Column The column is designed in order achieve adaptability, flexibility and decrease service space. The use of columns allows for greater flexibility in wall and room arrangements. The small capital at the top of the column allows it support the floor above while allowing the floor sections to be removed below it if desired. The lack of beams creates greater flexibility in services and in return allows for larger floor-toceiling heights. This 5 by 5 meter column grid system was used in all areas with the exception of the swimming pool, which uses long span glulam beams in order to create a larger op en space.

According to this research from Phase 1, it has been determined there is a need for a couple unique strucural features. In order to reduce the use of concrete and provide a mass timber core, an exoskeleton is the primary solution in order to resist shear while minimizing loss of floor area and allowing for a greater amount of interior flexibility.

602

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

603

Panelized Walls, Ceiling & Floors The modularity of the construction takes advantage of mass timber prefabrication and unitized construction methods. The CLT floor slabs are topped with a radiant floor system to more efficiently heat the space. All services are run through the ceiling or walls leaving the floor plane clear of holes or other obstructions. The walls and ceiling surfaces are modular panels that can be taken apart and moved. They include hollow sections for services to be run through them. This allows components within the building to be easily changed or swapped out depending on the users needs or wants. This modularity can be especially useful when new tenants move in, different circumstances develop, families grow, or if one would like to age in place.

Services Section

Radiant Floor Slab

Modular Wall Elements

SAM Units Designed by Bao Living 604

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

605

Modularity

The wall and ceiling components are modular, break down into pieces that allow services to be run through them. All millwork is based on Smart Adaptive Modules (Bao Living). The system keeps all wiring and piping within the modules, allowing them to be moved or rearranged or changed over time if needed without having to move services in the walls.

606

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SAM Millwork

Modular Wall Panels

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

607

Site The site for the tower is located on the corner of 12th Avenue SE and Olympic Way in Calgary. This falls in the Victoria Park region. This area falls just outside of downtown Caglary. The area is bordered by a redeveloping East Village to the north, the Elbow River to the east, the Stampede grounds to the south and the Beltline to the west.

Stephen Ave

Fort Calgary

8th Ave

10th Ave

11th Ave

Beltline 12th Ave

Way

SITE

Av eS

13th Ave

Av eS

S 5th

17th Ave

18th Ave

Ramsey

Stampede Grounds

15th Ave MacLeod Tr

1st St

SITE

5th St

ic ymp

14th Ave

1. Calgary Municipal Building 2. Calgary Central Library 3. Studio Bell, National Music Centre 4. Future Green Line Station

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

9th Ave

608

BOW RIVER

East Village

Olympic Way

The site falls within the area of the River District Master Plan. It is a proposed revitalization project that includes increased density and developing of an entertainment and cultural district in the city.

Downtown

8 5. Arriva Condo Tower 6. Calgary Transit Garage 7. Future Events Centre 8. BMO Centre

9 9. Corral Arena 10. Saddledome Arena

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

609

Demographics Age Range When comparing the age pyramids for the regions adjacent to the project site it becomes clear that the demographics skew much younger. This shows that the current environment of this area is much more friendly to young people and people most likely working downtown. This also shows a lack of children and older people, or a diversity of ages and life stages in this community. This could perhaps be due to a lack of services and living arrangements that suit a broader range of lifestyles.

Housing & Families Population pyramid for Downtown Commercial Core Females

85+ 80 to 84 75 to 79 70 to 74 65 to 69 60 to 64 55 to 59 50 to 54 45 to 49 40 to 44 35 to 39 30 to 34 25 to 29 20 to 24 15 to 19 10 to 14 5 to 9 0 to 4

Males

11%

Population Population pyramid pyramid for Downtown for Downtown Families and Households

East East Village Village

Private households by household size 85+ 85+ 80 to80 84to 84 Downtown 75 to75 79to 79 70 to70 74to 74 65 to65 69tohouseholds 69 Private 60 to60 64to 64 155person to55 59to 59 250persons to50 54to 54 to45 49to 49 345persons 40 to40 44to 44 435persons to35 39to 39 530or more to30 34to 34persons 25 to25 29to 29 Average household 20 to 20 size 24to 24 15 to15 19to 19 10 to10 14to 14 5 to 95 to 9 to 4 0 to 40families Census 10% 10%

Females Females

Commercial Core MalesMales Number Per cent 4,330 100% 2,125 49% 1,540 36% 415 10% 180 4% 65 2% 1.7

5% 5%

0% 0%

5% 5%

Downtown Commercial Core

10% 10%

Population pyramid for Calgary Population pyramid for Beltline 85+ 85+ 80 to80 84to 84 75 to75 79to 79 70 to70 74to 74 65 to65 69to 69 60 to60 64to 64 55 to55 59to 59 50 to50 54to 54 45 to45 49to 49 40 to40 44to 44 35 to35 39to 39 30 to30 34to 34 25 to25 29to 29 20 to20 24to 24 15 to15 19to 19 10 to10 14to 14 5 to 95 to 9 0 to 40 to 4 11% 15%

Females Females MalesMales

5%0% 0%

10%

11% 15% 10%

610

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Number Number Private Private households households 1,215 1,215 1 person 1 person 790 790 2 persons 2 persons 355 355 3 persons 3 persons 55 55 4 persons 4 persons 0 0

Per Per centcent 100% 100% 65%65% 29%29% 5% 5% 0% 0%

10%

15%

Population Population pyramid pyramid for Calgary for Calgary

85+ 85+ 80Private to80 84to 84households by household size Females Females 75 to75 79to 79 Calgary Males Males Beltline 70 to70 74to 74 65 to65 69to 69 Number cent Number PerPer cent 60 to 64 60 to 64 Private households 446,730 13,475 100% 100% toPrivate 59to 59 households 55 155 person 114,225 24% person 7,550 56% 50 to150 54 to 54 245persons 150,820 32% to245 49 to 49 persons 4,855 36% 340persons 78,420 17% to340 44 to 44 persons 775 6% to35 39to 39 435persons 75,340 16% 434 persons 215 2% to 34persons 530orto530 more 47,920 10% orto more persons 80 1% 25 to25 29 29 Average household 2.6 20 toAverage 24to 24 household 20 1.5 size 15 tosize 19to 19 15 10 to10 14to 14 5 to 95 to 9 0 to 40 to 4

Census families 10% 10%

City of Calgary. (2019). “Downtown East Village Profile”. Downtown Downtown EastEast Village Village

15%

Families and Households

5% 5%

0% 0%

5% 5%

Calgary Number 446,730 114,225 150,820 78,420 75,340 47,920

Private households 1 person 2 persons 3 persons 4 persons 5 or more persons Average household size

2.6

Per cent 100% 24% 32% 17% 16% 10%

10% 10%

Calgary Beltline Number Per cent Number Per cent Number Per cent Census families 1,690 100% Census families 337,120 100% Census families 4,305 100% Couple families 1,465 87% Couple families 289,790 86% Couple families 4,000 93% 1. W/out City of Calgary. (2019) “Downtown Commercial CoreW/out Profile”. children at home 990 59% children at home 126,295 37% W/out children at home 3,210 75% Families Families andand Households Households With children at home 475 28% With children at home 163,495 48% With children at home 790 18% 2. Lone-parent City of Calgary. (2019) 220 “Beltline Profile”. families 13% Lone-parent families 47,330 14% Private Private households households by household by household sizesize Lone-parent families 310 7%

Overall, the area that the site is located within has fewer families in Population pyramid for Calgary the region, possibly due to lack of 85+ 80 to 84 Females amenities, cost, apartment housing 75 to 79 Males 70 to 74 typologies and lack of green space. 65 to 69 60 to 64 At the same time the city currently 55 to 59 50 to 54 has roughly 20% of its population 45 to 49 40 to 44 overspending on housing based 35 to 39 30 to 34 on their income. There is a need 25 to 29 20 to 24 for affordable housing and a wider 15 to 19 10 to 14 range of housing for different user 5 to 9 0 to 4 bases.

Calgary Census families Couple families W/out children at home With children at home Lone-parent families

Number 337,120 289,790 126,295 163,495 47,330

Per cent 100% 86% 37% 48% 14%

City of Calgary. (2016). “Corporate Affordable Housing Strategy – Foundations for Home”.

Calgary Calgary

Private Private households households 1 person 1 person 2 persons 2 persons 3 persons 3 persons 4 persons 4 persons

Number Number 446,730 446,730 114,225 114,225 150,820 150,820 78,420 78,420 75,340 75,340

Per Per centcent 100% 100% 24%24% 32%32% 17%17% 3 16%16%

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL 3

611

Demographics Elderly and Disabled

Community Preferences

Currently there is a significant portion of the city living with a disability. Nearly 10% of the population is disabled with a large portion of those people have mobility and flexibility issues. At the same time, the elderly population in Calgary is increasing and expected to continue to increase steadily. This shows accessible housing and for the ability to age in place becoming more important in all housing typologies.

Based on a study by Ipsos research (2016) for the City of Calgary the top community & leisure activities are: visiting the park, visiting the playground, volunteering, attending music events, and attending food events. The top sports and recreation activities are: going to a gym or fitness center, outdoor ice skating, and jogging or running. The top activities for youth and children are soccer, basketball and badminton. While the top activities for adults 55+ are yoga and fitness classes. The things most often considered missing from the community was faculties for swimming and for arts and crafts.

City of Calgary. (2016, January). “Disability Population Profile”.

City of Calgary. (2016). “Calgary Seniors Population Profile”.

612

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

“Community Needs & Preferences Research”, City of Calgary

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

613

With a focus on wellness the podium has three main programmatic themes: physical activity, health services and educational programs.

614

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

GROCERY STORE Fitness GYM/FITNESS STUDIO POOL Health MEDICAL CENTER PHARMACY THERAPY Education DAYCARE SUPPLEMENTARY EDUCATION ART GALLERY/CLASSROOMS Amenity GREEN SPACE PLAZA / MARKET SPACE LOCAL SHOPS

The tower is entirely residential. Currently condominium and apartment towers are predominately 1 or 2 bedroom units. There is a lack of diversity in the size of units. There are very few larger family units and co-living options available. At the same time, towers lack yard space or good outdoor space common in other typologies leaving users left with small, unsatisfactory balconies. Calgary as a whole is lacking affordable housing and also lacking accessible housing. The overall program focuses on balancing out the current market with a larger potion of 2 and 3 bedroom homes for families as well as the option for affordable and accessible units.

Units 30% - 3 BEDROOM [FAMILY UNITS] 30% - 2 BEDROOM 20% - 1 BEDROOM 20% - CO-LIVING Affordable Housing 20% OF TOTAL Other Considerations ELDERLY HOUSING / AGING IN PLACE ACCESSIBLE HOUSING

AFFORDABLE

The programs for the podium is based up the nearby amenities and services in the neighborhood. The goal was to balance out the surrounding activities and programs by bringing in much needed and currently lacking facilities, especially ones regarding health. Currently there are plenty of restaurants, cafÃ©s, boutique shops and office space in the area. The services and amenities lacking are a grocery store, local markets, and educational facilities such as schools and daycares.

Tower

MARKET

Podium

ACCESSIBLE

Program

3 BED

2 BED

1 BED COLIVING

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

615

Urban Realm

3 5

616

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

The site is located between a few key developments. Just to the north is a future LRT station, to the south of the site is the proposed location for a new events centre and the redevelopment of a general entertainment district. Olympic Way, a four lane road is directly west and directs most of the traffic in the area, creating an undesirable urban environment for people on foot. The goal is to tie the two future neighboring developments together and establish a set of urban spaces along the pathway to a create a pleasant environment the people who reside on the tower and for all visitors to the area. At the same time reconciling with traffic and continuing the street fabric of 11th and 12th Avenue SE will make sure that the project responds, continues and strengthens the current urban fabric.

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

617

Urban Realm Soft Cities Approach

Pedestrian Environment

One of the largest influences on the approach of this design is the Nine Criteria for Livable Urban Density by David Sim (2019). Some of the goals are explained below:

Starting with a standard podium and tower typology, the pedestrian flows were studied to see what may create a better on foot experience. Creating adequately wide pathways was the first move in order to take in the large amount of pedestrian traffic expected in the future and allow for some programs to interject and interact with the pedestrians. The other option was moving a majority of pedestrians away from vehicular traffic. This results in a fully dedicated pedestrian street which allows for more opportunities to interact with the urban realm and split up the podium into programmatic elements that could serve different purposes.

1. Diversity of form which can host a range of useful activities in a local region. 2. A greater set of outdoor spaces in order to allow more people to enjoy the outdoors and have more reasons to be outdoors. 3. A sense of control gives people agency in their space and allows them to have personality and preference. It also makes a place more recognizable.

618

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

DIVERSITY OF BUILT FORM

DIVERSITY OF OUTDOOR SPACES

SENSE OF CONTROL AND IDENTITY HOME HOME

HOME

HOME HOME

HOME

GYM

SHOP

STORE OFFICE CAFE

SHOP

HUMAN SCALE

WALKABILITY

FLEXIBILITY

A PLEASANT MICROCLIMATE

SMALLER CARBON FOOTPRINT

GREATER BIODIVERSITY

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

619

Plaza & Public Amenity Creating a strong urban environment that can fit the wider ranges of activities often missing in a high density neighborhood. Plaza, park and urban amenity spaces are studied here. The different arrangements resulted in both increased and decreased street engagement. The western plaza was narrow and was next to heavier traffic, potentially decreasing enjoyment and safety for people. The plaza to the north would be far too shaded due to the tower immediately in front. The central plaza creates a enclosed and potentially more private environment. The plaza to the south benefits from a quieter street and sunnier environment. The raising of certain elements to the top of the podium creates areas for more park and plaza space. The balance of hardscape and greenspace was studied to balance the urban spaces for many users and wide set of use cases

WEST PLAZA

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Greater relation to street Spaces broken into segments Odd floor plate Accessibility between levels

Fully tied to urban realm Loss of podium program types Good accessibility Open to street

Lots of room for patios, seating, markets and events. Minimal greenery

Balance of green space and hardscape provides smaller plaza and park spaces.

Quiet and less usable for events. Good for the lack of green space in the immediate area.

NORTH PLAZA

CENTRAL PLAZA

620

Raised from street Continues street language Harder to access

SOUTH PLAZA

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

621

Massing & Podium Massing Iterations

Podium Arrangement

A sequence of massing iterations were created looking at the several factors such a program space, outdoor space, engagement with the urban environment, solar and views.

The podium was further broken down into its programmatic elements. Iterations were then arranged based upon these program blocks and the urban investigations previously discussed. The first option takes on a more traditional podium setup with a large southern plaza with shops to activate the space. A grocery is sited in the north-west corner of the building. The second option creates a wider range of services accessible on the ground plane. This provides greater visibility to the public and creates broken out areas for different activities as well as nestled outdoor spaces. The dark pink is shops and restaurants, and the yellow is the spaces dedicated to health and fitness.

622

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

623

Tower Studies The daylighting and massing of the structures were studied in order to create a set of spaces throughout the entire height of the tower to ensure that all residents had a large and easily accessible outdoor space to enjoy. The first option had optimal solar qualities on the south face, but the outdoor spaces lacked sun of the north face. The second option split the tower creating potential circulation issues and a heavily shaded terrace. The third option reduced the outdoor space and created a fairly enclosed space with reduced visibility outwards. The final option provided plenty of terrace space and provided useful shade for the southern and western facing units.

624

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

SUMMER SUN

WINTER SUN

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

625

Tower Terraces & Gardens

SUMMER SUN

WINTER SUN

The towerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s overall form, floor plates and programmatic arrangement are deeply influenced by the sun. The south and west sides of the tower are staggered in order to provide summer shading. Tall glazed areas to allow for winter sun to penetrate deep into the units and allow for large operable windows that allow fresh air in. Every third floor on both the south and west face of the tower host large terraces. These get plenty of sun and have the possibility to be set up for different uses. Some could be gardens, some could be dining or play areas while others could be lounge spaces. There is also potential to bring in some planting to the southern terraces in order to bring a greater connection between residents and nature thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s usually lacking in highrise typologies. Accessible units will be placed on the same level as the garden terraces in order ensure equitable access to the spaces

Shared Residential Terrace

626

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

627

Podium Plans Level 1

The podium is broken up, creating an activated pedestrian street. It hosts programs key to community wellbeing.

Key

7 Olympic Way

11 12

3 8

Pedestrian Street

1. Grocery Entrance 2. Hardware & Garden Store 3. Bakery 4. Local Market 5. Brewery 6. Deli or Takeout 7. Restaurant 8. Back-of-House 9. Cafe 10. Clothing Store 11. Residential Entry 12. Parkade Entry 13. Atrium 14. Service Area 15. Gallery & Art Classes 16. Doctors Office 17. Pharmacy 18. Physio & Rehab Center 19. Swimming Pool 20. Change Rooms 21. Service Area 22. Lobby

11 Ave SE

13 15

Court 20 Plaza

21 22

12 Ave SE Half Olympic Sized Swimming Pool

628

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

629

Podium Plans The second floor is home to key programs that donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t require street engagement. These include groceries, the gym, educational services and support services that are critical for the wellbeing of people. The large outdoor stairs connect the street level and plazas to the upper level and create a gathering space.

Level 2

4 1 6 2

Key 1. Grocery Store 2. Grocery Back-of-House 3. Grocery Office & Break Room 4. Daycare & Child Education 5. Yoga & Dance Studio 6. Atrium 7. Support Services 8. Management, Lease & Services 9. Gym 10. Half-Sized Olympic Pool 11. Pool Office 12. Rest & Waiting Area

11 10 12

Top - Stair Seating; a potential place for host outdoor shows and small music events Bottom - Plaza: currently set up to host a local market with removable mass timber vendors booth

630

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

631

Podium Plans The rooftops are dedicated to green space. By placing these spaces on top of the podiums it removes them from the street, creates a quieter environment, provides roof insulation and reduces site water run off. The western park has plenty of trees and shrubs along with pocket like areas for a more quiet and relaxed space to spend ones time. The residential tower gets a private park. The southern park is far more open and plain, leaving more room for activities and kids to play. The two public parks are connect through wide public steps that double as seating. All parks have elevator access to ensure better accessibility for all.

Key 1. Tree Path 2. Seating Areas 3. Stair Seating 4. Residential Park 5. Open Park

Level 3 - Rooftop

2 1 4

Park Seating Area

632

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

633

Winter - Skating Surface

634

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Summer - Basketball Court

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

635

Section & Pedestrian Pathway The building is split up into three distinct pieces. The north south split creates a corridor for pedestrians that connects a future LRT station to the stampede grounds. This also provides the area to host some urban programs such as restaurants and bars that work in tandem with the future entertainment district to the south and provide a unique atmosphere within the city.

636

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

EW Section Looking South

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

637

Floor & Unit Plans

638

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PHASE 1

PLATE 2 CO-LIVING ALTERNATE

PLATE 2 WEST TERRACE

The tower has three unique floor plans within the building, and two of the three levels have a large outdoor terraces that are available to the residents. Due to the flexibility built into the walls, floors, ceilings and millwork the units can be changed based on needs or desires. This allows for entirely different floor plan options such as swapping out units for co-living spaces or allowing people to change their spaces within their own units. This can be useful in several scenarios. One being a young couple having a kid and needing two bedrooms, but are currently unable to buy or rent a new or larger space. The unit could be quickly swapped around and new walls added in order to create a unit with two bedrooms. Another possibility would be for someone to swap out millwork or widen hallways in order to make a place wheelchair accessible so that a the resident may age in place.

PHASE 2

PLATE 3

SOUTH TERRACE

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

639

Renders

Bedroom

640

Dining & Living Area

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

641

Renders

Kitchen & Entry Area

642

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

View approaching from south on Olympic Way

USER-CENTRIC NORMAL

643

THE NEW SUBURBIA Single Family Home Typology HANNA POULSEN & ELLEN ODEGAARD The New Suburbia challenges the notion of suburban life in the context of 2020. By exploring possible futures through iterative design, the project proposes new conditions, lifestyles, and perspectives that might emerge over the course of the next 72 years. Existing preconceptions are challenged through a critical understanding of the existing state of suburbia. For example, the project acknowledges that the nuclear family is no longer relevant, cities are growing at an alarming rate, conventional construction methods are inefficient and detrimental to the environment, and architecture must be adaptable to suit many possible, and unknown, futures. A mass timber kit of parts is proposed that begins to rectify worsening climatic conditions and defines a New Suburbia.

644

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

645

Introduction to User-Centric Pathological User-centric design prioritizes the needs and wants of the inhabitant. Within architecture this typically manifests through design for the human scale, achieving ample natural light, establishing an envelope condition that provides a comfortable living environment, the consideration of space, and so on. When complete autonomy is given to the user and a variety of appetites are satisfied through design, specifically the singlefamily home, the pathological emerges in attempt to appease a variety of individual desires.

Increasing appetite to consume minimally Increasing appetite to consume collectively Increasing appetite to consume sustainably Increasing appetite to consume off the grid Increasing appetite to consume inside Increasing appetite to consume for virtual likes Increasing appetite to consume locally Increasing appetite to consume stuff Increasing appetite to consume mass timber Increasing appetite to consume space Increasing appetite to consume in place Increasing appetite to consume digitally Increasing appetite to consume on the go Increasing appetite to consume nature Increasing appetite to consume consciously Increasing appetite to consume instantly Increasing appetite to consume tiny Increasing appetite to consume sunlight

646

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

647

Mass Timber Consumption

Production Capacity

Increasing appetite to consume mass timber

Conventional construction prevails Pathology returns to existing normal

6 CLT Manufacturers in Canada with the capacity to produce 50,000 m3 of CLT; this is the production capacity for Canadian mass timber producers when they operate at two shifts / day / year.

150,000 TREES

Pathology becomes the new normal

Mass Timber is now considered conventional construction

We can meet Canada’s 2068 [high] population projection of 70.2 million by using 100% of our lumber mill capacity. 270,000 housing units would house 675,000 new Canadians/year. When operating at capacity and responding to Canada’s (current) population projections, our existing lumber mills can offer 32m3 of CLT/ housing unit.

On average, 660 White Pine and Douglas Fir Trees are planted per acre in medium density commercial planting. 227 acres is required to grow 150,000 trees. That’s only half of campus!

(The Beck Group, 2018)

648

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

89,000 m3 LUMBER Converting 150,000 trees to lumber creates a lot of “woody biowaste”. Typically comprised of forest residue and sawmill byproducts, this biowaste can be used to fuel the production facility itself, or even supplement a city’s electrical grid.

(The Beck Group, 2018)

50,000 m3 CLT

20 BUILDINGS

50,000 m3 of CLT is the production capacity for Canadian mass timber producers when they operate at two shifts / day / year.

50,000 m3 of CLT can supply 20 12-storey mass timber buildings with 240 units, each unit consuming 10m3 of CLT

They can achieve 75,000 m3 if they run at 3 shifts/ day.

(Sorensen, 2019)

One 12 storey building = 2400m3 of CLT

(Smith, 2018)

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

649

The Module How can mass timber work at the scale of the single family home? Working with the other user-centric pathological scales a structural module was developed based on Part 1 research. This CLT structural module was adapted for our single family typology; by using an arch the width of CLT used can be reduced to a minimum. The arch and vault are historic structural elements that were traditionally made from massive materials such as masonry, brick, and concrete; here they are being deployed using a relatively new material technology, CLT. Part of the economic feasibility of using a mass timber module at this scale is itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s connection to the two larger scales; the research and manufacturing that is done at the scales of the mid- and high-rise will have positive trick-down effects for use at the smaller scale.

The basic construction is a flat to fat assembly of CLT panels; friction-fit wood dowel and slot joints are used. The building is designed for easy disassembly, this is for ongoing maintenance, renovations, and recycling at end of itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s life. Where the floor, roof, or CLT wall faces the exterior there is insulation, and CLT is used again as facing material on the other side. These modules are assembled on site, this is feasible for the scale and height restriction of the single family home.

MASONRY 305mm thick = 0.90 m3

CLT 52mm thick = 0.15 m3

The module is 4000mm x 2850mm and 3325mm high.

650

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

651

The Module To accommodate building systems there is a dropped ceiling space that is easily accessible for maintenance. This module is lifted above the ground plane on glulam standoffs; this single family home is not site specific and can be deployed anywhere in any conditions.

652

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Designed to have a maximum structural capacity of 2 stories; this makes sense for the single family home and it allows for complete design freedom using this kit of parts within this height parameter. This kit of parts is

used to create the building base and structure. This kit of parts is constant and allows us to work with other manufacturers to create parts cohesive with these, such as windows, doors, plumbing, and even kitchen components.

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

653

The Module

2020

654

2044

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2068

2092

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

655

The Site The site is located in one of Calgary’s oldest residential neighbourhoods, Ramsay. It is mostly made up of low-density living, 1-2 storey older single family homes with detached garages on 15-meter lots. As is consistent with other inner-city residential Calgary neighbourhoods, it is becoming denser with new lowrise apartments and infills in recent years.

Elbow River

The Site

Future Green Line

12 Avenue SE 9A

ve n

Lane

8 Street S

8 Street SE

This is what is existing on the chosen site; 1950’s home with a detached garage and alley access. As we project towards 2068 we look at the importance the car and it’s place inside the single family home; we are predicting that the lane or alley in these inner city neighborhoods will become a primary road and with access to homes that face the alley. With that, the set backs along the lane will change to mirror that at the front.

E Current set-backs for a single residence with detached garage Anticipated 2068 set-backs for single building, 1-3 residences Existing residence and detached garage on site

656

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

657

The Users 2068 Who is the “single family”? It is not as easily defined as it was a century ago, thinking back to the typical suburban family, and it is only going to adapt and change more. There are all sorts of user groups living together inside of a single family home, for example roommates, a drag family, a senior couple with live-in assistance, couples co-living, etc.

2020

658

The new type of housing we are designing is adaptable, for the “single family” of the 21st century. A family, or user group, that is unpredictable and constantly changing.

2044

2092

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

659

Standard Programming Iterative design started by defining the typical programmatic elements of the suburban dwelling to understand their respective size and scale ranges. The first set of criteria accounts for standard programming and sizes, designing for our current economy and privacy levels. Using the kit of parts to design under these constraints, we accounted for the user-centric desires for light and nature, by ensuring spaces have a relationship with these two criteria. (Wallender, 2020)

Kitchen 1m2

20m2

40m2

20m2

30m2

60m2

6m2

12m2

20m2

4m2

9m2

16m2

20m2

40m2

70m2

Living

Bedroom

Bathroom

Garage

660

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

661

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 01_1 standard programming

EVALUATION SET 01_1 ELEVATION

lot coverage

42%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

62.88 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

50,304 kg

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

662

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

663

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 01_2 standard programming

EVALUATION SET 01_2 ELEVATION

lot coverage

40%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

53.04 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

42,432 kg

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

664

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

665

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 01_3 standard programming

EVALUATION SET 01_3 ELEVATION

lot coverage

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

666

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

667

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 02_1 excessive programming

EVALUATION SET 02_1 ELEVATION

lot coverage

54%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

89.06 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

71,248 kg

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

668

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

669

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 02_2 excessive programming

EVALUATION SET 02_2 ELEVATION

lot coverage

55%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

89.37 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

71,496 kg

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

670

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

671

Standard Programming CRITERIA SET 02_3 excessive programming

EVALUATION SET 02_3 ELEVATION

lot coverage

39%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

80.34 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

64,272 kg

current economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

672

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

673

Pathological Programming

2020

2068

autonomous

vanity

1975

attached

1950

detached

1925

no garage

Pathological programming was then explored, where typical relationships and hierarchies are forgotten when one programmatic element is given priority. For example, pathological storage space and garage space might mean the single-family dwelling is defined by a food bunker or autonomous garage. (Pinsker, 2019)

In the 20’s, the average kitchen was 7m2 and hidden from other programming (the scullery)

674

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

The North American mid-century kitchen had a definitive aesthetic, and always included built-in cabinetry

The increasing popularity of the supermarket resulted in the need for more storage space. Pantries typically hold up to a weeks worth of food

The garage moves inside the home and is displayed as a feature element. In 2020, the average house is 250m2

A vehicle picks you up for work, driving through an autonomous garage attached to the dwelling

bunker

cold room

A new hierarchy emerged when the garage moved to the front of the 150m2 dwelling mid 70’s

walk-in pantry

Detached garages are typical of 1950’s homes in Calgary. At that time, homes were on average 100m2

cabinetry

no storage

In the 20’s, the average floor area of a new single family home was 90m2

Cold rooms are typically in the basement of the dwelling. They can store food for weeks, months, or even years

Depending on the intended/required length of stay, bunkers can store enough food to house occupants for months, or longer

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

675

Pathological Programming CRITERIA SET 03_1 pathological programming

EVALUATION SET 03_1 ELEVATION

lot coverage

54%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

82.70 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

66,160 kg

isolated economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

676

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

677

Pathological Programming CRITERIA SET 03_2 pathological programming

EVALUATION SET 03_2 ELEVATION

lot coverage

63%

standard adjacencies

volume of timber

101.34 m3

10% circulation

CO2 sequestered

81,072 kg

isolated economy

pine trees planted

standard privacy

PLAN

PROGRAMMING

678

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

679

The New â&#x20AC;&#x153;Single Family Homeâ&#x20AC;? In attempt to understand the initial iterations at a more granular scale, we began designing with more resolution by defining what is thought to be desirable for a singlefamily home in the context of 2020. This resulted in three distinct homes with similar programmatic sizes and relationships. Less private activities such as eating, dining, and gathering were pushed to the front of the dwelling facing the street. Garage, storage, and sleeping spaces were pushed to the back and given more privacy. In 2044 the homes separate, emulating the laneway typology, densifying the lot. In 2068 the dwellings begin to merge and morph together, as inhabitants continue to buy/sell/and trade their kit of parts items depending on shifting needs over time. In 2092 the pathological emerges, where it becomes difficult to delineate between what were formerly individual single-family homes.

680

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

681

Plans 2020

39m

LEVEL 1

12m

LEGEND C - cook G - gather W - wash S - sleep ST - storage F - flex

LEVEL 2 C

S F

S ST

W G

682

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

W F

ST F

W S

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

683

Section 2020

684

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

685

Plans 2044

39m

LEVEL 1

12m

LEGEND C - cook G - gather W - wash S - sleep ST - storage F - flex

W F

LEVEL 2

S F

G E

F F

W G

W F

ST F

686

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

F F

W S

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

687

Section 2044

688

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

689

Plans 2068

39m

LEVEL 1

12m

LEGEND C - cook G - gather W - wash S - sleep ST - storage F - flex

W F

F F

LEVEL 2

G C

G F

F W

F C

F F

W F

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

690

S S

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

691

Section 2068

692

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

693

Plans 2092

39m

LEVEL 1

12m

LEGEND C - cook G - gather W - wash S - sleep ST - storage F - flex

ST F

LEVEL 2

F F

W G

G C

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

F W

S F

W F

F W

F F

W W

694

S S

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

695

Section 2092

696

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

697

2092 Living Space

698

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

699

Plans 2020

2044

12m

39m

12m

39m

LEVEL 1

700

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

701

Plans 2068

2092 39m

12m

39m

LEVEL 1 N

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

702

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

703

Elevations 8th Street View 2020

2044

2068

2092

704

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

705

Interstitial Outdoor Space The space between single family homes in a suburban setting is often overlooked and underutilized. When homes fail to conform to typical lot boundaries and formal arrangements, this interstitial space becomes a lively part of the neighborhood. Arched openings and skylight module pieces allow users to define space while maintaining visual permeability between homes, encouraging socialization.

706

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

707

The New Suburbia 2020

2044

By allowing the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s pathological desires to be a design driver over time this becomes the pathological driver, others being changed or ignored. In this case the property boundaries; over

708

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

the span of 72 years most of the property boundaries dissolve to create higher density living driven by the changing user-defined programming from within the homes.

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

709

The New Suburbia 2068

710

2092

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

711

The New Suburbia Welcome to the New Suburbia, the future of Calgary, where the single family is constantly shifting and unpredictable, and mass timber is the building material of choice to meet the growing population and their ever-changing needs!

712

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

713

The New Suburbia 2020

2044

The new suburban streetscape has a mono-materiality but does not lack variety and texture. The street has shifted from a repetitive form to a connected network of userdefined living. Inside this network

714

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

of housing there are courtyards, interstitial space, and increased visual variety in both plan and elevation, creating opportunities for trees to be mixed in with the architecture.

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

715

The New Suburbia 2068

716

2092

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

717

Concluding Thoughts The New Suburbia is a user-centric pathological future condition of Calgary, a city with a propensity for consumption. Our early research identified a need for housing in Alberta over the coming years, especially in the urban centers. We believe this mass timber kit of parts can be meet this demand, creating sustainable, adaptable, usercentric housing, that continuously performs in attempt to satisfy the inhabitant.

718

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

719

The Tetris Lantern The Mid rise building proposes complation of mass timber module iterations to form pathelogical liveable spaces. The deign follows part to whole methodology. The inspiration is a two part idea where the first part is module iteration based on tetris subsets while the entirity of the building is based on the paper lantern. The reprtition in tetris module iteration are worked with a patheological design element to create livable spaces with an unconventional theme. For heat penetration. retainment and wind funneling inside the built mass, a void is deviced in the centre of the form. With the void mass, breaking the leniear pattern of the form it resembles to the basic formation of a paper lantern. This design philosophy is most aptly regenrated with the usage of mass timber following it to create a system where such ideologies are adated as a conventional metod of cinstrction in near future.

720

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

721

Programming -An exercise was undertaken for possible outcomes of spaces in a multi family mid rise building. -These basic formations vary in terms of size and shapes and pathologically expanding over time

stories : 6 to 10 floors

-How does a pathelogical approach drives the form of the built mass in terms of space and user using the space? -This basic approach towards developing the space remains normative while the defragmentation of spaces within invites itself for number of possible outcomes. -Utilizing CLT as the core materilar for cinstruction these spaces have organized itslef to aim for pre fabricated elements to form a module that can be multiplued if needed.

Program boxes divided into size sub sets of spaces required in a normal mid rised mixed use building

Kitchen / storage Living/Drawing/masterbedroom washroom Mixed use building Commercial Residential 722

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

dining/hall

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

723

Programming

developing massing inducing the addition and subtraction stratagies into spaces leading to formalise a pragramatic and functional user centric built mass

724

Program stratagies:

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

725

The Module

Massing stratagies: 1

DEveloped a CLT module for mass building whcih incorporates pre

Massing stratagies: 2

Massing stratagie 3

â&#x20AC;˘

Pre fabricationed mass timber structural elements such as columns and beams can be designed angularly or with a groove that fixes up without adhesives, weighs less and is more dymnamic is strenght.

â&#x20AC;˘

Such construction takes less time to install and bescause it was designed and prefabricated it needs not cutting, champhering or creates any waste at construction site. CLT beams and columbs along with slabs can be used for multistorie building reaching upto 30meteres or more.

fabricated elements of mass timber

Schemetic modular designe deleoped by program

Iterations growing over time taking up and consuming more space

726

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

727

Building iterations

The idea based on the derived form articulating that is varied and spatial in terms of overlapping of the wings, to a linear stacking with slit like gaps between modules which represent the wings clustered toether and yet the difference of depth is percieved visually at a closer distance only. The concept has been derived from pathlogical spatial sizes of the wilderness.

Pre fabricated walls

To reinforce with pre fabrication technology where walls, celiengs and slabs are the process of prefabrication of CLT developed off site.

Built mass (2020) 728

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Built mass2040)

The idea is based of the addition and subtraction of modular units and layers/floors across the assumed time period. it aims on fascilitating the user activities and expansion of the requirenment without going off of the building height and codes yet grows withing itself.

Built mass( 2068)

Built mass (2020)

Built mass2040)

Built mass( 2068) USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

729

Massing algorithm Commercial massing (2020)

Commercial massing (2040)

Commercial massing( 2068)

Massing algorithm: The pathology lies in the fact that the expansion and conraction relies on the alogrithm os space movinh. This algorihm is never static and hence makes the building non static and prone to open and unimaginable possibilities of form developing.

Massing algorithm: This massing is designed for multiple entries and circulations from 4 directions and providing compact shop spaces adhearing to the language of design..

The light and wind ventialation is provided through multiple openings providing unique pathological cuts in the building.

730

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

731

Isometric modules

The concept of repetative voids and subtractions of timber skin elevates the fundamental experience of the plane of building

Residential massing The pre fabricated elements of CLT mouldes a residential module into a flexible space that is adaptive to reuse and designed for disassembly

The pre fabcication procedure helps the building facade have an alternate yet organized skin which initially is pre decided but can turn into possible options over tome according to change in the spaces driven by the users.

The experiencial space inside the studio apartments deliver a spatial effect with the lightes and ventilation entering through the intrusions.

732

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

733

Residential module 1....

Balcony

Bedroom

Assembled mass timber on site

Studio apartment

Allowance for spaces that potenentially can develop over time. Living

KItchen and dining

Lift

External timber textures..

The residential module 1 is designed for a nuclear family and a studio apartment for an individual or two..

734

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

735

Residential module 2....

Felxible large spaces that could be a use of a multi purpose depending on

Pre fabricated CLT walls and panels

Master Bedroom

Studio apartment Family room

KItchen and dining Pre fabricated openings withn attached windows

The residential module 2 is pathological space that is designed and not designed at the same time. This iterates to basic formation yet multiple possible outcomes over the years

736

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

737

Residential module 3.

Modular and adaptable design modules that could be multiplied and shaped over time Master Bedroom

Studio apartment Family room

KItchen and dining

The residential module 3 follows the fundamental concept of module 2 and these stacked up layers undertakes the concepts of function following the form, where form keeps on changing

738

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

739

Commercial Level

Admin

Storage

Shop

Entery 1 Courtyard

Entery 2 Shop

Shop

Storage

The commercial level is a conceptual diagram of the algorithm of adaptation of spaces and its functionality.

740

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

741

Interior spaces

742

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

743

Views.

744

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

745

Views

746

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

747

748

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

749

Typology: High-rise Multi-Family

CONSUMED Neal Borstmayer

In our current capitalist system, growth is driven by consumption; “rather than being a freedom, a right, a liberty...[consumption] has become one’s civic duty and a collective responsibility.” (Doel, 2004, as cited in Goodman, Goodman, & Goodman, 2010, p. 4) This systemic need to consume has expanded from more traditional consumer goods into the spatial domain. There is an ever-increasing desire for more houses, more space; yet the cost of housing continues to rise, driven primarily by steep increases in land value. At the same time wealth continues to intensify in fewer hands, ensuring that for many, the ability to consume space is increasingly out of reach.

Consumed recognizes this and understands that mass timber alone cannot serve as a realistic avenue for more affordable home ownership. Instead, it asks how mass timber can be used to create a system of building that allows the wealthy to maximize their consumption of space.

750

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

751

A Culture of Consumption

Real Estate Consumption

“Consumption, rather than being a freedom, a right, a liberty...has become one’s civic duty and a collective responsibility.” (Doel, 2004, as cited in Goodman, Goodman, & Goodman, 2010, p. 4)

Focus on consumer spending extends to real estate as well. As per Figure 2 (Stats Canada, 2018), millions of houses come online every year, and yet the number of people inhabiting these households has been steadily declining.

In the current capitalist system, growth is driven by consumption. Canadian consumer spending alone amounted to over $1 trillion annually in 2020 and is forecast to continue to rise, as can be seen in Figure 1 (Trading Economics, 2020). Figure 2: Canadian Households vs. Average Household Size. Average number of people per household

Millions

Figure 1: Canadian Consumer Spending MILLIONS (CAD)

2,000,000

1,800,000

Average consumer spending

1,600,000

1,400,000

1,200,000

1,000,000

800,000

HISTORIC CONSUMER SPENDING LINE CONSUMER SPENDING TREND LINE FORECAST CONSUMER SPENDING TREND LINE

752

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Number of households Projected number of households

2061

2041

2031

2021

2011

2001

1991

1981

1971

1961

1951

1931

1911

1891

2068

2057

2046

2035

2024

2020

2013

2002

1991

1980

1969

200,000

1871

400,000

1851

600,000

Average persons per household Projected average persons per household

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

753

Housing Size

Spatial Consumption

While the number of inhabitants has been shrinking, the physical size of houses has been growing, as seen in Figure 3 (Comen & Sauter, 2019).

If the average space per person, shown in Figure 4 (Comen & Sauter, 2019) continues to rise, spatial consumption per person is set to grow by 45% over the next 50 years. However, Consumed speculates on a more

pathological use of space in which an increasingly dramatic spatial growth curve would emerge.

The growing number of ever-larger houses, paired with fewer residents suggests that space is increasingly becoming another consumer good, primed for excessive consumption.

Figure 4: Average Space per Person (m2) 290

PATHOLOGICAL SINGLE UNIT 284m2

280 270 260 250 240

Figure 3: Average House Size (m2)

230 220

210

450

Average housing area per person

200

400

Average house size

350

300

250 200

150

190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100

NORMAL SINGLE UNIT 96.15m2

90 100

80 70

2075

2065

2068

2055

2045

2035

2025

2020

2015

2005

1995

1985

1975

1965

1955

1945

1935

1925

50 40 30

HISTORIC AREA PER PERSON LINE AREA PER PERSON TREND LINE FORECAST AREA PER PERSON TREND LINE PATHOLOGICAL AREA PER PERSON TREND LINE

754

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2075

2065 2068

2055

2045

2035

2025

2020

2015

2005

1995

1985

1975

1965

1955

1945

1935

10 1925

HISTORIC HOUSE SIZE LINE HOUSE SIZE TREND LINE FORECAST HOUSE SIZETREND LINE

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

755

The Increasing Cost of Space In lockstep with a growing appetite for space, housing prices have risen dramatically in the last 60 years. The average Canadian house currently sits at $504,305; however, if the trend in price continues, that average will jump to over $800,000 within the next 50 years (Knoll, Schularick, & Steger, 2017).

While the cost of housing encompasses both the cost of construction and the cost of land, Figure 6 shows that the cost of construction has been relatively steady over the last 60 years, while in the same period, housing costs have jumped disproportionately.

Figure 5: Canadian House Price

“Between 1950 and 2012, house prices grew by a factor of 3.4. During this same time, 81% of that increase can be attributed to an increase in land price, while only 18% can be attributed to construction costs” (Knoll, Schularick, & Steger, 2017).

280

260

2068 FORECAST AVERAGE HOUSE PRICE: $806,400..

Figure 6: Construction and House Prices

240

200

2020 AVERAGE HOUSE PRICE: $504,305.

200

150

180

House price vs. Construction cost

CANADIAN REAL HOUSE PRICE INDEX

220

160

140

120

100

756

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2068 2070

2060

2050

2040

2030

2020

2010

2000

1990

1980

1970

1960

1950

1940

1930

1920

1910

1900

1890

HISTORIC HOUSING PRICE HOUSING PRICE TREND LINE FORECAST HOUSING PRICE TREND LINE

2068 2070

2060

2050

2040

2030

2020

2010

2000

1990

1980

1970

1960

1950

1940

1930

1920

1910

1900

1890

HISTORIC HOUSE PRICE INDEX LINE HOUSE PRICE INDEX TREND LINE FORECAST HOUSE PRICE INDEX TREND LINE

1880

HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION PRICE CONSTRUCTION PRICE TREND LINE FORECAST CONSTRUCTION PRICE TREND LINE

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

757

A Growing Gap in Wealth

Given these trends, mass timber cannot be realistic solution for more affordable home ownership. Instead, mass timber will enable those wealthy enough to consume space, to maximize their investment.

Figure 7: Wealth and Wage Disparities Percentage

100 90 80

Wealth Disparity

Figure 7 (Horowitz, Igielnik, & Kochhar, 2020) shows that as the demand and cost of space continues to rise, the wealth of the average person has been on a steady decline. Wealth disparity has grown and will continue to grow, suggesting that as we move forward in time, fewer and fewer people will have the ability to consume space. Yet, those who can afford it, will continue to pathologically consume space.

70 60 50 40 30 20

2068

2070

2040 2040

2070

2030 2030

2068

2020 2020

2060

2010 2010

2060

2000 2000

2050

1990 1990

2050

1980 1980

1970

Percentage 100 90 80 70

Wage Disparity

How can mass timber be used to create a system of building that enables property owners to maximize their consumption of space?

60 50 40 30 20 10

1970

HIGH INCOME LINE MIDDLE INCOME LINE LOW INCOME LINE

758

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

759

The Module Consumed proposes a system of self-similar modules constructed from a mix of CLT and DLT mass timber products. These prefabricated modules are able to quickly and easily aggregate to accommodate an everexpanding need to consume space.

300mm min.

Module size was informed both by the materialâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s structural capacity, and size availability from mass timber manufacturers. 2850mm

BUTT JOINT CLT COLUMN

Module Area = 11.4m2 Module Volume = 9.95m3 (average)

400mm 200mm

4000mm

0.87m3 of mass timber (average) per m2 of module.

300mm min.

Mass timber cost per m3: $706.29 Module cost per m2 = $614.47 Module cost (11.4m2) = $7,005

BUTT JOINT CLT COLUMN 2900mm

PLENUM

500mm

Carbon stored per module: 8 metric tons. Emissions avoided per module: 3 metric tons.

LIGHTING

4000mm

760

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

761

Module Construction 5 PLY CLT TOP PANEL

3 PLY CLT PANEL CNC CUT TO SIZE PREPARED FOR L COLUMN

9 PLY CLT PANEL CNC MILLED TO ACHIEVE FACETED SHAPE WHEN EXTRA STRUCTURE IS REQUIRED

762

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

25mm PLYWOOD PANELS CUT AND ASSEMBLED TO FORM FACETED SHAPE, ALLOWING FOR PLENUM SERVICE SPACE

DLT BOTTOM PANEL USING 200 AND 500mm DEEP TIMBER TO ALLOW FOR SERVICE SPACE

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

763

Module Connection Logic ALIGNED CONNECTIONS

While the module is purely a structural frame, panels are meant to be added to infill sides and allow the unit to be enclosed with either CLT panels or glazing units.

3 PLY 90mm CLT INFILL PANELS (MAX. 2450mm WIDE)

To link multiple units, several different joining methods exist: Modules can be aligned and connected in parallel orientations. Additionally, modules can be connected in perpendicular orientations as well. In these cases, the “arms” of the L columns are extended to maintain the ability of module-to-module connection at the face of the adjoining columns.

STAGGERED CONNECTIONS

764

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

m 0m

0 80

L COLUMN EXPANDS IF NEEDED, TO MEET AND CONNECT TO ADJOINING MODULES

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

765

Module Connections STEEL KNIFE PLATE CLT

Modules are able to connect to each other through the column face, and through the top and bottom panels.

COLUMN 1

STEEL KNIFE PLATE SECURED TO CLT FACE CLT

COLUMN 2

The mechanical connections were designed so that they could easily be disassembled or added on to. WOOD SURFACE SPLINE .

DOWELS ARE PASSED THROUGH PRE-MACHINED HOLES IN THE CLT AND STEEL KNIFE PLATE CLT PANEL END PROFILE NOTCHED TO ACCEPT EMBEDDED SURFACE SPLINE WOOD SURFACE SPLINE JOINS TWO MODULE COLUMNS. SELF-TAPPING SCREWS CONNECT SPLINE TO CLT COLUMNS BOLT SCREWED ONTO THREADED DOWEL AFTER PANELS JOINED AND STEEL TUBE INSERTED SLOTTED MACHINED STEEL TUBE INSERTED INTO HOLE AFTER PANELS ARE JOINED

CLT PANEL 2 SLOTTED MACHINED STEEL TUBE

THREADED DOWEL SCREWED INTO CLT PANEL EDGE HALF CIRCLE MACHINED INTO CLT PANEL EDGE AT PRODUCTION FACILITY

CLT PANEL 1 5 PLY CLT FLOOR PANEL

766

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

5 PLY CLT FLOOR PANEL

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

767

Vertical Circulation To expand the module’s versatility, a stair module variation was also included.

PIECES OF DLT SHEER WALL FOLDED DOWN 90 DEGREES TO FORM STAIR STRUCTURE

Where the typical module moves structure to the exterior corners, the stair module moves it to the centre to anchor the stairs.

DLT SHEER WALL LINEAR NATURE OF THE DLT PANEL ALLOWS FOR PIECES TO BE REMOVED

8000mm

DLT panels run vertically from the module’s bottom DLT plate up to the CLT top panel. Pieces of the DLT panel fold out to create the basis of stair treads. Extra timber is added to each tread to meet code standards.

SECONDARY TIMBER IS ADDED TO BASIC STAIR STRUCTURE TO MEET CODE DEMANDS

768

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

PIECES OF DLT SHEER WALL FOLDED DOWN 90 DEGREES TO FORM STAIR STRUCTURE

A SECOND DLT PANEL FORMS THE STAIR’S SECOND STRINGER

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

769

What would a typical residential unit look like when the using the module to create space?

770

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

771

Domestic Program Matrix

Typical Two Bedroom Program

To test the moduleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s capabilities, a matrix of residential programs was developed; the uses ranged in both size and practicality. Program uses identified as essential would be found in a typical residential unit, whereas uses identified as non-essential begin to explore what a pathological consumption of space might look like. Program size was determined through an analysis of existing typical residential units.

ESSENTIAL

MASTER BEDROOM

MASTER BATH

.46

COAT ROOM

SMALL

LAUNDRY ROOM

20 2

.8m

.4m

9.7

6.6

.02

.2m

.02

.22

LARGE

THEATER

.3m

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

20 17

.09

0.6

2.2

0.6

20 2

.6m

.2m

3.8

POOL

20 2

.8m

772

MAN CAVE

0.7

.68

0.2

MASTER BEDROOM

1.1

.80

6.9

20 2

.2m

3.3

20 2

.2m

PANTRY

.49

FAMILY ROOM

EXTERIOR

ENTRANCE

.8m

.28

LIVING ROOM

.20

20 2

.5m

.39

KITCHEN

20 2

.2m

.39

20 m2

.89

.02

LIBRARY

CLOSET 68

6.7

.88

.39

.19

5.2

GYM

.58

.02

.4m

DINING ROOM

.72

9.6

4.3

SAUNA

20 2

.4m

KITCHEN

.4m

3.9

WALK IN CLOSET

DINING ROOM

3.8

2.9

20 2

0.2

LIVING ROOM 68

6.3

OFFICE

8.4

20 2

2.4

4.7

BAR

8.0

BEDROOM

20 2

.4m

1.1

7.1

3.0

COLD STORAGE

.39

3.3

3.9

3.1

MASTER BATHROOM

20 2

7.9

ENTRANCE

.40

20 2

2.3

WINE CELLAR

8.0

BATHROOM

WASHROOM

2.3

20 2

.4m

CLOSET

6.7

MAIL ROOM

0.7

1.2

STORAGE

2.3

3.3

0.6

2.3

20 2

1.1

6.6

5.4

20 2

2.9

20 2

5.3

.54

HALF BATH

BEDROOM 68

9.6

.16

PANTRY

LAUNDRY ROOM

.23

.30

NONESSENTIAL

CLOSET

WALK-IN-CLOSET

.9m

.22

.86

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

773

Module Usage

Area

15.30 6.69 9.61

Bedroom Bedroom Closet Bathroom

1.43 10.39 1.12 4.76

Eating Pantry Kitchen Dining Room

2.29

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

6 7

11 1.32

5 8

15.02

Entrance

774

0.68 14.02 11.39

Living Living Room

Unit Plan

2.77

Master Suite Master Bedroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bathroom

Modules Required

0.66

Entry Vestibule Coat Closet Laundry

3.82 1.27 2.39

Total

96.46

Construction Cost

$59,272

Unit Cost

$279,272

Typical Construction Cost Typical Unit Cost

$238,808

Carbon Stored:

67.68 metric tons

Emissions Avoided:

25.38 metric tons

13 8.46

$458,808

1. Entry 2. Coat Closet 3. Storage 4. Pantry 5. Kitchen 6. Dining Room 7. Living Room 8. Bathroom 9. Bedroom 10. Closet 11. Master Bedroom 12. Master Bathroom 13. Walk-in-Closet

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

775

Normal to Pathological Through the previous exploration of a normative two-bedroom housing unit, it can be seen that the defined module is able to comfortably replicate spaces typically created using traditional concrete or light timber framing methods. Moving forward, Consumed will expand module aggregation to accommodate all previously defined program

types, including essential and non-essential programs. Through this expansion, Consumed will begin to test the moduleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ability to accommodate a pathological consumption of space.

How can a module begin to aggregate pathologically to produce functional space?

Part I: Unit to Building

To answer this question, Consumed will pursue two avenues of exploration, marked as Part I and Part II:

Part I will begin at the scale of a single residential unit and work outward to create a building from an aggregation of predefined units. Part II will begin at a full building aggregation, and will work inward to create units from the initial agglomeration of modules

776

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

777

Site Location

Pathological Consumption of Space Through Time

The building site sits on the Western edge of Calgary’s proposed River’s District redevelopment plan, so while the area appears to be empty, it is expected to be built up within the next 15 years. There are a large number of iconic cultural buildings located in close proximity to the site, including Calgary City Hall (1), the new Central Library (3), the National Music Centre (2), and the site of the new event centre (9). This site presents a prime opportunity to create another iconic building which will act as a gateway into the River’s Cultural District.

As Consumed is designed to accommodate ongoing spatial consumption, it is important to understand how a residential unit might pathologically consume space at a rate that matches the expected spatial expansion rate discussed earlier. To do this, it will define what a pathological residential unit might look like in 2020, and again in 2068.

TIME/SPACE

2068 Pathological Unit 513m2 45 Modules

5 9

Site Location Community Outline Roads Red Line LRT

2020 Pathological Unit 201m2 18 Modules

Blue Line LRT Green Line LRT (Future)

778

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

779

Pathological Two Bedroom Program - 2020

Module Usage

Area Master Suite Master Bedroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bathroom

2.77 15.30 6.69 9.61 1.43

Bedroom

MASTER BEDROOM

MASTER BATHROOM

WALK IN CLOSET

KITCHEN

.02

OFFICE

THEATER

.8m

9.7

POOL

.28

EXTERIOR

6 20

6 20 2

8.0

3.8

1.2

20 2

.4m

2.3

20 2

7.9

3.0

Pantry Kitchen Dining Room Cold Storage Wine Cellar

0.68 14.02 11.39 3.97 2.46

2.9

2.2

8.0

3.1

15.02 9.78 4.2

Entertainment Theater Library Man Cave Bar Fitness

17.09 11.49 15.22 4.37

Sauna Gym Pool

5.20 11.28 17.86

1.4

Entrance

20 2

.4m

5.2

STORAGE

20 2

.4m

4.3

MAIL ROOM

3.3

.22

20 2

.86

ENTRANCE

.9m

LAUNDRY ROOM

20 2

.5m

SAUNA

.2m

.02

COAT ROOM

.49

.8m

.2m

2.4

.09

GYM

BAR

.6m

10.39 1.12 4.76

Living Room Office

20 2

3.9

MAN CAVE

LIBRARY

3.9

Bedroom Closet Bathroom Eating

Living

20 2

1.1

LIVING ROOM

6.3

.39

20 2

.2m

2.9

4.7

WINE CELLAR

0.6

20 2

1.1

20 2

.4m

.39

COLD STORAGE

20 2

.2m

DINING ROOM

.89

6.6

PANTRY

780

20 2

.4m

9.6

CLOSET

20 2

.4m

.3m

20 2

.8m

BATHROOM

BEDROOM

Modules

Entry Vestibule Coat Closet Laundry Mail Room Storage

3.82 1.27 2.39 3.05 3.10

Total

201.33

Construction Cost

$123,711

Unit Cost

$556,877.66

Typical Construction Cost

$498,436

Typical Unit Cost

$931,602

17.9

.2m

.22

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Carbon Stored:

144 metric tons

Emissions Avoided:

54 metric tons

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

781

Unit Plan

1. Entry 2. Coat Close 3. Mail Room 4. Storage 5. Laundry Room 6. Pantry 7. Cold Storage 8. Kitchen 9. Dining Room 10. Living Room 11. Bathroom 12. Storage 13. Office 14. Walk-in-Closet 15. Master Bathroom 16. Master Bedroom 17. Bedroom 18. Closet 19. Theater 20. Bar 21. Man Cave 22. Library 23. Gym 24. Sauna 25. Pool

20 19 7

6 5

9 17

18 11

3 4

12 10 16

782

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

783

Pathological Two Bedroom Program - 2068

Module Usage

Area Master Suite Master Bedroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bathroom

4 22.8 11.4 11.4

Bedroom (x2)

MASTER BEDROOM

MASTER BATHROOM

WALK IN CLOSET

KITCHEN

.02

OFFICE

0.6

THEATER

9.7

GYM

POOL

.28

ENTRANCE

EXTERIOR

8.0

3.8

.22

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

2 9m

.68

6.7

2.3

3.0

m .80

2 .2m

20 2

7.9

HALF BATH

2 7m

20 2

2.3

FAMILY ROOM

5.2

STORAGE

.4m

1.2

20 2

3.3

.4m

4.3

20 2

.86

MAIL ROOM

.9m

20 2

.4m

.22

LAUNDRY ROOM

20 2

.5m

COAT ROOM

20 2

.2m

7 1.10 34.2 34.2 6.37 3.94

8.0

3.1

Living Room Office Family Room

7 34.2 22.8 22.8

Entertainment

.02

SAUNA

.49

20 2

.8m

.2m

2.4

BAR

.09

.6m

20 2

3.9

MAN CAVE

20 2

.8m

LIBRARY

3.9

Pantry Kitchen Dining Room Cold Storage Wine Cellar Living

20 2

1.1

LIVING ROOM

6.3

.39

20 2

.2m

2.9

4.7

WINE CELLAR

20 2

1.1

COLD STORAGE

20 2

.2m

20 2

.4m

.39

DINING ROOM

6.6

PANTRY

784

.89

6 19.89 2.91 11.4

Eating

20 2

.4m

9.6

CLOSET

20 2

.4m

.3m

20 2

.8m

BATHROOM

BEDROOM

Bedroom Closet Bathroom

Modules

Theater Library Man Cave Bar Fitness

45.6 22.8 34.2 11.4

Sauna Gym Pool Entrance

11.4 28.5 39.9

Entry Vestibule Coat Closet Laundry Mail Room Storage

8.07 3.31 11.4 7.94 8.07

Total

512.99

Construction Cost

$315,217

Unit Cost

$1,433,066

Typical Construction Cost

$1,270,020

Typical Unit Cost

$2,703,086

Carbon Stored:

360 metric tons

Emissions Avoided:

135 metric tons

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

785

Unit Plan 1. Entry 2. Mail Room 3. Storage Room 4. Half Bath 5. Laundry Room 6. Gym 7. Pool 8. Sauna 9. Stair 10. Family Room 11. Living Room 12. Office 13. Dining Room 14. Kitchen 15. Wine Cellar 16. Pantry 17. Cold Storage 18. Bar 19. Theater 20. Man Cave 21. Library 22. Storage 23. Bathroom 24. Bedroom 25. Closet 26. Storage 27. Bathroom 28. Bedroom 29. Master Bathroom 30. Walk-in-Closet 31. Master Bedroom

3 4 2

6 8

18 9 10

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

786

22 23

15 16 17

26 27

31 30

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

787

Overall Building Aggregation

788

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

789

Part II: Building to Unit

790

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

791

Overall Building Aggregation Part II explores the building’s overall form, and moves into understanding how units could emerge from the aggregation of modules.

Consumed’s form emerges from a desire to provide variation in building facade, as a way to bring more natural

lighting to each floor; to this end, as the tower moves from the ground up, each floor skews in the y axis, shifting the building from a southern aspect at the ground, toward a south-western aspect at the pinnacle. Additionally, multiple modules have been strategically culled from the overall agglomeration to allow natural light to penetrate deeper into the structure. These module deletions also provide opportunities for inhabitants to add extra modules onto their units in the future as they continue to consume space. The shifting building form also allows Consumed to turn toward pedestrian and vehicular traffic moving north and south along Olympic way. Additionally, the building’s south west corner peels up and away at street level to allow pedestrian movement through the area more freely.

Floor Plates Shifted

792

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Bottom Corner Lifted

Modules Culled

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

793

Building Assembly Breakdown

794

Mass timber: 36,165 m3 Glazing: 832 m3 Concrete: 8,376 m3

Mass timber modules: 2824 Mass timber: 28,099 m3 Floor space: 32,194 m2

Mass timber: 7,553 m3

Mass timber panels: 590 Mass timber: 513 m3

Carbon sequestered: 32,292 metric tons

Carbon sequestered: 25,111 metric tons

Carbon sequestered: 6,750 metric tons

Carbon sequestered: 458 metric tons

GHG avoided: 10,647 metric tons

GHG avoided: 9,716 metric tons

GHG avoided: 2,612 metric tons

GHG avoided: 177 metric tons

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Glazing panels: 934 Glazing: 832 m3

Concrete: 8,376 m3

GHG emitted: 1,847 metric tons

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

795

Building Construction Cost

Mass timber cost (per m2): $614 Mass timber cost per unit (62 units): $315,217 Overall mass timber cost: $19,767,116

Typical construction cost (per m2): $2,475 Typical cost per unit (62 units): $1,270,020 Typical overall cost: $79,703,329

796

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

797

798

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

799

800

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

801

Building Sections

SECTION 1

SECTION 2

SECTION 3

Modules booleaned out of interior mass Habitable interior courtyards Multiple units facing interior open space

Section 1

802

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Section 2

Section 3

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

803

Typical Floor Plan As the building form varies floor-to-floor moving up the tower, no two are the same. However, the 20th floor was selected to provide an example of how any floor plate may be broken up into multiple units. This particular floor plate would house three units, two of which would span to adjacent floors. Detailed plans of the two units called out here will be explored in the following pages.

RESIDENTIAL UNIT 1

RESIDENTIAL UNIT 2

804

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

805

Module Usage

Area Master Suite Master Bedroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bathroom

4 22.8 11.4 11.4

Bedroom (x2) Bedroom Closet Bathroom

6 19.89 2.91 11.4

Eating Pantry Kitchen Dining Room Cold Storage Wine Cellar

7 1.10 34.2 34.2 6.37 3.94

Living Living Room Office Family Room

7 34.2 22.8 22.8

Entertainment

806

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

Modules

Theater Library Man Cave Bar Fitness

45.6 22.8 34.2 11.4

Sauna Gym Pool Entrance

11.4 28.5 39.9

Entry Vestibule Coat Closet Laundry Mail Room Storage

8.07 3.31 11.4 7.94 8.07

Total

512.99

Construction Cost

$315,217

Unit Cost

$1,433,066

Typical Construction Cost

$1,270,020

Typical Unit Cost

$2,703,086

Carbon Stored:

360 metric tons

Emissions Avoided:

135 metric tons

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

807

Unit Plan I

13 14 10

15 11 19

1. Entry 2. Mail Room 3. Storage Room 4. Half Bath 5. Laundry Room 6. Bedroom 7. Closet 8. Washroom 9. Master Bedroom 10. Master Bathroom 11. Walk-in-Closet 12. Bedroom 13. Closet 14. Washroom 15. Family Room 16. Play Room 17. Kitchen 18. Wine Cellar 19. Pantry 20. Dining Room 21. Library 22. Living Room 23. Office 24. Bar 25. Man Cave 26. Movie Theater 27. Gym 28. Sauna 29. Pool

808

8 6

21 22

17 23

24 25

1 5

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

27 29 28

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

809

810

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

811

Unit Plan II

7 Entry Coat Room Laundry Room Storage/mail Room Half Bath Wine Cellar Pantry Kitchen Dining Room Living Room Bedroom Closet Washroom Master Bedroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bathroom Master Bathroom Walk-in-Closet Master Bedroom Stairs Theater Man Cave Bar Family Room Library Office Gym Sauna Pool

812

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

21 27

17 16

14 13 12

2 1

26 24 25

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

813

814

PHASE 2: DESIGN RESEARCH

USER-CENTRIC PATHOLOGICAL

815

Appendices

816

817

Appendix A: Table of Mass Timber Types continued

Name

Definition

Composition

Jointing Method

Attributes

Glulam

Glue Laminated Timber

Dimensional lumber glued together, in Canada all glulam is manufactured using waterproof adhesive.

Dimensional lumber, and waterproof adhesive.

Finger jointing.

High structural capacity, aesthetically attractive, interior and exterior use, size/shape/straightness can change.

CLT

Cross Laminated Timber

Prefabricated panel made from kiln-dried wood glued together in an uneven number of layers, with alternating layers changing grain direction 90 degrees.

Kild-dreid wood panels.

Butt joints.

High strength to weight ratio, structural, fire, thermal and acoustic advantages.

NLT

Nail Laminated Timber

Old technique, used for over 100 years to create study floors.

Dimensional lumber, metal nails.

Butt joints.

Curved surface, no unique manufacturing facility made from typical lumber.

DLT

Dowel Laminated Timber

Manufactured commercially in Europe for years and known as dubelholz. Wood panels are friction fit together on edge with a wooden dowel.

Dimensional lumber, hardwood dowels.

Finger jointing.

All wood - no glue or nails, structural efficiency, CNC made.

LVL

Laminated Veneer Lumber

Most commonly used type of SCL, has been used for many decades and has a long history outside of architecture in everything from furniture to airplane design.

Dried and graded wood veneer that is coated in waterproof phenolformaldehyde resin adhesive.

Butt joints.

High strength, high stiffness, dimensional stability, efficient use of wood, product uniformity.

LSL

Laminated Strand Lumber

Similar in appearance to OSB but with a greater thickness, giving it structural capacity.

Flaked wood strands that have a length-to-thickness ratio of ~150.

Butt joints.

High strength, high stiffness, dimensional stability, efficient use of wood, predictable/ consistent material.

ICLT

Interlocking Cross-laminated Timber

Prefabricated solid wall and roof panel system, does not utilize fasteners or adhesives.

Dimensional lumber.

Interlocking and butt joints.

No adhesive or fasteners, no toxins and can be disassembled at the end.

818

APPENDIX A

Axo

Section

TABLE OF MASS TIMBER TYPES

819

continued

Appearance

Standard Sizes

Standard Wood Species

Glulam

Commonly left exposed. Given an appearance grade: industrial, commercial, or quality.

Typ.lumber dimensions to avoid waste, 80-365mm W, 114-2128mm D in increments of 38mm.

CLT

Appearance classification in the ANSI/APA PRG 320. Or targeted appearance.

NLT

Standardization & Variance

Typical Applications

Requirements

Douglas fir, larch, spruce, and pine. Less common: hem and fir.

Standardization of lamstock lumber; same species, dried to 7-15% moisture content, then each piece is rated and this determines where in the final product that piece goes.

Interior and exterior applications. Post and beam, mass timber structures, etc. Can be manufactured bent or curved.

Use of graded lamstock. Manufacturer of glulam must meet CSA 0122 requirements and are required to be qualified under CSA 0177.

Typ. panel is 100-300mm but up to 500mm thick. Panel dimensions are 1.23m wide and 5-19.5 m long.

Almost all types of lumber, even recycled and low quality.

At the time of production of CLT the sawn lumber panels have a 9-15% moisture content. Laminations in each direction must be the same species and thickness of lumber.

Floor, roof, and wall elements.

Lumber to be manufactured in compliance with ANSI/APA PRG 320. Bonding to comply with CSA 0112.10 and ASTM D7247 and evaluated for fire performance.

Commonly left exposed. Different finishes are available (ie. planed, band sawn, and factory sealed).

89-314mm thick, up to 3.6x20m.

SPF (Spruce Pine Fir), Douglas Fir, Cedar.

NLT can take on a curvalinear form.

Floors, decks, roofs, and shafts (stair and elevator), often left as an exposed ceiling.

DLT

Commonly left exposed as ceiling.

Typical lumber dimensions.

Same softwood as NLT. Dowels are hardwood.

Stack in a single direction (axis). Profile and depth of members can vary.

Floor, roof deck, typically spanning between beams or walls.

LVL

Typically not shown in finished design. Some manufacturers may make custom finishgrade LVL.

Typ. thickness is 45mm, but can be 19-178mm. LVL beams are 241-606mm deep. Lengths up to 24.4m.

Douglas fir, larch, southern yellow pine, and poplar.

Each layer of veneer grain runs the long direction so that the final product can be loaded on itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s short edge or face. Type of adhesive can vary between products/panels.

Structural framing: headers. beams, rafters, and scaffolding planking.

LSL

Similar to OSB.

Typically produced using fast growing wood species such as aspen or poplar.

Planar, no variation in form. Type of adhesive can vary between products/panels.

Typically used for structural framing: headers, beams, tall wall studs, sill plates, millwork, and window framing.

ICLT

Similar to CLT with a different method of jointing pieces together.

820

APPENDIX A

152-533mm thickness, up to 3m wide and 7.6m long.

Same as used for CLT.

Sustainability

Complete wood product; can be reused, recycled, or burned for fuel.

No common design value or production methods, design values are based on the product and manufacturer and are determined by a test in accordance with CSA 086 and astm D5456, the values are then reviewed by the CCMC.

Roof, walls, and floors.

TABLE OF MASS TIMBER TYPES

821

Photo Glulam

Notes

Source

Cover ends in environments with moisture, ie. if touching the ground or exposed in a building with high humidity.

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://cwc.ca/how-to-build-with-wood/woodproducts/mass-timber/

CLT

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://cwc.ca/how-to-build-with-wood/woodproducts/mass-timber/

NLT

StructureCraft claims that NLT is inferior to DLT; the only advantage that NLT has is that it allows for tight curves in the panel.

StructureCraft. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://structurecraft.com/materials/masstimber/

DLT

Both NLT and DLT can be milled to create different shapes, textures, and patterns on the surface. Or so that acoustic material or other equipment can be recessed.

StructureCraft. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://structurecraft.com/materials/masstimber/

LVL

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://cwc.ca/how-to-build-with-wood/woodproducts/mass-timber/

LSL

Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://cwc.ca/how-to-build-with-wood/woodproducts/mass-timber/

ICLT

Smith, R. (2011). Interlocking Cross-laminated Timber: Alternative Use of Waste Wood in Design and Construction. BTES Conference 2011: Convergence and Confluence.

822

APPENDIX A

TABLE OF MASS TIMBER TYPES

823

Appendix B: Mass Prairie

S IE S A M AIR PR

Winter 2020 Senior Research Studio Josh Taron Bushra Hashim Elliott Carlson Christiaan Muilwijk Hanna Poulsen 824

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

825

Population

Environment

By 2040, Alberta’s population will grow by

Alberta accounts for 40% of Canada’s total GHG emissions.

Calgarians spend 39% of their income on shelter needs.

40%

(Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction, 2019) (Statistics Canada, 2019)

Buildings account for 49% of the world’s GHG emissions. 8m

7 19

8 19

0 0000 220

2 0112 220

4 0224 220

3 20

4 0444 220

Calgary + Edmonton have the lowest density of Canadian cities:

1250 people/km2

47% of growth projected to be from immigration.

(Statistics Canada, 2019)

826

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

827

Economy The construction industryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s productivity has

flatlined.

How do you address these macro problems with maximum impact?

Extraction industry accounts for of the Albertan economy.

40%

(McKinsey Global Institute, 2015) (Statistics Canada, 2019) (RBC Economics, 2019)

828

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

829

Why Mass Timber?

Wood is

renewable

How does mass timber transform the albertan industrial landscape?

1 m3 sequesters 824

830

APPENDIX B

kg of CO2

MASS PRAIRIE

831

Why the Prairies? British Columbia, Quebec and Ontario already have established and growing Mass Timber industries. The prairie region, other than small, glulam manufacturers, has no CLT manufacturers. In addition, there is little research being done by institutes and universities. Currently, all buildings that use CLT in Alberta are imported from Europe. Despite this, Alberta has a significant forest sector and is expected to be the fasted growing province; by 2040 the housing demand in the prairie region will be the second largest to Ontario. Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economy is heavily reliant on the oil and gas industry and will benefit from a diversified economy. The prairie cities are also some of the worst of the big cities in Canada in respect to density and quality of life. The prairie region, especially, Alberta relies on coal energy, mass timber can greatly reduce buildingsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; energy consumption. A mass timber movement in the prairies could help pivot the dirty image and economy of the prairies to a more sustainable one. Therefore, Alberta is in a unique position because it can start the industry with a fresh approach, learning from British Columbia and Europe.

HOUSING DEMAND

2040

2020

29,970 UNITS

817,682 Units

Edmonton

300380

Calgary

324000

Saskatoon

50000

2040

817,682 UNITS 28000

Regina

Winnipeg

115302 Okanagan Nelson Chibougamau

Okanagan

Devlin

Ripon

Nelson Chibougamau Devlin

Ripon

22CLT Plants CLT PLANTS

Edmonton

St. Marys

CLT PLANTS 2 CLT Plants 00CLT Plants

St. Marys

0 CLT Plants

Saskatoon Calgary Regina Winnipeg

HOUSING DEMAND > 15% 10 % - 15% 5% - 10% <5%

EDMONTON, CALGARY, REGINA, SASKATOON, WINNIPEG POTENTIAL FUTURE

ALBERTA CLT DEMAND

CURRENT

(Ryan Berlin et al., 2017)

832

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

833

Scope of Work Alberta can use its existing forest volume and sawmill capacity to provide for advanced wood manufacturing plants. An investment in sawmills in order to convert them into integrated facilities will allow Alberta to establish a supply chain network. Existing rail networks near these mills can bring the engineered wood to cities for additional assembly.

GROWTH

834

APPENDIX B

CAPACITY

ALBERTAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S FOREST

INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

RAIL TRANSPORT

CITY DEPOTS

COMMUNITY INTERVENTIONS

USE FORESTS THAT SUPPLY EXISTING SAWMILLS PRODUCING LUMBER

SAWMILL CLT MANUFACTURING WASTE RECOVERY

SUSTAINABLE INCREASED CAPACITY EFFICIENCY

EDMONTON / CALGARY DISTRIBUTION BUILDING ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY MODULES

INSTALLATION EXPORT TO PRAIRIES SMART GROWTH

MASS PRAIRIE

835

Why Integrated Facilities? FOREST WASTE IS SOLD TO SEPARATE COMPANY.

WASTE IS SOLD TO SEPARATE COMPANY.

EMISSIONS LOGGING

LOGGING & SAWMILL COMPANY

ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCT MANUFACTURER & FABRICATOR

TYPICAL NORTH AMERICAN MODEL : MULTIPLE COMPANIES

WASTE PRODUCTS

BUILDING

VERSUS

EUROPEAN MODEL: ONE COMPANY

TRANSPORTATION SUSTAINABILITY QUALITY CONTROL

SAWMILL

Wood travels lesser distance Closed loops systems with integrated biomass facilities. Can use the highest quality wood and kiln dry to desired moisture content.

ECONOMICS

Control their own supply chain.

EFFICIENCY

Able to optimize waste and low quality wood for other wood products.

ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCT

(Kevin Cheung & Allen Czinger, 2019)

836

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

837

Standardization Canada is in a unique position as an early adopter where it can standardize CLT manufacturing allowing for increased production capacity. In Europe, to build a mass timber building, contractors will rely solely on one manufacturer for its construction. Standardization will allow for multiple mass timber manufacturers to supply a multitude of buildings maximizing each facilities production capacity. This is essential as current capacity, compared to Europe, is extremely low. We limited the scope of our research to CLT as it has the most structural opportunities due to being able to work as a two-way system. (Gagnon, Sylvain and Pirvu, Cirprian., 2011) Polastri A. et al, 2016)

SPECIALIZED MANUFACTURING

STANDARDIZED MANUFACTURING

70%

CLT BUILDING

CLT PLANT AT 70% CAPACITY

CLT PLANT AT 100% CAPACITY

3 0%

CLT PLANT AT 70% CAPACITY

APPENDIX B

CLT BUILDING

70%

838

3 0%

CLT BUILDING

CLT PLANT AT 100% CAPACITY

CLT BUILDING

MASS PRAIRIE

839

Methodology

1. GROWTH

AL Co LO W De nifer AB cid ou LE eo s: CU us 2,0 T = : 2,7 28 (m 10 0,0 50 ,796 ) 00 ,089 m

HOW CAN THE ALBERTA INDUSTRY SUPPLY ALL OF THE HOUSING DEMAND IN MASS TIMBER FOR THE PRAIRIES BY 2040?

L8, L3, L2, , S22 , L1, , S18 , A15 S11 A14 L11, S7,

F26

P21 S10 S17

S19

P20

2. CAPACITY

P19

P05

S20

S02 S21

W1 G15

W1 G16 E8 &

E 10

E14

R13 R10

3. SCENARIOS

840

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

841

National Population Growth POPULATION GROWTH 37.6 MILLION

> 15% 10.0% - 15.0% 5.0% - 10.0% < 5.0%

55.2 MILLION

By 2046, Canada’s population is expected to increase to 55 million people. The majority of this population growth is occurring in Alberta and Ontario. Alberta, by 2038 will have overtaken British Columbia and become Canada’s third most populous province after Ontario and Quebec. (Statistics Canada, 2019)

2018

POPULATION DENSITY 15.0 - 24.9 people/km2 2046

10.0 - 14.9 people/km2 5.0 - 9.9 people/km2 1.0 - 4.9 people/km2 < 1.0 people/km2

RATE OF POPULATION GROWTH HIGHEST IN AB

842

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

843

Provincial Population Growth

6.6 MILLION PEOPLE IN ALBERTA

137 PEOPLE/KM2 IN CALGARY/EDMONTON CORRIDOR

6.5 PEOPLE/KM2

47% International Migration

33% Natural Increase

11 PEOPLE/KM2

In Alberta, the increase in population is expected to occur mainly in its two largest cities, Edmonton and Calgary. Almost half of the population is expected to come from international migration. (Statistics Canada, 2019)

20% Interprovincial Migration

4/5 people living in Edmonton/Calgary corridor

POPULATION GROWTH positive growth 1.51% - 1.75% 1.01% - 1.50% 0.51% - 1.00% 0.01% - 0.50%

-0.49% - 0.00% -0.55% - -0.50%

2011-2018

844

APPENDIX B

2046

negative growth

MASS PRAIRIE

845

Annual Allowable Cut

Lumber Mills AAC ACTUAL CUT

The Alberta Annual Allowable Cut (AAC) provides a sustainable annual volumetric allowance for Forest Management Units, a defined forest area. Companies submit a forest management plan that projects the forest 200 years into the future. The management plan ensures a sustainable rate of harvest so the forests can keep replenishing itself. In addition, it also requires maintaining animal habitat, water, and aboriginal considerations. Logging companies have a five-year period to achieve the AAC and do not have to cut the allowance in one year. Due to forest fires and insect diseases the actual cut for the past years has been lower than the AAC. (Agriculture and Forestry, 2015)

28.4 - 30.7 MILLION M3 19.8 - 20.8 MILLION M3

F26

P20 P21 P19

S10

A14, A15, L1, L2, L3, L8, L11, S7, S11, S18, S22

P05 S19

S17

S02

S20

S21 G16

G15

W15

W11

W14 W13

TOTAL LUMBER CLT POTENTIAL

14 MILLION M3 1.2 MILLION M3

We analyzed all the sawmills in Alberta and filtered out those that already provide lumber suitable for CLT. These sawmills have the potential to be upgraded to support CLT manufacturing and become integrated facilities. All the sawmills show on the map have a yearly production capacity that would support CLT manufacturing operations. The maps also show mills that have access to rail yards or lines and those that are close where lines could potentially be extended to reach the facilities.

RAIL ACCESS Rail Access

E8 & E 10 E14

< 40 km to Rail Access R13

No Rail Access R10

CAPACITY

AAC LUMBERMILLS OTHER - PULP AND PAPER = 100 000 M3

120 000 m3/year 240 000 m3/year 590 000 m3/year 1 180 000 m3/year

846

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

847

Rail Networks

Transport Optimization RAIL VS TRUCK TRANSPORT

Manufacturing the CLT panels at the sawmill, in addition to providing integration and quality benefits, allows for an efficient transportation of flat packed panels. Existing rail networks that are already near sawmills or have rail yards provide an opportunity for a more efficient and sustainable transport system compared to trucking. Rail cars can also carry significantly larger CLT panels and use less rail cars compared to trucks. This also avoids the difficulty in oversized truck transportation.

= 2,400M3 CLT (12 STORIES)

RAILWAYS RAILINK/CENTRAL WESTERN RAILWAY CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY CANADIAN NATIONAL WAY ALBERTA RAILNET 112 KM RADIUS IN WHICH TRUCK TRANSPORT IS MORE EFFICIENT

848

APPENDIX B

RAIL TRANSPORT VOLUME CLT MAX SIZE CARS

276 M3 20 M X 3 M 9

TRUCK TRANSPORT VOLUME CLT MAX SIZE CARS

117 M3 15 M X 2.6 M 24

MASS PRAIRIE

849

Freight Capacity

Combined Means

Currently, rail traffic is used for transporting a variety of Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s natural resources. With the planned expansion of the trans-mountain pipeline additional traffic will be freed up for CLT. (Transport Canada, 2017; Trans Mountain Corporation, 2020)

ANNUAL ALLOWABLE CUT LUMBER MILLS TRANSPORT

CLT OIL

GRAINS

PIPELINE

WOOD

Layering the AAC data, with existing lumber mills, rail transport and capacity allows to establish a networked supply chain for Alberta. With the integration of standardization and integrated facilities the network provides a robust and flexible CLT supply chain. The combined network provides a base database of annual allowable cut volumes, sawmill capacity and CLT manufacturing volumes. From this we can establish how taxing a projected mass timber housing demand maybe be on the system. (Trans Mountain Corporation, 2020)

POTASH

COAL

OIL BY RAIL TRANS MOUNTAIN PIPELINE INCREASED TRAIN CAPACITY

850

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

851

Visualizing Production Numbers

150,000 TREES ON AVERAGE, 660 WHITE PINE AND DOUGLAS FIR TREES ARE PLANTED PER ACRE IN MEDIUM DENSITY COMMERCIAL PLANTING. 227 ACRES IS REQUIRED TO GROW 150,000 TREES. THAT’S ONLY HALF THE SIZE OF CAMPUS

(The Beck Group, 2018)

89,000M 3 LUMBER CONVERTING 150,000 TREES TO LUMBER CREATES A LOT OF “WOODY BIOWASTE”. TYPICALLY COMPRISED OF FOREST RESIDUE AND SAWMILL BYPRODUCTS, THIS BIOWASTE CAN BE USED TO FUEL THE PRODUCTION FACILITY ITSELF, OR EVEN SUPPLEMENT A CITY’S ELECTRICAL GRID.

(The Beck Group, 2018)

50,000M 3 CLT

21 BUILDINGS

50,000 M 3 OF CLT IS THE PRODUCTION CAPACITY FOR CANADIAN MASS TIMBER PRODUCERS WHEN THEY OPERATE AT TWO SHIFTS / DAY / YEAR.

50, 000 M3 OF CLT CAN SUPPLY 20 12-STOREY MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS WITH 240 UNITS EACH, EACH UNIT CONSUMING 10M 3 OF CLT.

THEY CAN ACHIEVE 75,000 M 3 IF THEY RUN AT 3 SHIFTS/DAY.

ONE 12 STOREY BUILDING = 2,400M 3 CLT

UPGRADING A SAWMILL TO HAVE CLT PRODUCTION CAPACITY REQUIRES AN ESTIMATED INVESTMENT OF $35 MILLION.

(Max Smith, 2018)

(Jean Sorensen, 2019)

852

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

853

Scenario Typologies

Construction Logic For the purpose of estimating the material demand for CLT housing on our proposed system for Alberta we established three scales of buildings, with three different floor plates, each with a structural system that is the most efficient for its scale. We then calculated an appropriate amount of CLT used for each building.

854

6 STORIES

9 STORIES

12 STORIES

33% OF BUILDINGS 180 OF BUILDING UNITS 35 M3 CLT / UNIT = 6,300 M3 OF CLT

33% OF BUILDINGS 225 OF BUILDING UNITS 25 M3 CLT / UNIT = 4,500 M3 OF CLT

33% OF BUILDINGS 240 OF BUILDING UNITS 10 M3 CLT / UNIT = 2,400 M3 OF CLT

APPENDIX B

6 STORIES

9 STORIES

12 STORIES

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION

WALL & FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

FLOOR & CORE CONSTRUCTION

* ENTIRELY PREFAB * FAST INSTALL TIME * STANDARDIZATION

* ALL CLT STRUCTURE * PARTITION WALLS ARE STRUCTURAL

* HIGHLY EFFICIENT * DIMENSIONALLY STABLE * SIMILAR TO CONVENTIONAL

MASS PRAIRIE

855

Carbon Sequestration

CO2

Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Typology

CO2

CARBON SEQUESTRATION THROUGH MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

CO2

CO2 COCO 2 2

CO2

1 M3 CLT SEQUESTERS 0.824 TONNES OF CO2

CO2

Compared to conventional construction our three buildings provide significant carbon savings over conventional construction. If the same scales were built with a concrete superstructure, they would emit 1,000 tonnes of carbon emissions. In comparison, because of carbon sequestration the mass timber stores carbon in their super structure. This can eliminate the carbon emissions from buildings and provides a way to offset Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s emissions.

CONVENTIONAL CONCRETE

MASS TIMBER

GREENHOUSE GASES EMITTED

GREENHOUSE GASES SEQUESTERED

CO2

1890 TONNES CO2

1350 TONNES CO2

720 TONNES CO2

5191 TONNES CO2

3708 TONNES CO2

1978 TONNES CO2

CARBON EMISSIONS THROUGH CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

CO2

1 M3 CONCRETE EMITS 0.300 TONNES OF CO2

six

nin

e elv

six

nin

e elv

*Assuming the same volume of material is used in each case

856

APPENDIX B

(Seagate Structures, 2017)

MASS PRAIRIE

857

Scenarios

Proposed Build-Out We defined four potential scenarios of how future housing demand and mass timber market penetration could occur in Alberta. Scenario one explores the possibility of densification around the manufacturing facilities and the potential for these facilities to grow with these new cities. Scenario two follows the projected growth and assumes all the future housing demand happens in Edmonton and Calgary. We then explored different level of market penetration varying from 50% to an elimination of single-family homes and a future development of 100% housing being mass timber mid to high rise buildings.

4 POSSIBLE SCENARIOS

1/2 POP IN YEG/YYC

4/5 POP IN YEG/YYC

HIGH & LOW PROJECTIONS

100% MASS TIMBER

90% MASS TIMBER 50% SINGLE FAMILY HOMES

858

APPENDIX B

90% MASS TIMBER 50% SINGLE FAMILY HOMES

Achieving all the prairie housing demand in mass timber will have to happen in a build out process over 20 years. An initial series of pilot projects in 2020 using British Columbiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s supply chain will allow jurisdictions, designers, safety officials, and engineers in Alberta to become comfortable with mass timber. Subsequently a target build out of mass timber housing every five years provides a basis for the supply chain growth.

100% MASS TIMBER

2020 3 PILOT PROJECTS

2025 10%

2030 30%

2035 60%

2040 100%

MASS PRAIRIE

859

Current Projected Growth

6.6 MILLION PEOPLE IN ALBERTA

47% International Migration

Edmonton-Calgary Corridor 2000-2016 The projected population growth demands that the Edmonton-Calgary Corridor be densified in order to meet housing needs for Alberta. However, this would be highly detrimental as prime agricultural land is located amidst this stretch, making this an unsustainable model for deveopment.

137 PEOPLE/KM IN CALGARY/EDMONTON CORRIDOR 2

33% Natural Increase

POPULATION DENSITY CHANGE (PERSONS/SQUARE KM)

20% Interprovincial Migration

below 5 5-10 10-20 20-50 50-200 above 200

positive growth 1.51% - 1.75% 1.01% - 1.50% 0.51% - 1.00%

DEVELOPED LAND GROWTH (100 HA)

0.01% - 0.50%

-0.49% - 0.00% -0.55% - -0.50% negative growth (Statistics Canada, 2019)

860

APPENDIX B

2046

below 3 3-6 6-10 10-20 above 20

MASS PRAIRIE

861

Scenario 1A

Scenario 1A: Population Growth

PRODUCTION FACILITIES AS GROWTH NODES Instead of all the densification in existing urban centres, this scenario proposes a growth of three new cities adjacent to existing forest manufacturing facilities. This reduces transportation and time constraints and allows the facilities to fluctuate based on their local housing demand. The market penetration is assumed to be a 100% mass timber mid to tall rise buildings with an elimination of the single-family market. Here towers

2046 positive growth 1.51% - 1.75% 1.01% - 1.50% 0.51% - 1.00% 0.01% - 0.50%

-0.49% - 0.00% -0.55% - -0.50% negative growth

862

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

863

Scenario 1A: Build-Out 2025 2 CLT PLANTS 163 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2030 4 CLT PLANTS 489 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2035 6 CLT PLANTS 979 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2040 8 CLT PLANTS 1664 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

CLT PLANTS New Existing

CAPACITY < 50,000 M3 50,000 - 75,000 M3 75,000 - 150,000 M3

864

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

865

Scenario 2B

Scenario 2B: Population Growth

DENSIFY CALGARY + EDMONTON This scenario assumes all of Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s housing demand occurs inside Calgary and Edmonton. As they are the least dense cities in Canada, a elimination of the single family home is assumed and a infill of mid to tall rise mass timber buildings is proposed to meet the future housing demand.

2046 positive growth 1.51% - 1.75% 1.01% - 1.50% 0.51% - 1.00% 0.01% - 0.50%

-0.49% - 0.00% -0.55% - -0.50% negative growth

866

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

867

Scenario 2B: Build-Out 2025 2 CLT PLANTS 163 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2030 4 CLT PLANTS 489 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2035 6 CLT PLANTS 979 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

2040 8 CLT PLANTS 1664 MASS TIMBER BUILDINGS + $70 MILLION

CLT PLANTS New Existing

CAPACITY < 50,000 M3 50,000 - 75,000 M3 75,000 - 150,000 M3

868

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

869

Summary Metrics Since both scenarios have a 100% mass timber market penetration, they provide the same set of metrics only the locations are different while volumes stay the same. By 2040 to meet all of Albertaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s housing demand, including exporting all housing needs for Saskatchewan and Manitoba, would require eight CLT plants. These plants would be operating between two and three shift capacities based on fluctuations of demand. To convert eight lumber mills to CLT manufacturing facilities would cost and estimated investment of $280 Million over a 20-year period ($35 Million for each plant). By 2040 the production capacity of the supply chain would exceed 1,664 buildings a year based on the three scales and three structures typologies we had defined earlier. Compared to conventional concrete construction, we would have saved a net benefit of 6 million tonnes of carbon dioxide.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions 2 MILLION TONNES CO2

6 MILLION TONNES CO2

CONVENTIONAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

EMITTED

SEQUESTERED

8 CLT PLANTS 1664 BUILDINGS A YEAR $280 MILLION INVESTMENT %

*OVER A 20 YEAR PERIOD

33 %

870

APPENDIX B

*Carbon savings per year at 100% capacity

MASS PRAIRIE

871

WHICH IS EQUIVALENT TO 200 000 CARS OFF THE ROAD FOR A YEAR

872

APPENDIX B

THIS ACCOUNTS FOR 4% OF ANNUAL FOREST HARVEST VOLUME.

MASS PRAIRIE

873

AND 16% OF ALL LUMBER MILL CAPACITY.

CANADIAN FORESTS GROW THIS MUCH WOOD IN 36 HOURS. 874

APPENDIX B

MASS PRAIRIE

875

Bibliography

876

877

Alberta Mills Map. (2020). Retrieved April 23, 2020, from https://www. albertawoodproducts.ca/mill-map American Institute of Timber Construction. (2012). Timber construction manual. Hoboken: Wiley. Retrieved from https://ebookcentral-proquest-com. ezproxy.lib.ucalgary.ca A definitive design guide and construction industry source for building with glulam products, and includes updated design procedures for glulam products, technical details, as well as real-world examples of glulam usage. This design guide was used to gather more detailed production details for glulam products, as well as for gathering pros and cons. APA – The Engineered Wood Association. (2007) Technical Note: Glulam Connection Details [Technical Note]. Tacoma: Author. An overview of glulam connections with several diagram examples of correct and incorrect details regarding issues such as splitting, moisture, exposed end grain, expansion/contraction, reduction of complexity and preventing contact with masonry or concrete. Avison Young. (2019). Second Quarter 2019/Office Market Report. Avisonyoung. com This report outlines the details of Calgary’s vacancy rates in commercial office spaces Downtown and surrounding areas. The report highlights changes in office absorption rates in different years, as well as new office spaces added over time. The report overall provides the basis for understanding why vacancy rates are occurring, as well as other metrics of

878

BIBLIOGRAPHY

understanding the spatial waste dilemma. Aye, L., Ngo, T., Crawford, R. H., Gammampila, R., & Mendis, P. (2012). Life cycle greenhouse gas emissions and energy analysis of prefabricated reusable building modules. Energy and Buildings, 47, 159–168. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. enbuild.2011.11.049 This paper aims to quantify the embodied energy benefits associated with prefabricated modular timber construction, particularly those in regard to waste reduction and material efficiency. The study assesses the life cycle energy requirements for conventional concrete construction, prefabricated steel construction and prefabricated steel construction to quantify the environmental benefits associated with material used and construction method employed. Little variance was shown in the operational energy requirements for the three types of construction. Embodied energy was found to represent 32% of the total life cycle primary energy requirements of a building. Findings show that prefabricated construction provides environmental benefits over conventional construction methods if they are designed for disassembly, with modules reused or recycled for a secondary use. For a prefabricated timber building, up to 69.1% of embodied energy is able to be saved by this reuse of existing materials. BANR Team. (2020). Making Fuels and Electricity from Wood. Retrieved from Bioenergy Alliance Network of the Rockies Web site: https://banr.nrel.colostate.edu/ making-fuels-and-electricity-from-wood/ Provides a short collection of a diagram and videos along with descriptions that explain different ways energy can be extracted

from wood. The diagram is a helpful tool that what kind of fuels are produced with different thermal and biochemical processes. The videos work as examples of how wood is being used to produce energy in US. Bao Living. (n.d.). Modules. Retrieved: https://en.baoliving.com/werking/modules Baris, Braumann, J., Winter, W., & Trautz, M. (2015, March 21). Robotic Production of Individualized Wood Joints. Retrieved from http://papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/ works/paper/caadria2016_559 The process utilizes a robotically operated milling cutter to form blockboard panels out of spruce, which make up the multifunctional information point. The entire object is produced with only sliding dovetail joints. Parametric design methods were developed to automatically adjust each joint to fit the individual conditions joinery machines are optimized for the manufacturing However the once nonstandard solutions generated problems only with programming difficult geometry relating to time consuming and not as flexible as with a robot arm resulting in loss of accuracy and speed. Binational Softwood Lumber Council. (2017). Nail Laminated Timber: Canadian Design & Construction Guide v. 1.1. Retrieved https://info.thinkwood.com/nltdesign-and-construction-guide-canadianversion Boeing. (2020) “C-17 Globemaster III Technical Specifications” Retrieved: https://www.boeing.com/defense/c-17globemaster-iii/ Provides detailed specifications on the

aircraft including the volume of cargo it can transport. Brown, M. (2015, April 15). The real cost of raising kids. Retrieved from Money Sense Web site: https://www.moneysense.ca/ save/financial-planning/the-real-cost-ofraising-a-child/ This webpage describes the study that Money Sense carried out to understand the average cost to raise a child in Canada. This includes the original value done during 2011 being compared to the 2015 value that is adjusted for inflation. They also break down what that cost includes with descriptions as to why they are the value they stated.

Browning, W., Ryan, C., & Clancy, J. (2014). 14 Patterns of Biophilic Design. Terrapin Bright Green. Retrieved from https://www. terrapinbrightgreen.com/reports/14patterns/ Buck, D., Wang, X., Hagman, O., & Gustafsson, A. (2016). Bending Properties of Cross Laminated Timber (CLT) with a 45° Alternating Layer Configuration. BioResources, 11(2), 4633–4644. doi: 10.15376/ biores.11.2.4633-4644 A set of bending tests for two different arrangements of 5-layer cross laminated timber (CLT) were undertaken and the results compared. The two different CLT panels sets were the standard 90° arrangement of layers and a panel set where each of the 5 layers were arranged 45° from each other. The conclusion from the findings was that the 45° CLT bending strength increase by 35% in comparison to

90° CLT.

industry/forest-products/~/link.aspx?_

Buildforce Canada. (2019). Construction and Maintenance Looking Forward, 20192028. (Lmi)

Canadian Wood Council (CWC). (2020). Carbon Calculator. Retrieved February 2020, from https://cwc.ca/design-tools/carboncalculator/

Buildforce assists the construction industry with its management of workforce requirements by providing reliable labor market information, tools and resources. This summary forecasts long-term trends in the labor market. The resulting BuildForce Labor Market Information (LMI) focuses exclusively on trends affecting the construction and maintenance industry including an economic and investment outlook, and an assessment of labor availability for 34 trades and occupations for the residential and non-residential construction sectors over a 10-year period. Calgary Municipal Land Corporation (CMLC). (2019). Rivers District Master Plan. The city of Calgary. The Calgary Municipal Land Corporation (CMLC) has provided a report and comprehensive master plan for areas of projected redevelopment. These areas run along the east side of the Beltline, East Village, and Victoria Park. The Rivers District Master Plan (RDMP) outlines a comprehensive approach to several urban challenges within these zones, and has a primary goal of supporting future densification and entertainment districts. The report calls out many sub-areas of specific interest, while proposing specific roles for urban enhancements to play in the development. Canadian National Railway (2018) CN to purchase 350 lumber cars to meet growing demand in forest products business. Retrieved from https://www.cn.ca/en/your-

The Canadian Wood Council provides a web page to help assess the positive impacts of using wood as a substitute for other materials in consumer projects. Using this web page as an experimental tool, volumes of CLT and Glulam could be used to help determine the GHG performance of mass timber structural systems. This web page is used to produce performance metrics of structural systems, and used to further compare mass timber to traditional methods of construction. Canadian Wood Council. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://cwc.ca/how-tobuild-with-wood/wood-products/masstimber/ Basic information on glue-laminated timber, cross-laminted timber, laminated veneer lumber, and laminated strand lumber. Includes production information, areas of standardization and typical uses. Canadian Wood Council (2019) Permanent Wood Foundations Retrieved from https:// cwc.ca/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/ Permanent-Wood-Foundations-CWC.pdf Canguilhem, G., Fawcett, C. R., Cohen, R. S., & Foucault, M. (2007). The normal and the pathological. New York: Zone Books. The Normal and the Pathological looks at the history of science, and the sudden appearance of biology in the 19th century. The book underscores the makeup of biology within its contexts, and examines

879

the manner in which it had the capacity to transform the understanding of health and disease. Canguilhem ultimately shows that emerging categories of normal and pathological were not aligned with scientific objectivity. Rather, he demonstrates that modern understandings of biology were entwined with politics, culture, and sociology. Ultimately, he poses the position of how domains of knowledge come to be, and how those domains become translated through societal domains; how knowledge is simply a product of a history of discontinuous human thought.

program was developed for the fabrication process, allowing the rapid programming and fabrication for all the 840 elements and 2592 notches. The project demonstrates how innovative structures are allowed through the synthesis of joint geometry, assembly process, and cutting-edge fabrication technology.

Census Mapper. (2020). Maps. Retrieved from Census Mapper Web Site: https:// censusmapper.ca/maps

This research addresses the challenges of mass customization of interlocking joints for linear elements, without the use of any nails or glue through the design and realization of a 9-meter high timber structure with fully interlocking joints. Although the project demonstrates how innovative structures are allowed through the synthesis of joint geometry, assembly process, and cutting-edge fabrication technology but the application of interlocking joints in real world construction still limited by factors like building codes. Moreover, the rapid programming and fabrication increase the complexity due to discrete connections for all the 840 elements and 2592 notches

This website uses the data from the Canadian Census to illustrate custom interactive maps. Its biggest value lies in the fact that map creators create their own comparisons to reveal new data. Chai, H., Marino, D., So, C., & Yuan, P. F. (n.d.). Design for Mass Customization Robotic Realization of a Timber Tower with Interlocking Joints ABSTR ACT. Tradition wood tectonics, like interlocking joints, have regained focus against the background of digital design and fabrication technologies. While research on interlocking joints is quite focused on joint geometries, especially for timber plates, there has been less attention on the design and mass customization of interlocking joints for linear timber elements. In this context, this research addresses the challenges of mass customization of interlocking joints for linear elements through the design and realization of a 9-meter- high timber structure with fully interlocking joints, without the use of any nails or glue. A customized code generation

880

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Chai, Hua, Marino, Dario, Yuan, & F., P. (2015, September15). Design for MassCustomization. Retrieved from http:// papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/works/ paper/acadia19_564

Changali, S., Mohammad, A., & van Nieuwland, M. (2015, July). The construction productivity imperative. Retrieved from https://www.mckinsey. com/industries/capital-projectsand-infrastructure/our-insights/theconstruction-productivity-imperative Cheng, & Hinkel, A. A. (2012, December 12). Parametric design of timber shell structures. Retrieved from https:// open.library.ubc.ca/cIRcle/collections/ ubctheses/24/items/1.0216008

The research presented an example of a project executed in a co-rationalized manner through architectural and structural collaboration, using both digitally-integrated and analog models, for the design and construction of solid timber shells structures using CLT .Moreover ,it also provided a precedent to architects and engineers; and in this state it began with concepts, rather than defined geometry or materials. This co-rationalized research refutes misconceptions of timber as a limited material and challenges architects, engineers, and researcher alike to experiment further with this sustainable material and new design tools.

CNS/Pages/Social-research-policy-andresources/Community-profiles/BeltlineProfile.aspx

City of Calgary. (2014, June 4). Transit Oriented Development (TOD). Retrieved from https://www.calgary.ca/PDA/pd/ Pages/Current-studies-and-ongoingactivities/Transit-Oriented-DevelopmentTOD.aspx

Claypool, M. (2019). Our automated future: A discrete framework for the production of housing. Architectural Design, 89(2), 46–53. https://doi.org/10.1002/ad.2411

City of Calgary. (2016). “Calgary Seniors Population Profile”. Retrieved: https:// www.calgary.ca/CSPS/CNS/Documents/ seniors/Calgary-Seniors-PopulationProfiles-2011.pdf City of Calgary. (2016). “Corporate Affordable Housing Strategy – Foundations for Home”. Retrieved: https://www.calgary. ca/CS/OLSH/Documents/Affordablehousing/Corporate-Affordable-HousingStrategy.pdf City of Calgary. (2016, January). “Disability Population Profile”. Retrieved: https://www. calgary.ca/CSPS/CNS/Documents/Socialresearch-policy-and-resources/Disabilitypopulation-profile.pdf City of Calgary. (2019) “Beltline Profile”. Retrieved: https://www.calgary.ca/CSPS/

City of Calgary. (2019) “Downtown Commercial Core Profile”. Retrieved: https://www.calgary.ca/CSPS/CNS/ Pages/Social-research-policy-andresources/Community-profiles/DowntownCommercial-Core.aspx City of Calgary. (2019). “Downtown East Village Profile”. Retrieved: https://www. calgary.ca/CSPS/CNS/Pages/Socialresearch-policy-and-resources/Communityprofiles/Downtown-East-Village.aspx

In this paper Claypool aims to address the problem of a world plagued by a housing crisis where millions live without adequate shelter, asking the question of how can a fully automated production chain for architecture enable us to produce more quickly, more efficiently and with highly reduced costs, housing that responds to changes in family structures, in the way we organize our communities and in how we relate to our physical and virtual environments. While automating the way we manifest our built environment, it provides an opportunity to incorporate these technologies and new social and economic frameworks into architectural design and construction practices that engage with wider communities that include architects and contractors, as well as users/inhabitants, policymakers and other stakeholders. CMLC. (n.d.) Rivers District Master

Plan. https://static1.squarespace.com/ static/547dd9bfe4b0756a4a5e6c29/t/ 5e2b75addf9b0864121e13 ca/1579906503447/18506-CMLC-RDMP% 2BDocument%2BFormatting%2BTemplates %2B%28Optimized%29%2B%281%29.pdf CN. (2001). Forest products. In Cargo Systems (Vol. 28) This is a small pamphlet outlining the dimensions and maximum loads of CN rail logging cars. Cokcan, B., Braumann, J., & Brell-Çokcan, S. (2015). Performative wood. Architectural Design, 05(237), 66–73. This research builds upon projects from both university and practice to explore new approaches on how the multifunctionality, flexibility, and performance of wood can be utilized to inform new approaches towards both design and fabrication. The mentioned projects use physical prototypes to bend wood just within its tolerances, design with the high precision of multi-axis robotic fabrication in mind, and finally inform the shape of a large free-form structure through material properties. Comen, E., & Sauter, M. B. (2019). The Size of a Home the Year You Were Born. 24/7 Wall St. https://247wallst.com/specialreport/2019/04/05/the-size-of-a-home-theyear-you-were-born-5/2/ A real estate article listing historical housing information, including average floor are of a new single-family home, average floor area per person, number of new homes started, and GDP per capita from 1920 to 2017. Condliffe, J. (2015, December 3). The Building Industry Could Cut Our Global Emissions By One Third–So Why Hasn’t

It? Retrieved from https://gizmodo.com/ the-building-industry-could-cut-our-globalemissions-by-1745929653 Cormack, Jordan, & S., K. (2017, June 21). Parametrically Fabricated Joints: Creating a Digital Workflow. Retrieved from http:// papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/works/ paper/sigradi2016_805 This paper considers the specifics of manufacturing due to the technicalities and time constraints involved. The paper builds up a catalogue of digital “parts” that parametrically change or adapt to an existing designed environment, providing the designer more control on the output of the design. The process lays to a new way of thinking about architectural design success by thinking about the manufactured piece from the beginning rather than altering the design at the end to suit manufacturing limitations of this project will lead the way Cox, A. (2020, January 25). Project Wins Top Award. The Calgary Herald. Czinger, Allan and Cheung, Kevin, (2019). Key Supply Chain Needs for Successful Mass Timber Sector. OMTDS Panel 4. Allan Czinger works for USNR who provides forest equipment in North America and Kevin Cheung is the Chief Engineer for Western Wood Products. In their slides they describe the needs and considerations in the Mass Timber supply chain. Czinger shows how different ways to manufacture CLT will affect plant configuration. In addition, he provides a comparison between European supply chains and current typical supply chains in North America.

881

Department of National Defense. (2018) “How the Dart Responds to Emergencies”. Retrieved from: https://www.canada.ca/ en/department-national-defence/services/ operations/military-operations/types/dart/ how-dart-responds.html Provides an explanation for how DART responds to crisis around the world. The source is from the official Canadian government website and was last updated in 2018. Dounas, T., & Spaeth, A. B. (2014). Universal dovetail joint. Rethinking Comprehensive Design: Speculative Counterculture - Proceedings of the 19th International Conference on ComputerAided Architectural Design Research in Asia, CAADRIA 2014, 409–418. The paper presents the geometrical investigation of a three- dimensional dovetail joint that can lead (timber) frame construction to more than twodimensional frames; the creation of timber construction with timber members meeting at irregular angles can be shown to be feasible, simplifying overall construction. Traditional joints in timber construction usually work only in two dimensions, in other words in planar surfaces, resulting thus in complicated assemblies in threedimensions. Stemming from traditional timber dovetail joints, the universal joint under investigation is produced under revolution of the geometry of a dovetail fastener through its middle axis. The resulting concave disk can connect timber elements under irregular angles, without the need for the structural members to lie in the same plane. The joint works due to friction between members rather than using any other element of bonding, allowing for the assembly of joints and structural members

882

BIBLIOGRAPHY

with no specialized tools. The paper explores the geometric constraints and degrees of freedom that such a disk creates in timber construction, and consequently in similar linear construction systems. Eversmann, P., Gramazio, F., & Kohler, M. (2017). Robotic prefabrication of timber structures: towards automated large-scale spatial assembly. Construction Robotics, 1(1–4), 49–60. https://doi.org/10.1007/ s41693-017-0006-2 Despite modern timber construction being on the forefront of digital technology in construction, subtractive CNC—fabrication technologies are still predominantly used in the industry. An important break in the digital chain occurs when prefabricated small building parts have to be assembled manually into functional modules. This can result in a loss of digital information in the process. Therefore, a robotic setup for timber construction was specifically developed by the authors enabling largescale spatial fabrication possibilities using a combination of subtractive external tools for cutting and drilling and additive robotic operations. Through automatization techniques and innovative feedback processes, the system can minimize material waste by reacting to different material sizes even during the construction process. In a case study, which was undertaken in the course of the Master of Advanced Studies program in Digital Fabrication at ETH Zurich, a complete digital workflow using additive robotic fabrication processes in timber construction was realized. We demonstrate the conception of the worldwide first double-story robotically assembled timber structure, explain its fabrication processes including an integrated envelope, and conclude by analyzing the robotic fabrication

technologies in terms of their efficiency and structural and functional capabilities and limits. Fast & Epp. (2018). Nailed It: Introducing the Design Guide for Nail-Laminated Timber. Retrieved from https:// www.woodworks.org/wp-content/ uploads/17WS13-LUTHI-StructuralDesign-NLT-WS-180307.pdf Finnish Woodworking Industries. (2019). LVL Handbook: Europe. Helsinki: Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries. Retrieved from https:// www.metsawood.com/global/tools/ materialarchive/materialarchive/lvlhandbook.pdf LVL product guide published by the Finnish woodworking industry describing the product and its two subtypes. This guide provides history of the product, the production process, its material efficiencies, sustainability considerations, certification processes, structural engineering, design, and fire performance. The LVL handbook was used to gather detailed information regarding the manufacturing process for LVL, and for finding its positives and negatives. Forestry Innovation Investment. (2015). Wood Specification: Life Cycle Assessment Toolkit. Retrieved from www. naturallywood.com/sites/default/files/ documents/resources/building-greenwith-wood-toolkit-life-cycle-assessmentspecification.pdf This publication addresses life cycle assessment (LCA) as the primary means of determining the full environmental impacts of a building product. LCA is defined to include resource extraction, manufacturing, on-site construction, occupation, and end-

of-life disposal. Guided under the lens of softwood lumber, the publication makes the case for using wood as a carbon-neutral building material, quantifying environmental impact categories for wood, steel, and concrete design to show that impacts are lower for wood design across all measures. These impact categories include fossil energy consumption, weighted resource use, global warming potential (GWP), and measures of potential for acidification, eutrophication, ozone depletion and smog formation. Goodman, M. K., Goodman, D., & Goodman, P. M. K. (Eds.). (2010). Consuming space : Placing consumption in perspective. Retrieved from https://ebookcentralproquest-com.ezproxy.lib.ucalgary.ca Green, M., & Taggart, J. (2017). Tall wood buildings: design, construction and performance. Basel: Birkhäuser. This book analyses the new dominant relationship that is emerging in the building industry; the relationship to the planet. The book outlines case studies and methods of timber construction while considering the impact of construction on the planet. It primarily outlines how buildings and cities are to be re-thought, where the majority of construction is of timber. It further postulates the possibilities of new architecture as a result of this building strategy. Grasser, K. (2015). “Development of Cross Laminated Timber in the United States of America. “ Master’s Thesis, University of Tennessee. Retrieved from https:// trace.tennessee.edu/cgi/viewcontent. cgi?referer=https://www.google.

Hsu, S. L. (2010). Life cycle assessment of materials and construction in commercial structures: Variability and limitations. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Huang, S. (1994). Ecologically Based Individual Tree Volume Estimation for Major Alberta Tree Species. Edmonton: Alberta Land and Forest Services Forest Management Division. Comprehensive guide of tree volumes in Alberta based on height, diameter, taper equations and estimated coefficients. Presents natural region based tables for predicting individual gross total volume, gross merchantable volume at designation utilization standards, merchantable length at designated utilization standards, and number of trees per cubic metre of merchantable volume for softwood groups in Alberta. Ibañez Daniel, Jane Hutton, and Kiel Moe. Wood Urbanism: from the Molecular to the Territorial. New York, NY: Actar Publishers, 2019. This book provides a series of research papers, cases studies and other articles that provide a transcalar look at woods potential for designers. The authors argue as a designer we need to understand and leverage our impacts across the different scales the wood operates in. The book provides technical details about the material properties of wood and then example case studies. ICF Home. (2016, January 7). Prefab Homes Ontario: The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly. Retrieved from Builders Ontario Web site: https://buildersontario.com/prefabhomes-ontario

While this web page has a strongly biased opinion in favor of prefabricated home construction, they provide valid arguments to demystify some of the myths associated with this kind of construction. The site also states the limitations of existing processes and what clients and builders should consider before choosing this alternative. For example, prefab construction is often regarded as more affordable, yet, the cost analysis might not include the price for delivery, insurance, or crane operators. The page focuses on cost, time, waste, and environmental benefits. Inkpen, W., & Eyk, R. V. (2016). Guide to the common native trees and shrubs of Alberta /. Guide to the Common Native Trees and Shrubs of Alberta /. https://doi. org/10.5962/bhl.title.115684 This guide provides a baseline understanding of the species common to Alberta. The narrative descriptions of the woody plants included in this guide follow a systematic order which is in accordance with the classification system used by botanists. This guide is effective to use in correlation with volume estimates in extracting and interpolating data based on region and species. Inkpen, W, Ven Eyk, R. (2009) Guide to the Common Native Trees and Shrubs of Alberta Government of Alberta There are several references on plant identification available to Albertans. However, these publications are generally not suited for field use. This guide has been prepared to assist vegetation managers in the identification of the 29 most common woody plants found in Alberta. It is hoped that the knowledge thus gained will assist vegetation management personnel and pesticide applicators to make sound

883

vegetation and management decisions and provide recreationalists with additional enjoyment when they are in Alberta’s woodlands. Ipsos Public Affairs. (2016, September 26). “Community Needs and Preferences Research - Final City Wide Report”. Retrieved from the City of Calgary: https:// www.calgary.ca/CSPS/CNS/Documents/ Final_City_Wide_Report_Sept_2016.pdf Johns, R. L., & Foley, N. (2014). Bandsawn Bands: Feature-Based Design and Fabrication of Nested Freeform Surfaces in Wood. Robotic Fabrication in Architecture, Art and Design 2014, 17–33. https://doi. org/10.1007/978-3-319-04663-1 While the rising trend of research in robotic fabrication has furthered the development of parametric or mass-customization concepts in architecture, the majority of these projects are still cut or assembled from standardized blocks of material. Although the use of nonstandard, ‘found’ components provides an additional layer of complexity and constraint to the design/ fabrication process, it can compensate for these challenges by enabling more sustainable material practices and the production of unique objects that cannot be reproduced. In this chapter, we illustrate a materially efficient technique for designing and fabricating freeform surfaces within the constraints of irregular wood flitches. The process utilizes a robotically operated bandsaw to cut a series of curved strips which, when rotated and laminated, can approximate doubly-curved and digitally defined geometry. By delimiting the design space by both the ‘machinic morphospace’ of the fabrication technique and the naturally defined curvatures and constraints of the flitch, the customized control software and

884

BIBLIOGRAPHY

machining processes confer the capabilities of digital fabrication onto materially tailored and operator-informed woodcraft. Johnson, L. (2019, October 28). Renewable natural gas made from wood waste helped power Edmonton grid. Edmonton Journal. https:// edmontonjournal.com/business/ local-business/renewable-natural-gasmade-from-wood-waste-helped-poweredmonton-grid Joseph C. h. Huang, R. J. (2006). Integrating Mass Customization with Prefabricated Housing. Illinois: Illinois Institute of Technology, College of Architecture. This paper gives an overview of residential prefab typologies, processes, and mass customization potential. In terms of typologies, it gives brief descriptions of popular types of prefab construction, such as modular, sectional, panelized, precut, etc. Through the study of existing processes, the researchers developed their own model for mass customization in prefab house construction that allows more input from the client. This is made possible by technological developments in the industry, such as simulation software for design and performance. Kam-Biron, Michelle. (2014) Connection Solutions for Wood-frame Structures [Presentation Slides]. American Wood Council. Overview of mass timber frame properties and behaviours, serviceability, connection recommendations, yield limits, connection types, connection techniques and software. Karoleena. (n.d.). Modular Home Builder in BC and Western Canada. Retrieved January 2020, from http://karoleena.com/

Karoleena is a modular home builder whose focus lies within complete architectural solutions to the modular home. Through their website, their processes rely on prefabrication and minimal on-site assembly. Moreover, they provide predetermined solutions to the average consumer who is looking to purchase and build a modular home. Their processes give insight into the existing procedures around modular building and construction and provides a basis in which to understand room-modular building strategies. Kelly, D. (2019, October 9). Labour shortages are holding back the construction sector: Here’s what governments and businesses can do. Retrieved from On-Site Magazine Web site: https://www.on-sitemag.com/ labour/labour-shortages-are-holdingback-the-construction-sector-hereswhat-governments-and-businesses-cando/1003965507/ This article for On-Site Magazine describes the current state of the construction industry in Canada in relation to skilled worker shortage. They explain the implications of what the shortage means for the industry and contractors. They then provide recommendations for what people in power can do to alleviate some of these issues. Knoll, K., Schularick, M., & Steger, T. (2017). No Price Like Home: Global House Prices, 1870-2012. American Economic Review, 107(2), 331-353. DOI: 10.1257/ aer.20150501 A report presenting annual house prices for 14 economies from 1870 to 2012. This report not only provides historical home prices for 14 countries, but also reports aggregate trends, and performs an analysis of underlying factors behind trends in house

pricing. Kremmer, P. D., & Symmons, M. A. (2015). Mass timber construction as an alternative to concrete and steel in the Australia building industry: a PESTEL evaluation of the potential. International Wood Products Journal, 6:3, 138-147. Doi: 10.1179/2042645315Y.0000000010 Kremmer and Symmons asses the viability of mass timber construction as an alternative construction method in Australia, however they provide a good overview for arguments toward the use of mass timber construction as an alternative in general. They focus on innovations in construction processes and technologies which have paved the way for the use of mass timber, and how these technologies might progress to continue to disrupt more traditional construction practices. Laguarda-Mallo, M., Espinoza, O. (2016). Cross-Laminated Timber VS. Concrete/Steel: Cost Comparison Using a Case Study. University of Minnesota Twin Cities. This paper conducts an in-depth case study of the cost benefits of using CrossLaminated Timber (CLT) as a substitute for other structural building materials. It uses the case study of a 40,000 SQF performing arts centre near Napa, California to understand the cost-related consequences of substituting all concrete and steel elements with CLT, glulam, and light woof framing. Leach, N. (2015). (In)formational Cities. Architectural Design, 85(6), 64–69. https://doi.org/10.1002/ad.1979 Neil Leach asks: is the focus on mass customization with emphasis on generating

architectural form misguided? He believes our future is more based around the idea of adaptability, information, and data to dictate the outcome of buildings rather than on formal qualities themselves. He creates a comparison between form and information through Deleuze’s distinction between ‘intensive’ and ‘extensive’ qualities. We cannot see many of the things that dictate the way we live such as wing, speed and density however they are ever present and shape the way we live in many ways, which compliments materials however the two are not mutually exclusive and inform one another in important ways. Neil argues that architects have largely failed to redesign our own approach to design, and that we need to open up to the full possibilities to the digital revolution. Leder, Samuel, Weber, Ramon, Dylan, Bucklin, … Achim. (2019, December 18). Distributed Robotic Timber Construction. Retrieved from http://papers.cumincad. org/cgi-bin/works/paper/acadia19_510 The research explores related robotic architectural typologies to create timber structures with aesthetics and performance qualities The research lays down a decentralized, multi-robot system which uses a larger number of simple machines that work collaborate in parallel teams on varying tasks such as material transport, placement, and fixing. The paper showed how in three dimensions, very limited degrees of freedom in a robotic node can be used to assemble and construct layered strut structures. The digital simulation can create layered structures in two and three dimensions resulting in different kinematic configurations of the modular robotic nodes and struts. The proposed robotic fabrication is expressed directly within the design which derives a new narrative where building

machine and material merges. Major Primary Timber Processing Facilities in British Columbia. (2019). Retrieved April 23, 2020, from https://www2.gov.bc.ca/ gov/content/industry/forestry/competitiveforest-industry/forest-industry-economics/ fibre-mill-information McKinsey & Company (2009). Forestry. Pathways to a Low-Carbon Economy: Version 2 of the Global Greenhouse Gas Abatement Cost Curve. Retrieved from: https://www. mckinsey.com/~/media/mckinsey/ dotcom/client_service/sustainability/ cost%20curve%20pdfs/pathways_ lowcarbon_economy_version2.ashx Illustrates Global GHG reduction measures and potential for different sectors, including the forestry sector. McKinsey & Company compares business-as-usual practices versus what the projected results would be after implementing abatement measures. This calls for a potential reduction of 7.8 GtCO2e per year. The curve represents an estimate of the maximum potential of GHG abatement levers, but is not a forecast of what role different measures and technologies will play. National Forestry Database - Canadian Council of Forest Ministers (2017). “Forest Fires.”, nfdp.ccfm.org/en/data/fires.php. This website stores a collection of data in regards to Canadas forests including wood supply, forest fires, forest insects, harvest, regeneration, revenues and pest control. These data charts get specific and localized in terms of jurisdiction, month, response category and protection zone being highly effective in evaluating forestry statistics down to a focused reading.

885

National Geographic. (n.d.). Biomass Energy. Retrieved from National Geographic Web site: https://www.nationalgeographic. org/encyclopedia/biomass-energy/ This web page provides illustrations and explanations of key factors for bioenergy extraction. These include process diagrams, products and residual waste from the processes, and sources of energy. Topics are characterized based on keywords where related words or concepts are defined underneath. For example, information about gasification and syngas is found under the topic of thermal conversion. This page not only describes processes for wood but any kind of process and source waste used to produce bioenergy, such as corn. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). (2008). Concrete CO2 Fact Sheet. Publication Number 2PCO2. This paper seeks to showcase the impact of concrete procurement on the environment with respect to its embodied greenhouse gas emissions. The publication acts as a guideline for trying to minimize the role that the comprehensive concrete industry has in GHG emissions. The publication is used to understand the exact GHG output per volume of material produced; where it is found that a single cubic meter of concrete has as much as 100 – 300 kg of embodied CO2 emissions. Natural Resources Canada (2016 2018). Indicator: Carbon emissions and removals. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https://www.nrcan.gc.ca/ our-natural-resources/forests-forestry/ state-canadas-forests-report/how-doesdisturbance-shape-canad/indicatorcarbon-emissions-removals/16552

886

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Assessment of net emissions of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) and identification of major contributors of carbon sinks and sources from Canada’s managed forests. This takes into account both human activities and natural disturbances. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Indicator: Employment. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https:// www.nrcan.gc.ca/our-natural-resources/ forests-forestry/state-canadas-forestsreport/how-do-forests-benefit-canadians/ indicator-employment/16554 Forestry industry statistics on employment in the forestry, wood and paper manufacturing industries over time. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Indicator: Financial Performance. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https:// www.nrcan.gc.ca/our-natural-resources/ forests-forestry/state-canadas-forestsreport/how-forest-industry-changing/ indicator-financial-performance/16560 Showing the improvement of the financial performance of Canada’s forestry industry over time, both in operating profits and return on capital employed. Strong financial performance is essential for forestry in Canada to continue to be economically competitive and attract investment. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Indicator: Forest industry carbon emissions. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https:// www.nrcan.gc.ca/our-natural-resources/ forests-forestry/state-canadas-forestsreport/how-forest-industry-changing/ indicator-forest-industry-carbon-

emissions/16590 Greenhouse gas emissions and total energy use in Canada’s forest industry assessed over time. This also takes note of the forestry industry’s capability of using bioenergy to generate its own electricity, reducing the reliance on fossil fuels. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Indicator: Gross Domestic Product. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https:// www.nrcan.gc.ca/our-natural-resources/ forests-forestry/state-canadas-forestsreport/how-does-forest-industry-contrib/ indicator-gross-domestic-product/16556 Forestry industry contributions to Canada’s Gross Domestic Product, assessed over time in the forestry, wood and paper manufacturing industries. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Indicator: Secondary Manufacturing. Our Natural Resources. Retrieved from Natural Resources Canada website: https:// www.nrcan.gc.ca/our-natural-resources/ forests-forestry/state-canadas-forestsreport/how-forest-industry-changing/ indicator-secondary-manufacturing/16542 Comparison of primary and secondary wood and paper products, and their respective gross domestic product generation. The main types of primary forest products included are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. This makes the case for a potential increase in secondary manufacturing industries, which can add to the forestry industry’s contribution to the Canadian economy. Natural Resources Canada (2018). Forest

Resources: Statistical Data https://cfs. nrcan.gc.ca/statsprofile/overview/ca Natural Resources Canada (2009). Productive Forest Land Use [Map]. Retrieved from https://www.nrcan.gc.ca/ maps-tools-and-publications/maps/ forest-maps/16874. Parfitt, Ben. (2017). The Great Log Export Drain Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives. https://www. policyalternatives.ca/sites/default/ files/uploads/publications/BC%20 Office/2017/02/Raw%20Log%20Exports. pdf Ben Parfitt provides some key data on the exportation of BC logs. It discusses how exporting raw logs instead of sending them to sawmills first and adding value is hurting rural communities. It suggests the current decline in the forest industry is due to the policies that have allowed an increasing amount of raw logs to exported. It discusses policy decisions that have to our current situation today. Originally companies logging trees on Crown Land were required to also mill the trees. The author suggests the removal of this policy has led to many mill closures and increased raw log exports. The increase in log exports has also resulted in a decrease in pulp production as there is less waste from sawmill being sold. Passive House Canada, passivehousecanada.com, Retrieved 2020. Passive house Canada is a non-profit organization at advocates for the International Passive House standard to be used and understood across Canada by everyone. They provide numerous education opportunities through courses and conference and have plenty of online

resources. They provide the requirement to be certified for Passive House and also have comparisons on the benefits compared to conventional construction.

Building Challenge: Framework for Affordable Housing.” International Living Future Institute, January 15, 2020. https:// living-future.org/affordable-housing/.

Passive House Institute (2015). Passive House Requirements. Retrieved from https://passiv.de/en/02_informations/02_ passive-house-requirements/02_passivehouse-requirements.html

Raconteur. (2019). How Technology is Disrupting the Construction Industry. Retrieved from Visual Capitalist: https:// www.visualcapitalist.com/how-technologyis-disrupting-the-construction-industry/

Paulsen, M. (2011, January 26). In Snowy Whistler, a House with No Furnace. The Tyee. Retrieved from https://thetyee.ca/ News/2011/01/26/HouseWithNoFurnace/

This infographic by Raconteur describes a variety of ways in which technology is disrupting the construction industry. The article itself explains what some of the percentages mean and how they affect people in a more understandable manner.

Pinsker, J. (2019, September 12). Why Are American Homes So Big? The Atlantic. Retrieved from https://www.theatlantic. com/family/archive/2019/09/americanhouses-big/597811/ Prairie Climate Centre (2018) Where Do Canada’s Greenhouse Gas Emissions Come From? Retrieved from http:// prairieclimatecentre.ca/2018/03/wheredo-canadas-greenhouse-gas-emissionscome-from/ This article contains a straight forward look into emissions of carbon by industry. It points out that by far the largest source of GHG emission in Canada comes from the combustion of fossil fuels to make energy, including heat and electricity. Mining, oil and gas, and manufacturing are collectively responsible for the largest slice of this pie, followed closely by houses, shops, schools and other private and public buildings. It is important to note that the total emission from the oil and gas sector cover multiple categories, meaning these numbers only tell part of the story. Puri, Susan, and Kathleen Smith. “Living

Ramage, M. H., Burridge, H., Busse-Wicher, M., Fereday, G., Reynolds, T., Shah, D. U., Wu, G., Yu, L., Fleming, P., Densley-Tingley, D., Allwood, J., Dupree, P., Linden, P. F., & Scherman, O. (2017). The wood from the trees: The use of timber in construction. In Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews (Vol. 68, pp. 333–359). Elsevier Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. rser.2016.09.107 This paper discusses the environmental benefits and drawbacks associated with using timber as a natural alternative to conventional construction materials. A holistic assessment is carried out ranging in scale from the cell composition of the material to its engineered product state. The paper follows a linear thought process from using forests as regional supply chains for timber construction, to manufacturing processes and related embodied energy emissions, to the structural application of timber, through to fire resistance and end-of-life scenarios. Policies are also addressed that could maximize forestry and timber construction methods. Findings note

887

that although timber is a natural product, large amounts of energy is imputed to manufacture it. Timber as a construction material is best applied to structure where strength-to-weight is more important that absolute strength or stiffness. Lastly, endof-life scenarios should consider the use of wood in the following order of priority: wood-based products, re-use, recycling, bioenergy, and disposal. Reid, H., Huq, S., Inkinen, A., MacGregor, J., Macqueen, D., Mayers, J., … Tipper, R. (2004). Using wood products to mitigate climate change: a review of\revidence and key issues for sustainable development. Retrieved from http://www.iied.org/docs/ climate/wood_climatechange.pdf A report aiming to identify the benefits of wood product use, as well as the link between wood products and the mitigation of climate change. The report also addresses sustainable development and the capacity of wood products to be increased in use at greater scale projects. Reinhardt, D. (2019, September 25). [PDF] Design Robotics Towards human-robot timber module assembly: Semantic Scholar. Retrieved from https://www. semanticscholar.org/paper/DesignRobotics-Towards-human-robottimbermodule-Reinhardt/3962497417e5fce 4d60634e7f70b6259fc183b02 This paper presents research into timber modules that can respond to diverse environmental conditions through construction tolerances via an ecosystem of human-robot collaborative. The paper reviews these robotic case studies as structural strands that are non-normative and non-regular not as finite manufacturing products but. The human-machine collaboration was considered as an

888

BIBLIOGRAPHY

integrated task palette, where multiple actions come together as robotic workflows were customary based on precision and optimization. These case studies demonstrate the potential for a more dynamic and open line of assembly as the six-axis robots are generally programmed to iteratively execute identical tasks. Retsin, G. (2016). Discrete Assembly and Digital Materials in Architecture. Ecaade 2016, 1, 143–151. Retrieved from http:// papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/works/ Show?ecaade2016_221 Taking inspiration from the field of Digital Materials, this paper presents an approach to architectural design which is fundamentally “digital” - not just in the process but also in its physical organization. The use of discrete and digital materials in architecture is argued for from both an architectonic point of view, as well as from efficiencies related to automation of construction. Experiments with robotic assembly are caught between on the one hand the desire to increase speed, and on the other hand increased complexity. This paper argues that robotic assembly on the scale of architecture is only feasible and scalable in the context of digital materials and discrete computation, which has a limited set of connectivity problems. The two projects are a first attempt to translate the concept of Digital Materials to the domain of architecture. The result is an architecture which is digital in its physical organization. It demonstrates how differentiated, complex and heterogeneous spaces can be achieved with just serialized, discrete elements. Retsin, G. (2019). Discrete Architecture in the Age of Automation. Architectural Design, 89(2), 6–13. https://doi.

org/10.1002/ad.2406 Discrete is an emerging body of work that seeks to redefine the entire production chain of architecture by accelerating the notion of discreteness in both computation and the physical assembly of buildings. It asserts that a digital form of assembly, based on parts that are as accessible and versatile as digital data, offers the greatest promise for a complex yet scalable open-ended and distributed architecture. ‘Discreteness’ is a notion that comes from the sciences, referring to what is individual and separate. It is the opposite of the continuous, that which is uninterrupted and seamless. In architecture, it is traditionally through the notion of ‘part-to-whole’ relations, what contributor Daniel Koehler refers to as ‘mereology’. Retsin, G. (2017). Tallinn Architecture Biennale Pavilion. The Bartlett School of Architecture, partnered with UCL Design Computation Lab and Estonian Academy of Arts. Retrieved February 2020, from https://www.retsin.org/TallinnArchitecture-Biennale-Pavilion Retsin and his design team had created a pavilion for the 2017 Tallinn Architecture Biennale to showcase the possibilities of using discrete building elements. This is a critical project that uses discrete building blocks to create architecture that can be assembled and disassembled on site. Through using prefabrication and modular assembly, on-site construction is minimal and efficient. This precedent study is used as a baseline to understand the potential for mass timber to act within discrete building systems. Retsin, G., Saey, K., & Wijesinghe, J. (2018). Real Virtuality. The Bartlett School of Architecture, partnered

with Fologram. Retrieved February 2020, from https://www.retsin.org/Real-Virtuality Another project from the Bartlett School of Architecture led by Retsin, Saey, and Wijesinghe presents a similar approach to using modular building blocks to create structure and space. This project, Real Virtuality, is a combination of the discrete modular design of structure, but it also employs the use of augmented reality to help place the modules where desired. This precedent also uses materials such as plywood and prefabrication techniques to create the modules. It is also used as a fundamental building block towards understanding how discrete modules can be used in mass timber. Robeller, C., & Weinand, Y. (2016). Fabrication-Aware Design of Timber Folded Plate Shells with Double Through Tenon Joints. Robotic Fabrication in Architecture, Art and Design 2016, (April 2017), 166–177. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3319-26378-6_12 Integral attachment, the joining of parts through their form rather than additional connectors or adhesives, is a common technique in many industry sectors. Following a renaissance of integral joints for timber frame structures, recent research investigates techniques for the attachment of timber plate structures. This paper introduces double through tenon joints, which allow for the rapid, precise and fully integral assembly of doubly-curved folded surface structures with two interconnected layers of cross-laminated engineered wood panels. The shape of the plates and the assembly sequence allow for an attachment without additional connectors or adhesives. The fabrication- and assembly constraint based design is achieved through

algorithms, which automatically generate the geometry of the parts and the G-Code for the fabrication. We present the fabrication and assembly of prototypes fabricated with 3D CNC milling and laser cutting systems, comparing and discussing the advantages and disadvantages of the individual techniques.

for Building Materials.

Robeller, Christopher, Weinand, & Yves. (2014, August 1). Realization of a DoubleLayered Diamond Vault Made from CLT: Constraint-aware design for assembly, for the first integrally attached Timber Folded Plate lightweight structure, covering a column free span of 20 meters with only 45-millimeter-thick CLT plates. Retrieved from http://papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/ works/Show?acadia17_492

Seagate Structures. Mass Timber vs Concrete Comparison Chart. Accessed March 2020, from https:// seagatestructures.com/wp-content/ uploads/2017/10/Seagate-StructuresMass-Timber-vs-Concrete-ComparisonChart-TaskChecklist-28129. pdf?ct=t(Come_Join_Us5_9_2017)

This paper illustrates the challenges for CLT folded plate structures with prismatic and antiprismatic folded surfaces and a doublelayered cross-section with integrated thermal insulation to create a column-free span of 20 meters with a plate thickness of only 45 mm through affirmative lightweight structure system. However, engineered wood materials such as CLT does provide an ideal, sustainable lightweight material for such designs but the complexity arises with the joints, which tend to be quite discrete for these structures resulting in for new rapid-assembly solutions, an increased level of automation in building prefabrication and enables structurally inefficient shapes. Rodriguez-Ubinas, E., Montero, C., Porteros, M., Vega, S., Navarro, I., Castillo-Cagigal, M., … Gutiérrez, A. (2014). Passive design strategies and performance of Net Energy Plus Houses. Energy and Buildings, 83, 10–22. doi: 10.1016/j.enbuild.2014.03.074 RTS Building Information Foundation (1998 – 2001). Finland Environmental Reporting

Comparison of building materials, including timber, and assessment of environmental impacts. Building materials are identified with their respective carbon emissions or storage during production, construction, and maintenance.

This report by Seagate Structures Ltd. Outlines a general comparison chart between concrete and mass timber as a building material. The chart demonstrates the obvious benefits of using mass timber, while only providing a general insight into the metrics that support the data. However, the data presented is sufficient in understanding the benefits of using mass timber as a building material. Schimek, Heimo, Dominguez, E. R. C., Wiltsche, A., & Manahl, M. (2008, January 18). Se wing timber panels: An innovative digitally supported joint system for self-supported timber plate structures. Retrieved from http://papers.cumincad.org/cgi-bin/ works/paper/caadria2012_008 This paper laid down a foundation of a new timber to-timber joint system which was tested for loads and construction dependents like tolerances and the geometry and, how these constraints inform the digital process. The cyclical fabrication

889

design process of the project, was quite informed for optimizing the joint system that certainly benefit the information we collect during the physical assembly of the prototype and thus provided an adequate balance of integrated digital and physical negotiations and constraints in one single embedded system. Schober, K.U., Harte, A. M., Kliger, R., Jockwer, R., Xu, Q., & Chen, J.F. (2015). FRP reinforcement of timber structures. Construction and Building Materials, 97, 106–118. doi: 10.1016/j. conbuildmat.2015.06.020 With advances in mass timber engineering there has been a rise in the addition of alternative materials that aid its structural properties. One of these is fibre reinforce polymers which have a high strength-toweight ratio and can be laid between the lumber layers as the material primary comes in thin sheets and needs resin the same as standard CLT. Shawkat, H. A. (1995) Sustainable Housing: Reducing The Ecological Footprint of New Wood Frame Single Family Detached Houses from https://www.awc.org/pdf/ education/gb/ReThinkMag-GB500AEvaluatingCarbonFootprint-1810.pdf This thesis investigates the extent of the potential improvement in the environmental performance of wood frame single family detached houses. It does this through a calculation of each material and the ecological footprint that it holds. The thesis came to the following conclusions: Land areas required to absorb co2 emissions are the largest constituent of the Ecological Footprint of sfh. Operating energy constitutes 76% and 73% of the total life cycle energy in the base case study house and the improved house respectively.

890

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Short, J., & Murray, D. (2016). Identifying Autonomous Vechile Technology Impacts on the Trucking Industry. (November), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. ijhydene.2008.11.062 This report explores how autonomous vehicle technologies may impact the trucking industry and truck drivers. It focuses on the top industry issues as identified in American Transportation Research Institute’s “Critical Issues in the Trucking Industry – 2015”. The report begins with an overview of vehicle automation technology, projections, timelines, and costs. It then discusses the impact of autonomous trucks on issues including: hours-of-service; compliance, safety, accountability; driver shortage; driver retention; truck parking; electronic logging device mandate; driver health and wellness; and the economy. Smith, R. (2011). Interlocking Crosslaminated Timber: Alternative Use of Waste Wood in Design and Construction. BTES Conference 2011: Convergence and Confluence. Gives an overview of a relatively new mass timber technology: ICLT. This article provides background information and a couple case studies, examples of ICLT used. The author focuses on the use of bad or damaged wood being of use for this type of mass timber. Smith, R. E. (2010). Prefab Architecture: A Guide to Modular Design and Construction. Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. A guide meant to provide a broad overview of prefab or modular architecture to a range of readers, from architects and researchers, to practitioners. Smith breaks the book into three sections: the first focuses on providing a context for prefab and includes a history of industrial technologies in a general sense

and with an architectural perspective, and finally touches on offsite fabrication. The second part discusses principles of prefab, provides a foundation for technical and construction fundamentals, identifies three elements of prefab architecture, discusses assembly, and ruminates on sustainable issues related to prefabrication. The third provides a wide range of contemporary case studies for prefabrication in architecture. Smith, R. E., Griffin, G., Rice, T., & Hagehofer-Daniell, B. (2018) Mass timber: evaluating construction performance, Architectural Engineering and Design Management, 14:1-2, 127-138, DOI: 10.1080/17452007.2016.1273089 Smith et al investigate different types of MTC (mass timber construction) and compare selected MTC projects to projects of similar scale and typology built using traditional construction methods. This study finds that in general, MTC “improves project consistency when compared with traditional site-built construction”. Smith, R.E. (2011, August) Interlocking Cross-Laminated Timber: alternative use of waste wood in design and construction [Conference paper]. Building Technology Smyth, M (2018) A Study of the Viability of Cross Laminated Timber for Residential Construction KTH School of Architecture and the Built Environment, Stockholm This report presents an overview into cross laminated timber (CLT) as a construction material and how it compares to traditional methods of construction. CLT is also examined in the context of a move to off-site manufacturing (OSM) and a greater emphasis on sustainability in the construction sector. In this context it is

found to perform well with mass timber products such as CLT being the only carbon negative building materials capable of building mid and high-rise buildings.

Statistics Canada. (2016). Inglewood Community Profile. Retrieved from Calgary Web Site: https://www.calgary.ca/CSPS/ CNS/Pages/Social-research-policy-andresources/Community-profiles/Inglewood. aspx Community profiles are an efficient way of visually understanding the data coming from the Canadian Census. By comparing the neighbourhood data to that of Calgary, one can quickly see how the two sets of data differ from one another. This profile contains data from the 2016 census about the population of Inglewood and their living conditions. Stats Canada. (2018). Increase in number of households, but decline of average household size [Inforgraphic]. 150.statcan. gc.ca. https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/ pub/11-630-x/11-630-x2015008-eng.htm Structural Timber Association. (2014) Glued laminated timber structures. Part 2: construction and connection details [Bulletin]. Alloa: Author. A detailed guide with diagrams showing the recommended way to connect an array of different mass timber elements together as well as what structural issues will arise is done incorrectly. Also has some structural engineering calculations as proofs for the connection details. StructureCraft. (2017). Dowel Laminated

Timber: The All Wood Panel [Brochure]. An introductory design guide for understanding what DLT is, and how it can be used. This guide goes into detail, providing in-depth DLT panel properties, sizing/dimensions, and design/connection details. It also provides technical information on building science performance issues around fire protection, building envelope performance, and acoustic performance. Additionally, it provides span tables for DLT floor and roof elements. This pamphlet provides some good base understanding for DLT is typically used but doesn’t get too far into exploring different ways DLT can be used. StructureCraft. Mass Timber. Retrieved from https://structurecraft.com/materials/ mass-timber/ Basic information on nail laminated timber and dowel laminated timber. Includes production information, areas of standardization, typical uses, and precedents. Structurlam. (2016). Cosslam CLT Technical Design Guide. Publications. Retrieved from http://structurlam.com/ wp-content/uploads/2016/08/StructurlamDesign-Guide-August-2016-low-res-Metric. pdf This technical information guide supports efficient and affordable design when specifying CrossLam CLT. This is primarily a guide to structurlam products and projects, used as an industry standard to quantify and gauge which tree species are used in commercial and residential architectural projects. Structurlam is a trusted industry leader within the realm of mass timber and an effective and useful guide for standard practices.

Structurlam (2016) Crosslam CLT Technical Design Guide Retrieved from https:// www.structurlam.com/wp-content/ uploads/2016/10/CrossLam-CLT-CADesign-Guide-1.pdf Taylor, M. (2017). Mass Timber Methods: An Investigation of Approaches to the Challenges, Opportunities, and Wellness Benefits of Mass Timber Architecture. Hart Howerton Fellowship Research Study. This paper undertakes the study of how mass timber and other wood products can be fully utilized in order to attain sustainable building outcomes. It primarily looks to the benefits of using wood in construction; everything from health benefits to aesthetics and performance. The author further outlines structural typologies that are currently being used in timber construction. In conclusion, there are several cases where challenges arise in the construction of mass timber buildings. These challenges and opportunities are classified under technical, regulatory, industry infrastructure, and prejudice. The Beck Group (2018). Mass Timber Market Analysis, The Beck Group, 2018. Beck Group Consulting is a consulting firm in Oregon that specializes in wood industry analysis. The Mass Timber Market Analysis is an extremely detailed and well sourced paper on future Mass Timber market projections for North America. They provide estimated demand based on FP Innovation’s suggested mass timber market penetration. The report provides a complete analysis at the volume of wood needed to meet demand. It takes a look at increased logging demand relative to forest capacity and the breakdown of lumber that is appropriate for CLT. In addition, it provides the existing

891

CLT plant capacity in North America. It uses appropriate factors to convert between board feet of lumber logged (Scribner Log Scale), board feet of lumber after the sawmill to board feed of lumber used in CLT, accounting for the volume lost to waste. We used these factors in our analysis. The City of Calgary (2017). Inglewood Area Redevelopment Plan Retrieved from https://engage.calgary.ca/greenline1/ inglewood-arp This document outlines the circumstances surrounding the community life in Inglewood. Beginning with the neighborhoods rich history, through to its future direction stemming from community engagement, as well as plan policies including the details of landuse and policies. This document serves as a good backdrop to understanding environmental factors that contribute to Inglewoods unique character. By identifying key areas of potential intervention the document provides pertinent information for architects, city planners and business owners looking to invest in the area. The City of Calgary (2018). Main Streets 9 Ave S.E. Streetscape Master Plan Retrieved from https://engage.calgary. ca/9AveStreetscape The city has developed this plan based on citizen and stakeholder feedback, technical knowledge, and financial considerations. It takes into account the design of the public realm including: the vehicular travel ways, sidewalks, and interface with adjacent buildings. The design also considers crosswalks and intersections, side streets, laneways, park interfaces, gateways, public art, and pop-up installation areas.The Master

892

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Plan was presented to the Transportation Leadership Team and was conditionally approved into the next phase of design, pending budget availability. Think Wood. (2018). Mass Timber Conference Recap: The Economics of Mass Timber. Accessed March 2020, from https://www.thinkwood.com/news/masstimber-conference-recap-the-economicsof-mass-timber This article examines the true cost of building materials over their lifecycle. With a focus on mass timber for this study, the article delves into the environmental and monetary costs of using mass timber. Ultimately, the article finds that wood (and engineered wood products) consistently provide economic upsides relative to conventional building materials. Thomas R., Buehlmann (2017) Using LowGrade Hardwoods for CLT Production: A Yield Analysis This paper strings together recent developments in CLT manufacturing, pointing out its emergence in Europe through to its use in America and innovation using hardwood as an alternative source for manufacturing. Rising interest in crosslaminated timber (CLT) by builders and the public have raised the question about CLT made of hardwoods. The technical feasibility of hardwood CLT has been shown and some model applications have been executed. Special attention is being paid to yellow poplar CLT panels, as yellow poplar is strong yet rather light material, which is well suited for certain building applications. Trading Economics. (2020). Canada Consumer Spending [Infographic].

Tradingeconomics.com. https:// tradingeconomics.com/canada/consumerspending UBC Sustainability. (2019, February 12). Bioenergy Research & Demonstration Facility: Virtual Tour. Retrieved from YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=uGF-MM4aziY This 6:51 minutes video gives viewers a tour of the Bioenergy Research & Demonstration Facility at the UBC Campus. Since the video contains diagrams, it is an efficient way to understand the process in which they transform wood chips into syngas that is used to create heat energy for part of the campus. They also describe the impact that the facility has on the environment as opposed fossil fuels. Vercruysse, & Emmanuel. (2019, December 1). Autonomous Architectural Operations. Retrieved from http://papers.cumincad. org/cgi-bin/works/paper/acadia19_478 The research set out an innovative fabrication strategy was developed that combines large scale glue-laminated timber frames with a robotic bandsaw application which investigates the conception, testing, and implementation of an advanced and bespoke workﬂow by hybridizing a diverse set of technologies and processes. Through the closed geometry glulam component, the project challenges conventions of existing methodologies and ultimately brings about a morphologic innovation in timber construction. Although a fundamental attitude towards the digital very much understood as augmentation of the analogue, rather than a substitute with the technologies reinforced over the structure

Vercruysse, E., Mollica, Z., & Devadass, P. (2019). Altered Behaviour: The Performative Nature of Manufacture Chainsaw Choreographies + Bandsaw Manoeuvres. Robotic Fabrication in Architecture, Art and Design 2018, 309–319. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3319-92294-2_24 This paper explores a workshop of the Robotic Fabrications AA Visiting School. Cultivating and implementing radical and innovative modes of architectural fabrication, the workshop borrows from neighbouring creative fields such as choreography, performance and martial arts - efficient code being infected with an exciting spatial complexity and positing an artistic engagement with the world of physical production. The class looks to other projects of similar scope however focuses on material properties, paying close attention to the anisotropic nature of timber, looking at traditional Japanese joinery as a method of connection rather than relying on conventional metal fasteners. Through investigating these underlying principles of Japanese joining the class actively pursue the potential of allowing operations to deviate from the restrained motion paths of industrial applications. Explorations of controlled movement infect the work with a level of spatial complexity allowed by the open space of Hooke Park. Wallender, L. (2020, January 6). The EverChanging Average Kitchen Size. Retrieved from https://www.thespruce.com/averagekitchen-size-1822119 Wagner, K. (2016, December 15). The Modularity is Here: A Modern History of Moudlar Mass Housing Schemes. 99 Percent Invisible. https://99percentinvisible.org/article/

modularity-modern-history-modular-masshousing-schemes/

thicknesses and depths, while establishing a baseline and limits of which mass timber is capable of providing structural support.

Wentzel, H. (2019, August 30). North America’s Mass Timber Industry, and Its Ascent To The Global Stage. Retrieved from https://www.structurlam.com/whatsnew/news/north-americas-mass-timberindustry-and-its-ascent-to-the-globalstage/

WoodWorks. (n.d.). Solid Advantages. Retrieved from WoodWorks : https://www.woodworks.org/wp-content/ uploads/CLT-Solid-Advantages.pdf

Wilts Che, M. A., & Bogensperger, T. (2015, January 15). Generative Design for Folded Timber Structures. Retrievedfromhttp://papers.cumincad. org/cgibin/works/BrowseTree=series=AZ/ Show?caadria2015_142 The aim of this paper was to present design possibilities through parametric modelling using the characteristics of CLT Folding structures. The research showed didn’t include constraints like static considerations and complex geometric forms in the model and moreover the system failed to be more flexible in terms of other materials, connection systems and design requirements. Although the research showed curved folding techniques which could also be used for wood structures with the aim to open a new formal flexibility in timber constructions. Woodworks. (n.d.). Retrieved from https:// www.woodworks.org/experttip/2019efficient-structural-grid/ Woodworks provides insight towards the understanding of creating structural grids that are suitable to accommodate mass timber. This includes a span analysis of glulam and other engineered wood beams, as well as platform-based structures such as CLT and NLT. This web page outlines the relationship between span and material

This short document aims to explain the properties, benefits, and limitations of CLT. This includes Thermal performance and energy efficiency, environmental advantages, or cost effectiveness. For example, the document describes how there is little potential for airflow through the CLT panel. Yuan F, P., & Chai, H. (2017). Robotic Wood Tectonics. (May 2019), 2017–2020. This paper covers the challenges and opportunities of the newly forming scope of digital design in relation to wood structure application. On one hand the research in this field has accelerated the development of mass customization of these elements within architecture, however it is limited within it application of manufacturing with current methods being antiquated and surpassed. CNC milling is a common method of non-linear wood component fabrication which consumer a lot of time as well as produce a lot of material waste, which has fallen out of line within the goals of digital design technology. This paper explores the application of robotic wire-cutting technology in the ‘Robotic Wood Tectonics’ pavilion at the 2016 DigitalFUTURE conference in Shanghai. This application demonstrates the capability of this method to produce complex forms without the immense material consumption of a CNC milling production process. This project explored the extent to which this approach ahs the

893

capacity to mass customize large-scale architectural wood elements, which would be critical to the robust processes demanded by the manufacturing industry. Yue Teng, K. L. (2018). Reducing building life cycle carbon emissions through prefabrication: Evidence from and gaps in empirical studies. Building and Environment, 125-136. This journal entry describes the researchers’ approach to reducing Life Cycle Carbon emissions in prefabricated buildings. Through this process, they concluded that carbon emissions vary widely between 105 to 864 kg CO2/ m2 for embodied and from 11 to 76 kg CO2/m2/year for operational. The wide range is attributed to life span, life cycle stage, LCA method, etc. Through prefab, they concluded that 15.6% embodied and 3.2% operational carbon can be reduced but it is still affected by the variables previously mentioned. The authors warn readers that for this to be the case, building material reusability and choice must be a key factor in the manufacturing process. Zakrkewski, S., & Gray, A. (2019). Addressing Embodied Energy with Mass Timber. Passive House Buildings, 68–73. Retrieved from https:// passivehousebuildings.com/magazine/ spring-2019-issue/ This magazine article addresses the embodied energy associated with the use of mass timber relative to the operational energy savings afforded by Passive House design. A building in New York is used as a case study to analyze how much of a building’s embodied energy contributes to its lifespan energy over a 75-year life span: a Passive House CLT building found a reduction of life cycle GHG emissions

894

BIBLIOGRAPHY

by 93% compared to conventional concrete construction. Embodied energy accounts for at least 20% of the building’s total emissions, with the structure alone accounting for 51% of that. Findings also show that the use of mass timber as a structural material can significantly impact a building’s embodied emissions as it requires less energy to produce that conventional materials, it sequesters carbon in its fibers, and it has low thermal conductivity compared to other conventional structural materials. Zeitler-Fletcher, S., Will, P., McLellan, J. (2018). Mass Timber: A Faster, More Affordable, and More Sustainable Way to Build Housing. The Central City Association of Los Angeles. This paper takes into consideration the relationship between policy makers, cost of housing, underproduction, construction labour shortages, rising fees, and tariffs on essential building materials in California. It also analyses the conditions of the housing market, affordability, homelessness, as well as environmental considerations; to reduce carbon emissions throughout construction and to design diverse buildings. It concludes with specific actions to be undertaken by the states, city governments, and local developers and architects to catalyze the market of mass timber design and construction with a primary focus on affordable housing.

895